Rev 114 | Rev 120 | Go to most recent revision | Show entire file | Regard whitespace | Details | Blame | Last modification | View Log | RSS feed
| Rev 114 | Rev 118 | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| Line 1... | Line 1... | ||
| 1 | SYSTEM FUNCTIONS of OS Kolibri 0.5.8.1 |
1 | SYSTEM FUNCTIONS of OS Kolibri 0.5.8.1 |
| Line 2... | Line 2... | ||
| 2 | 2 | ||
| 3 | Number of the function is located in the register eax. |
3 | Number of the function is located in the register eax. |
| 4 | The call of the system function is carried out by the command "int 0x40". |
4 | The call of the system function is executed by "int 0x40" command. |
| 5 | All registers, except for obviously indicated in returned value, |
5 | All registers except explicitly declared in the returned value, |
| Line 6... | Line 6... | ||
| 6 | including the register of flags eflags, are saved. |
6 | including eflags, are preserved. |
| 7 | 7 | ||
| 8 | 8 | ||
| 9 | ====================================================================== |
9 | ====================================================================== |
| 10 | ============== Function 0 - define and draw the window. ============== |
10 | ============== Function 0 - define and draw the window. ============== |
| 11 | ====================================================================== |
11 | ====================================================================== |
| 12 | Defines an application window. Draws a frame of the window, header and |
12 | Defines an application window. Draws a frame of the window, header and |
| 13 | working area. For windows with ñêèíîì defines standard buttons of closing |
13 | working area. For windows with skin defines standard buttons for close |
| 14 | and minimization. |
14 | and minimize. |
| 15 | Parameters: |
15 | Parameters: |
| 16 | * eax = 0 - number of the function |
16 | * eax = 0 - function number |
| 17 | * ebx = [coordinate on axis x]*65536 + [size on axis x] |
17 | * ebx = [coordinate on axis x]*65536 + [size on axis x] |
| 18 | * ecx = [coordinate on axis y]*65536 + [size on axis y] |
18 | * ecx = [coordinate on axis y]*65536 + [size on axis y] |
| 19 | * edx = 0xXYRRGGBB, where: |
19 | * edx = 0xXYRRGGBB, where: |
| 20 | * Y = style of the window: |
20 | * Y = style of the window: |
| 21 | * Y=0 - type I - window of the fixed sizes |
21 | * Y=0 - type I - window of the fixed size |
| 22 | * Y=1 - only to define window area, nothing to draw |
22 | * Y=1 - only define window area, draw nothing |
| 23 | * Y=2 - type II - window with changed sizes |
23 | * Y=2 - type II - window of the variable size |
| 24 | * Y=3 - window with skinned |
24 | * Y=3 - window with skin |
| 25 | * other possible values (from 4 up to 15) reserved, |
25 | * other possible values (from 4 up to 15) are reserved, |
| 26 | function call with such Y is ignored |
- | |
| 27 | * RR, GG, BB = accordingly red, green, blue |
26 | function call with such Y is ignored |
| 28 | colours of a working area of the window |
27 | * RR, GG, BB = accordingly red, green, blue components of a color |
| - | 28 | of the working area of the window (are ignored for style Y=2) |
|
| 29 | (is ignored for style Y=2) |
29 | * X = DCBA (bits) |
| 30 | * X = DCBA (bits) |
30 | * A = 1 - window has caption; for style Y=3 caption string |
| 31 | * A = 1 - window has caption; if Y=3, caption string address could be passed in edi, |
31 | must be passed in edi, for other styles use |
| 32 | otherwise use function 71 subfunction 1 |
32 | subfunction 1 of function 71 |
| 33 | * B = 1 - draw all graphics primitives relative to window client area |
33 | * B = 1 - coordinates of all graphics primitives are relative to |
| 34 | * C - reserved |
34 | window client area |
| 35 | * D = 8 - fill client area with gradient |
35 | * C is reserved (set to 0) |
| 36 | other values are reserved |
36 | * D = 0 - normal filling of the working area, 1 - gradient |
| 37 | The following parameters are intended for windows of a type I and II, |
37 | The following parameters are intended for windows |
| 38 | and ignored for styles Y=1,3: |
38 | of a type I and II, and ignored for styles Y=1,3: |
| 39 | * esi = 0xXYRRGGBB - colour of header |
39 | * esi = 0xXYRRGGBB - color of the header |
| 40 | * RR, GG, BB define colour |
40 | * RR, GG, BB define color |
| 41 | * Y=0 - usual window, Y=1 - unmovable window |
41 | * Y=0 - usual window, Y=1 - unmovable window |
| 42 | * X defines a gradient of header: X=0 - no gradient, |
42 | * X defines a gradient of header: X=0 - no gradient, |
| 43 | X=8 - usual gradient, |
43 | X=8 - usual gradient, |
| 44 | for windows of a type II X=4 - negative gradient |
44 | for windows of a type II X=4 - negative gradient |
| 45 | * other values X and Y reserved |
45 | * other values of X and Y are reserved |
| 46 | * edi = 0x00RRGGBB - colour of a frame |
46 | * edi = 0x00RRGGBB - color of the frame |
| 47 | Returned value: |
47 | Returned value: |
| 48 | * function does not return value |
48 | * function does not return value |
| 49 | Remarks: |
49 | Remarks: |
| 50 | * Location and the sizes of the window are installed by the first call of |
50 | * Position and sizes of the window are installed by the first |
| - | 51 | call of this function and are ignored at subsequent; to change |
|
| - | 52 | position and/or sizes of already created window use function 67. |
|
| - | 53 | * For windows with style Y=3 and caption (A=1) caption string is set |
|
| 51 | this function and are ignored at subsequent; for change of location |
54 | by the first call of this function and is ignored at subsequent |
| - | 55 | (strictly speaking, is ignored after a call to subfunction 2 |
|
| 52 | and/or of sizes already of created window use function 67. |
56 | of function 12 - end redraw); to change caption of already created |
| - | 57 | window use subfunction 1 of function 71. |
|
| 53 | * If to use windows of appropriate styles, location and - or the sizes of |
58 | * If the window has appropriate styles, position and/or sizes can be |
| 54 | the window can vary by the user. |
59 | changed by user. Current position and sizes can be obtained |
| 55 | Current location and the sizes can be obtained by function 9. |
60 | by function 9. |
| - | 61 | * The window must fit on the screen. If the transferred |
|
| 56 | * The window should be located on the screen. If the transferred coordinates |
62 | coordinates and sizes do not satisfy to this condition, |
| 57 | nd the sizes do not satisfy to this condition, appropriate coordinate |
- | |
| 58 | (or, probably, is considered both) as zero, and if also it does not help, |
63 | appropriate coordinate (or, probably, both) is considered as zero, |
| 59 | the appropriate size (or, probably, both) is installed in a size of the |
64 | and if also it does not help, the appropriate size |
| 60 | screen. |
65 | (or, probably, both) is installed in a size of the screen. |
| 61 | 66 | ||
| 62 | Further we shall designate xpos, ypos, xsize, ysize - values transmitted |
67 | Further we shall designate xpos,ypos,xsize,ysize - values |
| 63 | in ebx, ecx. The coordinates are resulted concerning the left upper corner |
68 | transmitted in ebx,ecx. The coordinates are resulted concerning |
| 64 | of the window, which, thus, is set as (0,0), coordinate of the right lower |
69 | the left upper corner of the window, which, thus, is set as (0,0), |
| 65 | corner essence (xsize, ysize). |
70 | coordinates of the right lower corner essence (xsize,ysize). |
| 66 | * The sizes of the window are understood in sense of coordinates of the |
71 | * The sizes of the window are understood in sence of coordinates |
| 67 | right lower corner. This concerns and to all other functions. It means, |
72 | of the right lower corner. This concerns all other functions too. |
| 68 | that the real sizes on 1 pixel are more. |
- | |
| 69 | * Look of the window of a type I: |
73 | It means, that the real sizes are on 1 pixel more. |
| 70 | * draw external frame of colour indicated in edi, |
74 | * The window of type I looks as follows: |
| 71 | in width 1 pixel |
75 | * draw external frame of color indicated in edi, 1 pixel in width |
| 72 | * draw header - rectangle with the left upper corner (1,1) and right lower |
76 | * draw header - rectangle with the left upper corner (1,1) and |
| 73 | (xsize-1, min (25, ysize)) colour indicated in esi |
77 | right lower (xsize-1,min(25,ysize)) color indicated in esi |
| 74 | (in view of a gradient) |
78 | (taking a gradient into account) |
| 75 | * If ysize > =26, the working area of the window - rectangle with the left |
79 | * if ysize>=26, fill the working area of the window - |
| - | 80 | rectangle with the left upper corner (1,21) and right lower |
|
| - | 81 | (xsize-1,ysize-1) (sizes (xsize-1)*(ysize-21)) with color |
|
| 76 | upper corner (1,21) and right lower |
82 | indicated in edx (taking a gradient into account) |
| 77 | (xsize-1, ysize-1) (sizes (xsize-1) * (ysize-21)) - colour |
83 | * if A=1 and caption has been already set by subfunction 1 |
| 78 | indicated in edx (in view of a gradient) is painted over |
84 | of function 71, it is drawn in the corresponding place of header |
| 79 | * Look of the window of a type Y=1: |
85 | * The window of style Y=1 looks as follows: |
| 80 | * completely defined by the application |
86 | * completely defined by the application |
| 81 | * Look of the window of a type II: |
87 | * The window of type II looks as follows: |
| 82 | * draw external frame of width 1 pixel of the "shaded" colour |
88 | * draw external frame of width 1 pixel with the "shaded" color |
| 83 | edi (all making colours decrease twice) |
- | |
| 84 | * drawn intermediate frame of width 3 pixels of colour edi |
89 | edi (all components of the color decrease twice) |
| 85 | * draw internal frame of width 1 pixel |
90 | * draw intermediate frame of width 3 pixels with color edi |
| 86 | "shaded" colour edi |
91 | * draw internal frame of width 1 pixel with the "shaded" color edi |
| 87 | * draw header - rectangle with the left upper corner (4,4) |
92 | * draw header - rectangle with the left upper corner (4,4) |
| 88 | and right lower (xsize-4,min(20,ysize)) colour, indicated â esi |
93 | and right lower (xsize-4,min(20,ysize)) color, indicated in esi |
| 89 | (in view of a gradient) |
94 | (taking a gradient into account) |
| - | 95 | * if ysize>=26, fill the working area of the window - |
|
| - | 96 | rectangle with the left upper corner (5,20) and right lower |
|
| - | 97 | (xsize-5,ysize-5) with color indicated in edx |
|
| 90 | * If ysize > =26, the working area of the window is painted over - |
98 | (taking a gradient into account) |
| 91 | rectangle with the left upper corner (5,20) and right lower |
99 | * if A=1 and caption has been already set by subfunction 1 |
| 92 | (xsize-5,ysize-5) - colour indicated in edx (in view of a gradient) |
100 | of function 71, it is drawn in the corresponding place of header |
| 93 | * Look of the window with skinned: |
101 | * The skinned window looks as follows: |
| 94 | * draw external frame of width 1 pixel |
102 | * draw external frame of width 1 pixel |
| 95 | colour 'outer' from skin |
103 | with color 'outer' from the skin |
| 96 | * draw intermediate framework of width 3 pixels |
104 | * draw intermediate frame of width 3 pixel |
| 97 | colour 'frame' from skin |
105 | with color 'frame' from the skin |
| 98 | * draw internal framework of width 1 pixel |
106 | * draw internal frame of width 1 pixel |
| 99 | colour 'inner' from skin |
107 | with color 'inner' from the skin |
| 100 | * draw header (on pictures from skin) in a rectangle |
108 | * draw header (on bitmaps from the skin) in a rectangle |
| 101 | (0,0) - (xsize,_skinh-1) |
109 | (0,0) - (xsize,_skinh-1) |
| - | 110 | * if ysize>=26, fill the working area of the window - |
|
| 102 | * If ysize > =26, the working area of the window is painted over - |
111 | rectangle with the left upper corner (5,_skinh) and right lower |
| 103 | rectangle with the left upper corner (5, _skinh) and right lower |
112 | (xsize-5,ysize-5) with color indicated in edx |
| - | 113 | (taking a gradient into account) |
|
| - | 114 | * define two standard buttons: for close and minimize |
|
| 104 | (xsize-5,ysize-5) - colour indicated in edx (in view of a gradient) |
115 | (see function 8) |
| 105 | * two standard buttons are defined: closings and minimizations |
116 | * if A=1 and edi contains (nonzero) pointer to caption string, |
| Line 106... | Line 117... | ||
| 106 | (see function 8) |
117 | it is drawn in place in header defined in the skin |
| 107 | * value _skinh is accessible as result of call |
118 | * value _skinh is accessible as the result of call |
| 108 | subfunction 4 functions 48 |
119 | subfunction 4 of function 48 |
| 109 | 120 | ||
| 110 | ====================================================================== |
121 | ====================================================================== |
| 111 | ================= Function 1 - put a point in the window. ============ |
122 | ================ Function 1 - put pixel in the window. =============== |
| 112 | ====================================================================== |
123 | ====================================================================== |
| 113 | Parameters: |
124 | Parameters: |
| 114 | * eax = 1 - number of the function |
125 | * eax = 1 - function number |
| 115 | * ebx = x-coordinate (concerning the window) |
126 | * ebx = x-coordinate (relative to the window) |
| 116 | * ecx = y-coordinate (concerning the window) |
127 | * ecx = y-coordinate (relative to the window) |
| 117 | * edx = 0x00RRGGBB - colour of a point |
128 | * edx = 0x00RRGGBB - color of a pixel |
| Line 118... | Line 129... | ||
| 118 | edx = 0x01xxxxxx - to invert colour of a point |
129 | edx = 0x01xxxxxx - invert color of a pixel |
| 119 | (low 24 bits ignored) |
130 | (low 24 bits are ignored) |
| 120 | Returned value: |
131 | Returned value: |
| 121 | * function does not return value |
132 | * function does not return value |
| 122 | 133 | ||
| 123 | ====================================================================== |
134 | ====================================================================== |
| 124 | ======== Function 2 - receive the code of the pressed key. =========== |
135 | ============ Function 2 - get the code of the pressed key. =========== |
| 125 | ====================================================================== |
136 | ====================================================================== |
| 126 | Takes away the code of the pressed key from the buffer. |
137 | Takes away the code of the pressed key from the buffer. |
| 127 | Parameters: |
138 | Parameters: |
| 128 | * eax = 2 - number of the function |
139 | * eax = 2 - function number |
| 129 | Returned value: |
140 | Returned value: |
| 130 | * if the buffer is empty, comes back eax=1 |
141 | * if the buffer is empty, function returns eax=1 |
| 131 | * If the buffer is nonblank, that comes back al=0, ah=code of the pressed key, |
142 | * if the buffer is not empty, function returns al=0, |
| 132 | high word of the register eax is set zero |
143 | ah=code of the pressed key, high word of eax is zero |
| 133 | * If there is "hotkey", comes back |
144 | * if there is "hotkey", function returns al=2, |
| 134 | al=2, ah=scancode of the pressed key (0 for direction keys), |
145 | ah=scancode of the pressed key (0 for control keys), |
| 135 | high word of the register eax contains a status of direction keys |
146 | high word of eax contains a status of control keys at the moment |
| 136 | at the moment of pressing a hotkey |
147 | of pressing a hotkey |
| 137 | Remarks: |
148 | Remarks: |
| 138 | * There is a common system buffer of the pressed keys by a size of 120 bytes, |
149 | * There is a common system buffer of the pressed keys |
| 139 | organized as queue. |
150 | by a size of 120 bytes, organized as queue. |
| 140 | * There is one more common system buffer on 120 "hotkey". |
151 | * There is one more common system buffer on 120 "hotkeys". |
| 141 | * By call of this function the application with the inactive window |
152 | * If the application with the inactive window calls this function, |
| 142 | considers, that the buffer of the pressed keys is empty. |
153 | the buffer of the pressed keys is considered to be empty. |
| 143 | * By default this function returns ASCII-codes; to switch to the mode |
154 | * By default this function returns ASCII-codes; to switch |
| 144 | scancode (and back) it is possible with usage of the function 66. |
155 | to the scancodes mode (and back) use function 66. |
| 145 | However, the hotkey always come back as scancodes. |
156 | However, hotkeys are always notificated as scancodes. |
| - | 157 | * To find out, what keys correspond to what codes, start |
|
| 146 | * Ffind out, what keys correspond to what codes, is possible, having started |
158 | the application keyascii and scancode. |
| 147 | the applications keyascii and scancode. |
159 | * Scancodes come directly from keyboard and are fixed; |
| 148 | * Scancodes come back directly by keyboard and are fixed; ASCII-codes turn |
160 | ASCII-codes turn out with usage of the conversion tables, |
| 149 | out with usage of the conversion tables, which can be installed |
161 | which can be set by subfunction 2 of function 21 |
| Line 150... | Line 162... | ||
| 150 | subfunction 2 functions 21 and to read subfunction 2 functions 26. |
162 | and get by subfunction 2 of function 26. |
| 151 | * As a consequence, ASCII-codes take into account current keyboard layout |
163 | * As a consequence, ASCII-codes take into account current |
| 152 | (rus/en) as against scancodes. |
164 | keyboard layout (rus/en) as opposed to scancodes. |
| 153 | * The information only about those hotkeys acts which were defined by this |
165 | * This function notifies only about those hotkeys, which were |
| 154 | stream subfunction 4 functions 66. |
166 | defined by this thread by subfunction 4 of function 66. |
| 155 | 167 | ||
| 156 | ====================================================================== |
168 | ====================================================================== |
| 157 | ================ Function 3 - get system time. ======================= |
169 | ==================== Function 3 - get system time. =================== |
| 158 | ====================================================================== |
170 | ====================================================================== |
| 159 | Parameters: |
171 | Parameters: |
| 160 | * eax = 3 - number of the function |
172 | * eax = 3 - function number |
| 161 | Returned value: |
173 | Returned value: |
| 162 | * eax = 0x00SSMMHH, where HH:MM:SS = Hours:Minutes:Seconds |
174 | * eax = 0x00SSMMHH, where HH:MM:SS = Hours:Minutes:Seconds |
| 163 | * each unit comes back as BCD-number, for example, |
175 | * each item is BCD-number, for example, |
| Line 164... | Line 176... | ||
| 164 | for time 23:59:59 result will be 0x00595923 |
176 | for time 23:59:59 function returns 0x00595923 |
| 165 | Remarks: |
177 | Remarks: |
| 166 | * Look also subfunction 9 functions 26 - obtaining of time from the moment |
178 | * See also subfunction 9 of function 26 - get time from |
| 167 | of start of the system; it in many cases is more convenient, as returns |
- | |
| 168 | simply DWORD-value of the counter of time. |
- | |
| 169 | * System time can be installed by the function 22. |
- | |
| 170 | 179 | the moment of start of the system; it is more convenient, because |
|
| 171 | ====================================================================== |
180 | returns simply DWORD-value of the time counter. |
| 172 | ================ Function 4 - draw text in the window. =============== |
181 | * System time can be set by function 22. |
| 173 | ====================================================================== |
182 | |
| 174 | Can output both strings with given length and NULL-terminated strings |
183 | ====================================================================== |
| 175 | (0x0) - ASCIIZ(string db 'text',0). To draw ASCIIZ string, pass -1 |
184 | ============ Function 4 - draw text string in the window. ============ |
| 176 | in esi (mov esi,-1). |
185 | ====================================================================== |
| 177 | Parameters: |
186 | Parameters: |
| 178 | * eax = 4 - number of the function |
187 | * eax = 4 - function number |
| 179 | * ebx = [coordinate on axis x]*65536 + [coordinate on axis y] |
188 | * ebx = [coordinate on axis x]*65536 + [coordinate on axis y] |
| 180 | * ecx = 0xX0RRGGBB, where |
189 | * ecx = 0xX0RRGGBB, where |
| 181 | * RR, GG, BB set colour of the text |
190 | * RR, GG, BB specify text color |
| - | 191 | * X specifies the used font: 0=system monospaced, |
|
| - | 192 | 1=system font of variable width |
|
| - | 193 | * edx = pointer to the beginning of the string |
|
| 182 | * X sets the used font: 0=system monowide, |
194 | * esi = length of the string, must not exceed 255 |
| 183 | 1=system font of variable width |
195 | Returned value: |
| 184 | * edx = pointer by the beginning of string |
196 | * function does not return value |
| 185 | * esi = length of string, should be no more 255 |
197 | Remarks: |
| Line 186... | Line 198... | ||
| 186 | Returned value: |
198 | * Function outputs either first (esi and 0xFF) characters or |
| 187 | * function does not return value |
199 | all characters before (but not including) terminating zero |
| 188 | Remarks: |
200 | (for ASCIIZ-strings) depending on what occurs first. |
| 189 | * The first system font is read out at loading from the file char.mt, |
201 | * First system font is read out at loading from the file char.mt, |
| 190 | second system font - from char2.mt. |
202 | second - from char2.mt. |
| 191 | * Both fonts have height 9 pixels, width of the monowide font |
203 | * Both fonts have height 9 pixels, width of the monospaced font |
| 192 | is equal 6 pixels. |
204 | is equal to 6 pixels. |
| 193 | 205 | ||
| 194 | ====================================================================== |
206 | ====================================================================== |
| 195 | ========================= Function 5 - pause. ========================= |
207 | ========================= Function 5 - delay. ======================== |
| 196 | ====================================================================== |
208 | ====================================================================== |
| 197 | Delays execution of the program on the given time. |
209 | Delays execution of the program on the given time. |
| 198 | Parameters: |
210 | Parameters: |
| 199 | * eax = 5 - number of the function |
211 | * eax = 5 - function number |
| 200 | * ebx = time in the 1/100 of second |
212 | * ebx = time in the 1/100 of second |
| 201 | Returned value: |
213 | Returned value: |
| 202 | * function does not return value |
214 | * function does not return value |
| 203 | Remarks: |
215 | Remarks: |
| 204 | * The transmission ebx=0 does not transfer handle the following process |
216 | * Passing ebx=0 does not transfer control to the next process |
| 205 | and at all does not make any operations. If really it is required to |
217 | and does not make any operations at all. If it is really required |
| 206 | transfer handle to the following process (to complete a current time |
218 | to transfer control to the next process (to complete a current |
| 207 | slice), use subfunction of 1 function 68. |
219 | time slice), use subfunction 1 of function 68. |
| 208 | * At current realization there will be an immediate return from the function, |
220 | * At current implementation there will be an immediate return from |
| 209 | if the addition ebx with current value of the counter of time will call |
221 | the function, if the addition of ebx with current value of |
| 210 | 32-bit overflow. |
222 | time counter will call 32-bit overflow. |
| 211 | 223 | ||
| 212 | ====================================================================== |
224 | ====================================================================== |
| 213 | ============== Function 6 - read the file with ramdisk. ============== |
225 | ============== Function 6 - read the file from ramdisk. ============== |
| 214 | ====================================================================== |
226 | ====================================================================== |
| 215 | Parameters: |
227 | Parameters: |
| 216 | * eax = 6 - number of the function |
228 | * eax = 6 - function number |
| 217 | * ebx = pointer on a filename |
229 | * ebx = pointer to the filename |
| 218 | * ecx = number of the start block, beginning from 1; |
230 | * ecx = number of start block, beginning from 1; |
| 219 | ecx=0 - read from a beginning of the file (same, as ecx=1); |
231 | ecx=0 - read from the beginning of the file (same as ecx=1) |
| 220 | * edx = number of blocks for reading; |
232 | * edx = number of blocks to read; |
| 221 | edx=0 - read one block (same, as edx=1) |
233 | edx=0 - read one block (same as edx=1) |
| 222 | * esi = pointer on area of memory, where the data will be written |
234 | * esi = pointer to memory area for the data |
| 223 | Returned value: |
235 | Returned value: |
| 224 | * eax = file size in bytes, if the file is successfully read |
236 | * eax = file size in bytes, if the file was successfully read |
| 225 | * eax = -1, if the file is not retrieved |
237 | * eax = -1, if the file was not found |
| 226 | Remarks: |
238 | Remarks: |
| - | 239 | * This function is out-of-date; function 70 allows |
|
| 227 | * The given function is out-of-date; the function 70 allows to fulfil |
240 | to fulfil the same operations with the extended possibilities. |
| 228 | the same operations with the extended possibilities. |
241 | * Block = 512 bytes. |
| 229 | * Block = 512 bytes. |
242 | * For reading all file you can specify the certainly large value |
| 230 | * For reading all file it is possible to specify the certainly large value |
243 | in edx, for example, edx = -1; but in this case be ready that |
| 231 | in edx, for example, edx = -1; but in this case be ready that the program |
244 | the program will "fall", if the file will appear too large and can |
| 232 | "will fall", if the file will appear too large and "will not be placed" in |
245 | not be placed in the program memory. |
| 233 | memory of the program. |
246 | * The filename must be either in the format 8+3 characters |
| Line 234... | Line 247... | ||
| 234 | * The filename should be or in the format 8+3 characters (first 8 characters |
247 | (first 8 characters - name itself, last 3 - extension, |
| 235 | - purely name, last 3 - extension, the short names and extensions are |
248 | the short names and extensions are supplemented with spaces), |
| 236 | supplemented by blanks), or in the format 8.3 characters |
249 | or in the format 8.3 characters "FILE.EXT"/"FILE.EX " |
| 237 | "FILE.EXT" / "FILE.EX " (name no more than 8 characters, point, |
250 | (name no more than 8 characters, dot, extension 3 characters |
| 238 | extension 3 characters supplemented if necessary by blanks). |
251 | supplemented if necessary by spaces). |
| 239 | The filename should be written by capital letters. The completing |
252 | The filename must be written with capital letters. The terminating |
| 240 | character with the code 0 is not necessary (ASCIIZ-string). |
253 | character with code 0 is not necessary (not ASCIIZ-string). |
| 241 | * Current implementation ramdisk does not support the directory. |
254 | * This function does not support folders on the ramdisk. |
| 242 | 255 | ||
| 243 | ====================================================================== |
256 | ====================================================================== |
| 244 | =============== Function 7 - draw image in the window. =============== |
257 | =============== Function 7 - draw image in the window. =============== |
| 245 | ====================================================================== |
258 | ====================================================================== |
| 246 | Parameters: |
259 | Paramters: |
| 247 | * eax = 7 - number of the function |
260 | * eax = 7 - function number |
| Line 248... | Line 261... | ||
| 248 | * ebx = pointer on the image in the format BBGGRRBBGGRR... |
261 | * ebx = pointer to the image in the format BBGGRRBBGGRR... |
| 249 | * ecx = [size on axis x]*65536 + [size on axis y] |
262 | * ecx = [size on axis x]*65536 + [size on axis y] |
| 250 | * edx = [coordinate on axis x]*65536 + [coordinate on axis y] |
263 | * edx = [coordinate on axis x]*65536 + [coordinate on axis y] |
| 251 | Returned value: |
264 | Returned value: |
| 252 | * function does not return value |
265 | * function does not return value |
| 253 | Remarks: |
266 | Remarks: |
| 254 | * Coordinates of the image are coordinates of the upper left corner of the |
267 | * Coordinates of the image are coordinates of the upper left corner |
| 255 | image concerning the window. |
268 | of the image relative to the window. |
| 256 | * Size of the image in bytes is 3*xsize*ysize. |
269 | * Size of the image in bytes is 3*xsize*ysize. |
| 257 | 270 | ||
| 258 | ====================================================================== |
271 | ====================================================================== |
| 259 | =============== Function 8 - define/delete the button. =============== |
272 | =============== Function 8 - define/delete the button. =============== |
| 260 | ====================================================================== |
273 | ====================================================================== |
| 261 | Parameters for îïðåäåëåíèÿ êíîïêè: |
274 | Parameters for button definition: |
| 262 | * eax = 8 - number of the function |
275 | * eax = 8 - function number |
| 263 | * ebx = [coordinate on axis x]*65536 + [size on axis x] |
276 | * ebx = [coordinate on axis x]*65536 + [size on axis x] |
| 264 | * ecx = [coordinate on axis y]*65536 + [size on axis y] |
277 | * ecx = [coordinate on axis y]*65536 + [size on axis y] |
| 265 | * edx = 0xXYnnnnnn, where: |
278 | * edx = 0xXYnnnnnn, where: |
| 266 | * nnnnnn = identifier of the button |
279 | * nnnnnn = identifier of the button |
| 267 | * high (31-st) bit edx is reset |
280 | * high (31st) bit of edx is cleared |
| 268 | * if 30-th bit edx is installed - to not draw the button |
281 | * if 30th bit of edx is set - do not draw the button |
| 269 | * If 29-th bit edx is installed - to not draw a frame |
282 | * if 29th bit of edx is set - do not draw a frame |
| 270 | at pressing the button |
283 | at pressing the button |
| - | 284 | * esi = 0x00RRGGBB - color of the button |
|
| 271 | * esi = 0x00RRGGBB - colour of the button |
285 | Parameters for button deleting: |
| 272 | Parameters for deleting the button: |
286 | * eax = 8 - function number |
| 273 | * eax = 8 - number of the function |
287 | * edx = 0x80nnnnnn, where nnnnnn - identifier of the button |
| 274 | * edx = 0x80nnnnnn, where nnnnnn - identifier of the button |
288 | Returned value: |
| 275 | Returned value: |
289 | * function does not return value |
| 276 | * function does not return value |
290 | Remarks: |
| 277 | Remarks: |
291 | * Sizes of the button must be more than 0 and less than 0x8000. |
| 278 | * Sizes of the button should be more than 0 and less than 0x8000. |
292 | * For windows with skin definition of the window |
| 279 | * For windows with skin at definition of the window (call of 0-th function) |
293 | (call of 0th function) creates two standard buttons - |
| 280 | there are two standard buttons - closing of the window with the |
294 | for close of the window with identifier 1 and |
| 281 | identifier 1 and minimization of the window with the identifier 0xffff. |
295 | for minimize of the window with identifier 0xffff. |
| 282 | * The creation of two buttons with identical identifiers is admitted. |
296 | * The creation of two buttons with same identifiers is admitted. |
| 283 | * The button with the identifier 0xffff at pressing is interpreted by the |
297 | * The button with the identifier 0xffff at pressing is interpreted |
| 284 | system as the button of minimization, the system handles such pressing |
298 | by the system as the button of minimization, the system handles |
| 285 | independently, not accessing to the application. In rest it is |
299 | such pressing independently, not accessing to the application. |
| 286 | the usual button. |
300 | In rest it is usual button. |
| 287 | * Total of buttons for all applications is limited to number 4095. |
301 | * Total number of buttons for all applications is limited to 4095. |
| 288 | 302 | ||
| 289 | ====================================================================== |
303 | ====================================================================== |
| 290 | ========== Function 9 - information on thread of execution. ========== |
304 | ============ Function 9 - information on execution thread. =========== |
| 291 | ====================================================================== |
305 | ====================================================================== |
| 292 | Parameters: |
306 | Parameters: |
| 293 | * eax = 9 - number of the function |
307 | * eax = 9 - function number |
| 294 | * ebx = pointer on the buffer of a size 1 Kb |
308 | * ebx = pointer to 1-Kb buffer |
| 295 | * ecx = number of the slot of thread |
309 | * ecx = number of the slot of the thread |
| 296 | ecx = -1 - get information on current thread |
310 | ecx = -1 - get information on the current thread |
| 297 | Returned value: |
311 | Returned value: |
| 298 | * eax = maximum number of the slot of thread |
312 | * eax = maximum number of the slot of a thread |
| 299 | * buffer, which specifies ebx, contains the following information: |
313 | * buffer pointed to by ebx contains the following information: |
| 300 | * +0: dword: usage of the processor (how many clock ticks per one second |
314 | * +0: dword: usage of the processor (how many time units |
| 301 | leaves on fulfilment of this thread) |
315 | per second leaves on execution of this thread) |
| 302 | * +4: word: position of the window of thread in the window stack |
316 | * +4: word: position of the window of thread in the window stack |
| 303 | * +6: word: (there is no ratio to the requested thread) |
317 | * +6: word: (has no relation to the specified thread) |
| 304 | number of the slot thread, which window is in the window stack |
318 | number of the thread slot, which window has in the window stack |
| 305 | in a position ecx |
319 | position ecx |
| 306 | * +8: word: reserved |
320 | * +8: word: reserved |
| 307 | * +10 = +0xA: 11 bytes: name of the process |
321 | * +10 = +0xA: 11 bytes: name of the process |
| 308 | (name of an appropriate executable file in the format 8+3) |
322 | (name of corresponding executable file in the format 8+3) |
| 309 | * +21 = +0x15: byte: alignment, this byte does not vary |
323 | * +21 = +0x15: byte: alignment, this byte preserves |
| 310 | * +22 = +0x16: dword: address of the process in memory |
324 | * +22 = +0x16: dword: address of the process in memory |
| 311 | * +26 = +0x1A: dword: size of used memory - 1 |
325 | * +26 = +0x1A: dword: size of used memory - 1 |
| 312 | * +30 = +0x1E: dword: identifier (PID/TID) |
326 | * +30 = +0x1E: dword: identifier (PID/TID) |
| 313 | * +34 = +0x22: dword: coordinate of the window thread on axis x |
327 | * +34 = +0x22: dword: coordinate of the thread window on axis x |
| 314 | * +38 = +0x26: dword: coordinate of the window thread on axis y |
328 | * +38 = +0x26: dword: coordinate of the thread window on axis y |
| 315 | * +42 = +0x2A: dword: size of the window thread on axis x |
329 | * +42 = +0x2A: dword: size of the thread window on axis x |
| 316 | * +46 = +0x2E: dword: size of the window thread on axis y |
330 | * +46 = +0x2E: dword: size of the thread window on axis y |
| 317 | * +50 = +0x32: word: status of the slot thread: |
331 | * +50 = +0x32: word: status of the thread slot: |
| 318 | * 0 = thread worked |
332 | * 0 = thread is running |
| 319 | * 1 = thread paused |
333 | * 1 = thread is suspended |
| 320 | * 2 = thread paused at the moment of waiting event |
334 | * 2 = thread is suspended while waiting for event |
| - | 335 | * 3 = thread is terminating as a result of call to function -1 |
|
| 321 | * 3 = thread completed as a result of function call -1 or |
336 | or under duress as a result of call to subfunction 2 |
| - | 337 | of function 18 or termination of the system |
|
| 322 | under duress as a consequence of call subfunction 2 functions 18 |
338 | * 4 = thread is terminating as a result of exception |
| 323 | or termination of the system |
339 | * 5 = thread waits for event |
| - | 340 | * 9 = requested slot is free, all other information on the slot |
|
| 324 | * 4 = thread is completed as a result of exception |
341 | is not meaningful |
| 325 | * 5 = thread wait event |
342 | Remarks: |
| 326 | * 9 = requested slot is free, |
343 | * Slots are numbered starting from 1. |
| 327 | all other information on the slot is not meaningful |
344 | * Returned value is not a total number of threads, because there |
| 328 | Remarks: |
345 | can be free slots. |
| 329 | * Slots are numbered with 1. |
346 | * When process is starting, system automatically creates |
| 330 | * Returned value not is a total number of streams, as there are free slots. |
347 | execution thread. |
| 331 | * Ïðè ñîçäàíèè ïðîöåññà àâòîìàòè÷åñêè ñîçäàåòñÿ thread âûïîëíåíèÿ. |
348 | * Function gives information on the thread. Each process has |
| 332 | * Function produces the information on thread. Each process has even one |
349 | at least one thread. One process can create many threads, |
| 333 | thread. One process can create some thread, in this case everyone thread |
350 | in this case each thread has its own slot and the fields |
| 334 | receives the slot, and the fields +10, +22, +26 in these slots coincide. |
351 | +10, +22, +26 in these slots coincide. |
| 335 | For the applications there is no common way to define, whether two thread |
352 | Applications have no common way to define whether two threads |
| 336 | belong to one process. |
353 | belong to one process. |
| 337 | * Active window - window which is taking place on top of the window stack, |
354 | * The active window - window on top of the window stack - |
| 338 | it receives the messages on a keyboard input. For it the position in the |
355 | receives the messages on a keyboard input. For such window |
| 339 | window stack coincides with returned value. |
356 | the position in the window stack coincides with returned value. |
| 340 | * Slot 1 corresponds to special thread of an operating system, for which: |
357 | * Slot 1 corresponds to special system thread, for which: |
| 341 | * window is in the bottom of the window stack, the fields +4 and +6 |
358 | * the window is in the bottom of the window stack, the fields |
| 342 | contain value 1 |
359 | +4 and +6 contain value 1 |
| 343 | * Nname of the process - "OS/IDLE" (supplemented by blanks) |
360 | * name of the process - "OS/IDLE" (supplemented by spaces) |
| 344 | * address of the process is equal memory 0, size of used memory |
361 | * address of the process in memory is 0, size of used memory is |
| 345 | 16 Mb (0x1000000) |
362 | 16 Mb (0x1000000) |
| 346 | * PID=1 |
363 | * PID=1 |
| 347 | * coordinates and sizes of the window conditionally rely equal 0 |
364 | * coordinates and sizes of the window are by convention set to 0 |
| 348 | * status of the slot - always 0 (worked) |
365 | * status of the slot is always 0 (running) |
| 349 | * The execution time adds of time leaving on purely operation, and down |
366 | * the execution time adds of time leaving on operations itself |
| 350 | time in waiting interruption (which can be received by call |
367 | and idle time in waiting for interrupt (which can be got by call |
| 351 | subfunction 4 functions 18). |
368 | to subfunction 4 of function 18). |
| 352 | * Since the slot 2, the usual applications are placed. |
369 | * Beginning from slot 2, the normal applications are placed. |
| 353 | * Usual applications are placed in memory to the address 0x10000000 |
370 | * The normal applications are placed in memory at the address |
| 354 | (constant of a kernel std_application_base_address). |
371 | 0x10000000 (kernel constand 'std_application_base_address'). |
| - | 372 | There is no intersection, as each process has its own page table. |
|
| 355 | Intersection does not occur, as for each process the own page table. |
373 | * At creation of the thread it is assigned the slot |
| 356 | * At creation thread to it are assigned the slot in the system table and |
374 | in the system table and identifier (Process/Thread IDentifier = |
| 357 | identifier (Process/Thread IDentifier = PID/TID), which for given thread |
375 | PID/TID), which do not vary with time for given thread. |
| 358 | do not vary in the subsequent time. |
376 | After completion of the thread its slot can be anew used |
| Line 359... | Line 377... | ||
| 359 | After completion thread its slot can be anew used for another thread. |
377 | for another thread. The thread identifier can not be assigned |
| 360 | The identifier thread can not be assigned to other stream even after |
378 | to other thread even after completion of this thread. |
| 361 | completion first. |
379 | Identifiers, assigned to new threads, grow monotonously. |
| 362 | Identifiers, assigned to new thread, monotonously grow. |
380 | * If the thread has not yet defined the window by call to |
| 363 | * If thread yet has not defined the window by function call 0, |
381 | function 0, the position and the sizes |
| 364 | a location and the sizes of this window rely in zero. |
382 | of its window are considered to be zero. |
| Line 365... | Line 383... | ||
| 365 | * In the given moment the part of the buffer by a size 52 = 0x34 of byte |
383 | * At the moment only the part of the buffer by a size |
| 366 | is used only. Nevertheless it is recommended to use the buffer |
384 | 52 = 0x34 bytes is used. Nevertheless it is recommended to use |
| 367 | by a size 1 KB for the future compatibility, in the future some fields |
385 | 1-Kb buffer for the future compatibility, in the future |
| 368 | can be added. |
386 | some fields can be added. |
| 369 | 387 | ||
| 370 | ====================================================================== |
388 | ====================================================================== |
| 371 | ====================== Function 10 - wait event. ===================== |
389 | ==================== Function 10 - wait for event. =================== |
| 372 | ====================================================================== |
390 | ====================================================================== |
| 373 | If the message queue is empty, waits for appearance of the message in queue. |
391 | If the message queue is empty, waits for appearance of the message |
| 374 | In such status thread does not receive CPU time. |
392 | in queue. In this state thread does not consume CPU time. |
| 375 | Then reads out the message from queue. |
393 | Then reads out the message from queue. |
| 376 | 394 | ||
| 377 | Parameters: |
395 | Parameters: |
| 378 | * eax = 10 - number of the function |
396 | * eax = 10 - function number |
| 379 | Returned value: |
397 | Returned value: |
| 380 | * eax = event (look the list of events) |
398 | * eax = event (see the list of events) |
| 381 | Remarks: |
399 | Remarks: |
| 382 | * Those events are taken into account only which enter into a mask installed |
400 | * Those events are taken into account only which enter into |
| 383 | by the function 40. By default it is events redraw, pressing keys |
401 | a mask set by function 40. By default it is |
| 384 | and buttons. |
402 | redraw, key and button events. |
| 385 | * For check, whether there is a message in queue, use the function 11. |
403 | * To check, whether there is a message in queue, use function 11. |
| 386 | To wait for the no more defined time, use the function 23. |
404 | To wait for no more than given time, use function 23. |
| 387 | 405 | ||
| 388 | ======================================================================= |
406 | ====================================================================== |
| 389 | = Function 11 - check up, whether there is an event, without waiting. = |
407 | =============== Function 11 - check for event, no wait. ============== |
| 390 | ======================================================================= |
408 | ====================================================================== |
| 391 | If in a message queue there is any event, reads out and returns it. |
409 | If the message queue contains event, function reads out |
| Line 392... | Line 410... | ||
| 392 | If queue is empty, returns zero. |
410 | and return it. If the queue is empty, function returns 0. |
| 393 | Parameters: |
411 | Parameters: |
| 394 | * eax = 11 - number of the function |
412 | * eax = 11 - function number |
| Line 395... | Line 413... | ||
| 395 | Returned value: |
413 | Returned value: |
| 396 | * eax = 0 - message queue is empty |
414 | * eax = 0 - message queue is empty |
| 397 | * èíà÷å eax = event (look the list of events) |
415 | * else eax = event (see the list of events) |
| 398 | Remarks: |
416 | Remarks: |
| 399 | * Those events are taken into account only which enter into a mask installed |
417 | * Those events are taken into account only, which enter into |
| 400 | by the function 40. By default it is events redraw, pressing keys |
418 | a mask set by function 40. By default it is |
| Line 401... | Line 419... | ||
| 401 | and buttons. |
419 | redraw, key and button events. |
| 402 | * For waiting appearance of event in queue, use the function 10. |
420 | * To wait for event, use function 10. |
| 403 | To wait for the no more defined time, use the function 23. |
421 | To wait for no more than given time, use function 23. |
| 404 | 422 | ||
| 405 | ====================================================================== |
423 | ====================================================================== |
| 406 | ========= Function 12 - begin/complete redraw of the window. ========= |
424 | =============== Function 12 - begin/end window redraw. =============== |
| 407 | ====================================================================== |
425 | ====================================================================== |
| 408 | 426 | ||
| 409 | ---------- Subfunction 1 - begin redraw of the window. --------------- |
427 | ------------ Subfunction 1 - begin redraw of the window. ------------- |
| Line 410... | Line 428... | ||
| 410 | Parameters: |
428 | Parameters: |
| 411 | * eax = 12 - number of the function |
429 | * eax = 12 - function number |
| 412 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
430 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
| 413 | Returned value: |
431 | Returned value: |
| 414 | * function does not return value |
432 | * function does not return value |
| 415 | 433 | ||
| 416 | --------- Subfunction 2 - complete redraw of the window. ------------- |
434 | ------------- Subfunction 2 - end redraw of the window. -------------- |
| 417 | Parameters: |
435 | Parameters: |
| 418 | * eax = 12 - number of the function |
436 | * eax = 12 - function number |
| 419 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
437 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
| 420 | Returned value: |
438 | Returned value: |
| 421 | * function does not return value |
439 | * function does not return value |
| 422 | Remarks: |
440 | Remarks: |
| Line 423... | Line 441... | ||
| 423 | * Function of a beginning redraw all deletes defined by the |
441 | * Subfunction 1 deletes all buttons defined with |
| 424 | function 8 buttons, they should be defined again. |
442 | function 8, they must be defined again. |
| 425 | 443 | ||
| 426 | ====================================================================== |
444 | ====================================================================== |
| 427 | ============ Function 13 - draw a rectangle in the window. =========== |
445 | ============ Function 13 - draw a rectangle in the window. =========== |
| 428 | ====================================================================== |
446 | ====================================================================== |
| 429 | Parameters: |
447 | Parameters: |
| 430 | * eax = 13 - number of the function |
448 | * eax = 13 - function number |
| 431 | * ebx = [coordinate on axis x]*65536 + [size on axis x] |
449 | * ebx = [coordinate on axis x]*65536 + [size on axis x] |
| 432 | * ecx = [coordinate on axis y]*65536 + [size on axis y] |
450 | * ecx = [coordinate on axis y]*65536 + [size on axis y] |
| 433 | * edx = colour 0xRRGGBB èëè 0x80RRGGBB for a gradient of filling |
451 | * edx = color 0xRRGGBB or 0x80RRGGBB for gradient fill |
| 434 | Returned value: |
452 | Returned value: |
| 435 | * function does not return value |
453 | * function does not return value |
| 436 | Remarks: |
454 | Remarks: |
| Line 437... | Line 455... | ||
| 437 | * Coordinates are understood as coordinates of the left upper corner |
455 | * Coordinates are understood as coordinates of the left upper corner |
| 438 | of a rectangle concerning the window. |
456 | of a rectangle relative to the window. |
| 439 | 457 | ||
| 440 | ====================================================================== |
458 | ====================================================================== |
| 441 | ================ Function 14 - get sizes of the screen. ============== |
459 | =================== Function 14 - get screen size. =================== |
| 442 | ====================================================================== |
460 | ====================================================================== |
| 443 | Parameters: |
461 | Parameters: |
| 444 | * eax = 14 - number of the function |
462 | * eax = 14 - function number |
| 445 | Returned value: |
463 | Returned value: |
| 446 | * eax = [xsize]*65536 + [ysize], where |
464 | * eax = [xsize]*65536 + [ysize], where |
| 447 | * xsize = x-coordinate of the right lower corner of the screen = |
465 | * xsize = x-coordinate of the right lower corner of the screen = |
| 448 | size on a horizontal - 1 |
466 | horizontal size - 1 |
| 449 | * ysize = y-coordinate of the right lower corner of the screen = |
467 | * ysize = y-coordinate of the right lower corner of the screen = |
| 450 | size on a vertical - 1 |
468 | vertical size - 1 |
| 451 | Remarks: |
469 | Remarks: |
| 452 | * Look also subfunction 5 functions 48 - to receive sizes of |
470 | * See also subfunction 5 of function 48 - get sizes of |
| 453 | a working area of the screen. |
471 | working area of the screen. |
| 454 | 472 | ||
| 455 | ======================================================================== |
473 | ====================================================================== |
| Line 456... | Line 474... | ||
| 456 | = Function 15, subfunction 1 - install a size of the background image. = |
474 | == Function 15, subfunction 1 - set a size of the background image. == |
| 457 | ======================================================================== |
475 | ====================================================================== |
| 458 | Parameters: |
476 | Parameters: |
| 459 | * eax = 15 - number of the function |
477 | * eax = 15 - function number |
| 460 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
478 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
| 461 | * ecx = width of the image |
479 | * ecx = width of the image |
| 462 | * edx = height of the image |
480 | * edx = height of the image |
| 463 | Returned value: |
481 | Returned value: |
| 464 | * function does not return value |
482 | * function does not return value |
| 465 | Remarks: |
483 | Remarks: |
| 466 | * Checks on a correctness is not done. The installation of the too large |
484 | * There is no checks for correctness. The setting of too large |
| 467 | values will result that the background will be entered with the data abroad |
485 | values will result that the background will contain data abroad |
| 468 | of buffer of the background map. The size of the buffer = 0x160000-0x10, |
486 | of buffer for the background image. Buffer size = 0x160000-0x10, |
| 469 | that corresponds to maximum sizes 800*600. (800*600*3=0x15F900) |
487 | that corresponds to maximum size 800*600. (800*600*3=0x15F900) |
| 470 | * For upgrade of the screen (after completion of a series of commands |
488 | * For update of the screen (after completion of a series of commands |
| 471 | working with a background) call subfunction 3 redraw of a background. |
489 | working with a background) call subfunction 3. |
| 472 | * There is a pair function of get of sizes of the background image - |
490 | * There is a pair function for get size of the background image - |
| 473 | subfunction 1 function 39. |
491 | subfunction 1 of function 39. |
| 474 | 492 | ||
| Line 475... | Line 493... | ||
| 475 | ====================================================================== |
493 | ====================================================================== |
| 476 | = Function 15, subfunction 2 - put a point on the background image. == |
494 | === Function 15, subfunction 2 - put pixel on the background image. == |
| 477 | ====================================================================== |
495 | ====================================================================== |
| 478 | Parameters: |
496 | Parameters: |
| 479 | * eax = 15 - number of the function |
497 | * eax = 15 - function number |
| 480 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
498 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
| 481 | * ecx = offset |
499 | * ecx = offset |
| 482 | * edx = colour of a point 0xRRGGBB |
500 | * edx = color of a pixel 0xRRGGBB |
| Line 483... | Line 501... | ||
| 483 | Returned value: |
501 | Returned value: |
| 484 | * function does not return value |
502 | * function does not return value |
| 485 | Remarks: |
503 | Remarks: |
| 486 | * Offset for a point with coordinates (x, y) is calculated as |
504 | * Offset for a pixel with coordinates (x,y) is calculated as |
| 487 | (x+y*xsize)*3. |
505 | (x+y*xsize)*3. |
| 488 | * If the indicated offset exceeds 0x160000-16 = |
506 | * If the given offset exceeds 0x160000-16 = 1.375 Mb - 16 bytes, |
| 489 | 1.375 Mb - 16 bytes, call is ignored. |
507 | the call is ignored. |
| 490 | * For upgrade of the screen (after completion of a series of commands |
508 | * For update of the screen (after completion of a series of commands |
| 491 | working with a background) call subfunction 3 redraw of a background. |
509 | working with a background) call subfunction 3. |
| 492 | * There is a pair function of obtaining of a point from the background |
510 | * There is a pair function for get pixel on the background image - |
| 493 | image - subfunction 2 functions 39. |
511 | subfunction 2 of function 39. |
| 494 | 512 | ||
| 495 | ====================================================================== |
513 | ====================================================================== |
| 496 | =========== Function 15, subfunction 3 - redraw background. ========== |
514 | =========== Function 15, subfunction 3 - redraw background. ========== |
| 497 | ====================================================================== |
515 | ====================================================================== |
| 498 | Parameters: |
516 | Parameters: |
| 499 | * eax = 15 - number of the function |
517 | * eax = 15 - function number |
| 500 | * ebx = 3 - number subfunction |
518 | * ebx = 3 - subfunction number |
| - | 519 | Returned value: |
|
| 501 | Returned value: |
520 | * function does not return value |
| 502 | * function does not return value |
521 | |
| 503 | 522 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 504 | ========================================================================= |
523 | == Function 15, subfunction 4 - set drawing mode for the background. = |
| 505 | = Function 15, subfunction 4 - set the mode of drawing of a background. = |
524 | ====================================================================== |
| 506 | ========================================================================= |
525 | Parameters: |
| 507 | Parameters: |
526 | * eax = 15 - function number |
| 508 | * eax = 15 - number of the function |
527 | * ebx = 4 - subfunction number |
| 509 | * ebx = 4 - number subfunction |
528 | * ecx = drawing mode: |
| 510 | * ecx = mode of drawing: |
529 | * 1 = tile |
| 511 | * 1 = tile |
530 | * 2 = stretch |
| 512 | * 2 = stretch |
531 | Returned value: |
| 513 | Returned value: |
532 | * function does not return value |
| 514 | * function does not return value |
533 | Remarks: |
| 515 | Remarks: |
534 | * For update of the screen (after completion of a series of commands |
| 516 | * For upgrade of the screen (after completion of a series of commands |
535 | working with a background) call subfunction 3. |
| 517 | working with a background) call subfunction 3 redraw of a background. |
536 | * There is a pair function for get drawing mode of the background - |
| 518 | * There is a pair command of obtaining of the mode redraw of a background |
537 | subfunction 4 of function 39. |
| 519 | - subfunction 4 functions 39. |
538 | |
| Line 520... | Line 539... | ||
| 520 | 539 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 521 | =========================================================================== |
540 | ===================== Function 15, subfunction 5 ===================== |
| 522 | = Function 15, subfunction 5 - place the block of pixels on a background. = |
541 | ============ Put block of pixels on the background image. ============ |
| 523 | =========================================================================== |
542 | ====================================================================== |
| 524 | Parameters: |
543 | Parameters: |
| 525 | * eax = 15 - number of the function |
544 | * eax = 15 - function number |
| 526 | * ebx = 5 - number subfunction |
545 | * ebx = 5 - subfunction number |
| 527 | * ecx = pointer on the data in the format BBGGRRBBGGRR... |
546 | * ecx = pointer to the data in the format BBGGRRBBGGRR... |
| 528 | * edx = offset in data of the background image |
547 | * edx = offset in data of the background image |
| Line 529... | Line 548... | ||
| 529 | * esi = size given in bytes = 3 * number of pixels |
548 | * esi = size of data in bytes = 3 * number of pixels |
| 530 | Returned value: |
549 | Returned value: |
| 531 | * function does not return value |
550 | * function does not return value |
| 532 | Remarks: |
551 | Remarks: |
| 533 | * If the block gets out abroad 0x160000-16 = 1.375 Mb - 16 bytes, |
552 | * If the block gets out abroad 0x160000-16 = 1.375 Mb - 16 bytes, |
| 534 | the call is ignored. |
553 | the call is ignored. |
| 535 | * Colour of each pixel is stored as 3 bytes the value BBGGRR. |
554 | * Color of each pixel is stored as 3-bytes value BBGGRR. |
| 536 | * Pixels of the background image are written sequentially from left to right, |
555 | * Pixels of the background image are written sequentially |
| 537 | from above downwards. |
556 | from left to right, from up to down. |
| 538 | * Offset of a pixel with coordinates (x,y) it (x+y*xsize)*3. |
557 | * Offset of pixel with coordinates (x,y) is (x+y*xsize)*3. |
| 539 | * For upgrade of the screen (after completion of a series of commands |
558 | * For update of the screen (after completion of a series of commands |
| 540 | working with a background) call subfunction 3 redraw of a background. |
559 | working with a background) call subfunction 3. |
| 541 | 560 | ||
| 542 | ====================================================================== |
561 | ====================================================================== |
| 543 | ============= Function 16 - save ramdisk on a diskette. ============== |
562 | =============== Function 16 - save ramdisk on a floppy. ============== |
| 544 | ====================================================================== |
563 | ====================================================================== |
| 545 | Parameters: |
564 | Parameters: |
| Line 546... | Line 565... | ||
| 546 | * eax = 16 - number of the function |
565 | * eax = 16 - function number |
| 547 | * ebx = 1 èëè ebx = 2 - on what floppy to save |
566 | * ebx = 1 or ebx = 2 - on which floppy save |
| 548 | Returned value: |
567 | Returned value: |
| 549 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
568 | * eax = 0 - success |
| 550 | * eax = 1 - error |
569 | * eax = 1 - error |
| 551 | 570 | ||
| 552 | ====================================================================== |
571 | ====================================================================== |
| 553 | ============== Function 17 - get code of pressed button. ============= |
572 | ======= Function 17 - get the identifier of the pressed button. ====== |
| 554 | ====================================================================== |
573 | ====================================================================== |
| 555 | Takes away the code of the pressed button from the buffer. |
574 | Takes away the code of the pressed button from the buffer. |
| - | 575 | Parameters: |
|
| 556 | Parameters: |
576 | * eax = 17 - function number |
| 557 | * eax = 17 - number of the function |
577 | Returned value: |
| Line 558... | Line 578... | ||
| 558 | Returned value: |
578 | * if the buffer is empty, function returns eax=1 |
| 559 | * If the buffer is empty, comes back eax=1 |
579 | * if the buffer is not empty, function returns al=0, |
| 560 | * If the buffer is nonblank, comes back al=0, the high 24 bits eax contain |
580 | high 24 bits of eax contain button identifier (in particular, ah |
| 561 | the identifier of the button (in particular, in ah there is a low byte of |
581 | contains low byte of the identifier; if all buttons have |
| 562 | the identifier; if all buttons have the identifier, smaller 256, for |
582 | the identifier less than 256, ah is enough to distinguish). |
| 563 | distinguishing there is enough ah) |
583 | Remarks: |
| 564 | Remarks: |
584 | * "Buffer" keeps only one button, at pressing the new button the |
| 565 | * "Buffer" keeps only one button, at pressing the new button the information |
585 | information about old is lost. |
| 566 | about old is lost. |
586 | * The call of this function by an application with inactive window |
| 567 | * By call of this function by the application with the inactive window the |
587 | will return answer "buffer is empty". |
| 568 | answer " the buffer comes back is empty ". |
588 | |
| 569 | 589 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 570 | ====================================================================== |
590 | ============ Function 18, subfunction 1 - system shutdown. =========== |
| 571 | ============ Function 18, subfunction 1 - shutdown system. =========== |
591 | ====================================================================== |
| 572 | ====================================================================== |
592 | Parameters: |
| Line 573... | Line 593... | ||
| 573 | Parameters: |
593 | * eax = 18 - function number |
| - | 594 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
|
| 574 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
595 | Returned value: |
| 575 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
596 | * function always return eax = 0 as tag of success |
| 576 | Returned value: |
597 | Remarks: |
| 577 | * Always comes back eax = 0 as tag of success |
598 | * On the last step menu of exit from the system appears and waits |
| 578 | Remarks: |
599 | response of the user. |
| 579 | * On last step there is a menu of quit waiting responses of the user. |
600 | * See also subfunction 9, system shutdown with |
| 580 | * Look also subfunction 9, termination of the system with the parameter |
601 | the parameter to force the choice in the exit menu. |
| 581 | to speed up choice in the menu of an exit. |
602 | |
| 582 | 603 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 583 | ====================================================================== |
604 | = Function 18, subfunction 2 - terminate process/thread by the slot. = |
| - | 605 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 584 | = Function 18, subfunction 2 - complete process/thread on the slot. == |
606 | Parameters: |
| Line 585... | Line 607... | ||
| 585 | ====================================================================== |
607 | * eax = 18 - function number |
| - | 608 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
|
| 586 | Parameters: |
609 | * ecx = number of the slot of process/thread |
| 587 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
610 | Returned value: |
| 588 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
611 | * function does not return value |
| 589 | * ecx = number of the slot of process/thread |
612 | Remarks: |
| Line 590... | Line 613... | ||
| 590 | Returned value: |
613 | * It is impossible to terminate system thread OS/IDLE (with |
| 591 | * function does not return value |
614 | number of the slot 1), |
| 592 | Remarks: |
615 | it is possible to terminate any normal process/thread. |
| 593 | * It is impossible to complete thread of an operating system OS/IDLE |
616 | * See also subfunction 18 - terminate |
| 594 | (number of the slot 1), it is possible to complete |
617 | process/thread by the identifier. |
| Line 595... | Line 618... | ||
| 595 | any usual thread/process. |
618 | |
| 596 | * See also subfunction 18 - completion of process/thread |
619 | ====================================================================== |
| 597 | with the given identifier. |
620 | ===================== Function 18, subfunction 3 ===================== |
| 598 | 621 | ============= Make active the window of the given thread. ============ |
|
| 599 | ========================================================================= |
622 | ====================================================================== |
| 600 | = Function 18, subfunction 3 - do to the active window selected thread. = |
623 | Parameters: |
| 601 | ========================================================================= |
624 | * eax = 18 - function number |
| 602 | Parameters: |
625 | * ebx = 3 - subfunction number |
| Line 603... | Line 626... | ||
| 603 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
626 | * ecx = number of the thread slot |
| 604 | * ebx = 3 - number subfunction |
627 | Returned value: |
| 605 | * ecx = number of the slot thread |
628 | * function does not return value |
| 606 | Returned value: |
629 | Remarks: |
| 607 | * function does not return value |
630 | * If correct, but nonexistent slot is given, |
| 608 | Remarks: |
631 | some window is made active. |
| 609 | * At the instruction correct, but nonexistent slot any window is made active. |
632 | * To find out, which window is active, use subfunction 7. |
| 610 | * Find out, what window is active, is possible by call subfunction 7. |
633 | |
| 611 | 634 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 612 | ============================================================================== |
635 | ===================== Function 18, subfunction 4 ===================== |
| - | 636 | =========== Get counter of idle time units per one second. =========== |
|
| 613 | Function 18, subfunction 4 - get counter of empty clock ticks per one second. |
637 | ====================================================================== |
| 614 | ============================================================================== |
638 | Idle time units are units, in which the processor stands idle |
| 615 | Empty clock ticks are understood as time, in which the processor stands idle |
639 | in waiting for interrupt (in the command 'hlt'). |
| 616 | in waiting interruption (in the instruction hlt). |
640 | |
| 617 | 641 | Parameters: |
|
| 618 | Parameters: |
642 | * eax = 18 - function number |
| 619 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
643 | * ebx = 4 - subfunction number |
| 620 | * ebx = 4 - number subfunction |
644 | Returned value: |
| 621 | Returned value: |
645 | * eax = value of the counter of idle time units per one second |
| 622 | * eax = value of the counter of empty clock ticks per one second |
646 | |
| Line 623... | Line 647... | ||
| 623 | 647 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 624 | ====================================================================== |
648 | ========== Function 18, subfunction 5 - get CPU clock rate. ========== |
| 625 | =========== Function 18, subfunction 5 - get cpu frequency. ========== |
649 | ====================================================================== |
| 626 | ====================================================================== |
650 | Parameters: |
| 627 | Parameters: |
651 | * eax = 18 - function number |
| 628 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
652 | * ebx = 5 - subfunction number |
| 629 | * ebx = 5 - number subfunction |
653 | Returned value: |
| 630 | Returned value: |
654 | * eax = clock rate (modulo 2^32 clock ticks = 4GHz) |
| 631 | * eax = cpu frequency (modulo 2^32 clock ticks = 4GHz) |
655 | |
| 632 | 656 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 633 | ===================================================================== |
657 | Function 18, subfunction 6 - save ramdisk to the file on hard drive. |
| 634 | == Function 18, subfunction 6 - save ramdisk in file on hard disk. == |
658 | ====================================================================== |
| 635 | ===================================================================== |
659 | Parameters: |
| Line 636... | Line 660... | ||
| 636 | Parameters: |
660 | * eax = 18 - function number |
| 637 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
661 | * ebx = 6 - subfunction number |
| 638 | * ebx = 6 - number subfunction |
662 | * ecx defines path to the file: |
| 639 | * ecx defines path to the file: |
663 | * 1 = in the folder "/KOLIBRI" |
| - | 664 | * 2 = in the root folder |
|
| 640 | * 1 = in the directory "/KOLIBRI" |
665 | * 3 = edx points to the path (names of folders in the format 8+3, |
| Line 641... | Line 666... | ||
| 641 | * 2 = in the root |
666 | divided by '/') |
| 642 | * 3 = edx specifies path (names of folders in the format 8+3, divided '/') |
667 | Returned value: |
| 643 | Returned value: |
668 | * eax = 0 - success |
| 644 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
669 | * else eax = error code of the file system |
| 645 | * differently eax = an error code of a file system |
670 | Çàìå÷àíèÿ: |
| 646 | Remarks: |
671 | * Filename is fixed, "menuet.img" (global kernel variable |
| 647 | * Filename is fixed, "menuet.img" (global variable of |
672 | 'image_save' from 'preboot.inc') |
| Line 648... | Line 673... | ||
| 648 | a kernel image_save from preboot.inc) |
673 | * Drive and partition are defined by subfunction 7 |
| 649 | * On what partition what disk the file will be saved, is defined |
674 | and subfunction 8 of function 21. |
| 650 | subfunction 7 and subfunction 8 functions 21. |
675 | * All folders in the given path must exist, otherwise function |
| 651 | * All directories in the indicated path should exist, differently will |
676 | returns value 5, "file not found". |
| 652 | return value 5, " the file is not retrieved ". |
677 | |
| 653 | 678 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 654 | ====================================================================== |
679 | =========== Function 18, subfunction 7 - get active window. ========== |
| 655 | ====== Function 18, subfunction 7 - get number of active window. ===== |
680 | ====================================================================== |
| Line 656... | Line 681... | ||
| 656 | ====================================================================== |
681 | Parameters: |
| 657 | Parameters: |
682 | * eax = 18 - function number |
| 658 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
683 | * ebx = 7 - subfunction number |
| 659 | * ebx = 7 - number subfunction |
684 | Returned value: |
| 660 | Returned value: |
685 | * eax = number of the active window |
| 661 | * eax = number of active window (number of the slot thread, which window |
686 | (number of the slot of the thread with active window) |
| 662 | is active) |
687 | Remarks: |
| 663 | Remarks: |
688 | * Active window is at the top of the window stack and receives |
| 664 | * Active window is at the top of the window stack and receives the messages |
689 | messages on all keyboard input. |
| - | 690 | * To make a window active, use subfunction 3. |
|
| 665 | on all keyboard input. |
691 | |
| 666 | * Make the window active it is possible by call subfunction 3. |
692 | ====================================================================== |
| 667 | 693 | == Function 18, subfunction 8 - disable/enable the internal speaker. = |
|
| 668 | ======================================================================= |
694 | ====================================================================== |
| 669 | ==== Function 18, subfunction 8 - disable/enable a speaker sound . ==== |
695 | If speaker sound is disabled, all calls to subfunction 55 of |
| 670 | ======================================================================= |
696 | function 55 are ignored. If speaker sound is enabled, |
| - | 697 | they are routed on builtin speaker. |
|
| 671 | At the disconnected sound the calls subfunction 55 functions 55 are ignored. |
698 | |
| 672 | At included - are routed on built - in speaker. |
699 | ------------------- Subsubfunction 1 - get status. ------------------- |
| 673 | 700 | Parameters: |
|
| 674 | --------------- Subsubfunction 1 - get a status. ---------------- |
701 | * eax = 18 - function number |
| 675 | Parameters: |
702 | * ebx = 8 - subfunction number |
| 676 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
703 | * ecx = 1 - number of the subsubfunction |
| 677 | * ebx = 8 - number subfunction |
704 | Returned value: |
| 678 | * ecx = 1 - number subsubfunction |
705 | * eax = 0 - speaker sound is enabled; 1 - disabled |
| 679 | Returned value: |
706 | |
| 680 | * eax = 0 - sound speaker is enabled; 1 - is disabled |
707 | ----------------- Subsubfunction 2 - toggle status. ------------------ |
| 681 | 708 | Toggles states of disable/enable. |
|
| 682 | -------------- Subsubfunction 2 - switch a status. -------------- |
709 | Parameters: |
| 683 | Switches statuses of disable/enable. |
710 | * eax = 18 - function number |
| 684 | Parameters: |
711 | * ebx = 8 - subfunction number |
| 685 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
712 | * ecx = 2 - number of the subsubfunction |
| 686 | * ebx = 8 - number subfunction |
713 | Returned value: |
| 687 | * ecx = 2 - number subsubfunction |
714 | * function does not return value |
| 688 | Returned value: |
715 | |
| 689 | * function does not return value |
716 | ====================================================================== |
| 690 | 717 | == Function 18, subfunction 9 - system shutdown with the parameter. == |
|
| 691 | =========================================================================== |
718 | ====================================================================== |
| 692 | = Function 18, subfunction 9 - shutdown of the system with the parameter. = |
719 | Parameters: |
| 693 | =========================================================================== |
720 | * eax = 18 - function number |
| 694 | Parameters: |
721 | * ebx = 9 - subfunction number |
| - | 722 | * ecx = parameter: |
|
| 695 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
723 | * 1 = on the last step of shutdown save ramdisk on a floppy and |
| 696 | * ebx = 9 - number subfunction |
724 | then show the exit menu and request further operations |
| 697 | * ecx = parameter: |
725 | from the user |
| - | 726 | * 2 = turn off computer |
|
| 698 | * 1 = On last step of shutdown to save ramdisk on a diskette then to |
727 | * 3 = reboot computer |
| 699 | output the menu of an exit and to request of the user further operations |
728 | * 4 = restart the kernel from the file 'kernel.mnt' on ramdisk |
| Line 700... | Line 729... | ||
| 700 | * 2 = switch off the computer |
729 | Returned value: |
| 701 | * 3 = reboot the computer |
- | |
| 702 | * 4 = restart a kernel from the file kernel.mnt on ramdisk |
730 | * at incorrect ecx the registers do not change (i.e. eax=18) |
| 703 | Returned value: |
731 | * by correct call function always returns eax=0 |
| 704 | * At incorrect ecx the registers do not vary (i.e. eax=18) |
732 | as the tag of success |
| 705 | * By correct call tag of success eax=0 always comes back |
733 | Remarks: |
| 706 | Remarks: |
734 | * Do not rely on returned value by incorrect call, it can be |
| 707 | * It is not necessary to rely on returned value by incorrect call, |
735 | changed in future versions of the kernel. |
| 708 | it can vary in the subsequent versions of a kernel. |
736 | * It is possible to use subfunction 1, that on the last step |
| 709 | * It is possible to use subfunction 1, that on last step of termination |
737 | the user makes choice himself. |
| 710 | the user himself has selected, that it is necessary. |
738 | * It is not recommended to use value ecx=1 (to not irritate the user |
| 711 | * It is not recommended to use value ecx=1 (to not irritate the user with |
739 | with excessive questions); to save ramdisk on a floppy use |
| 712 | excessive questions); to save ramdisk on a diskette it is possible by the |
740 | function 16 (which admits specification, on which floppy to |
| 713 | function 16 (which admits specification, on which diskette to write), and |
741 | write), and to shutdown with the exit menu use already mentioned |
| 714 | to complete operation from the menu of an output(exit) it is possible |
742 | subfunction 1. |
| 715 | already mentioned subfunction 1. |
743 | |
| 716 | 744 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 717 | ======================================================================= |
745 | ===== Function 18, subfunction 10 - minimize application window. ===== |
| 718 | ====== Function 18, subfunction 10 - minimize application window. ===== |
746 | ====================================================================== |
| 719 | ======================================================================= |
747 | Minimizes the own window. |
| 720 | Turns off the own window. |
748 | Parameters: |
| 721 | Parameters: |
749 | * eax = 18 - function number |
| 722 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
750 | * ebx = 10 - subfunction number |
| 723 | * ebx = 10 - number subfunction |
751 | Returned value: |
| 724 | Returned value: |
752 | * function does not return value |
| - | 753 | Remarks: |
|
| 725 | * function does not return value |
754 | * The minimized window from the point of view of function 9 |
| 726 | Remarks: |
755 | keeps position and sizes. |
| 727 | * The minimized window from the point of view of the function 9 saves |
756 | * Restoring of an application window occurs at its activation by |
| 728 | a location and sizes. |
757 | subfunction 3. |
| 729 | * Restoring of an application window occurs at activation subfunction 3. |
758 | * Usually there is no necessity to minimize/restire a window |
| 730 | * Usually there is no necessity obviously to turn off/restore the window: |
759 | obviously: minimization of a window is carried out by the system |
| - | 760 | at pressing the minimization button (for skinned windows |
|
| 731 | turn off of the window is carried out by the system at pressing the button |
761 | it is defined automatically by function 0, |
| 732 | of minimization (which for windows with SKIN is defined automatically by |
762 | for other windows it can be defined manually by function 8), |
| 733 | function 0, for windows without SKIN it is possible to define by the |
763 | restore of a window is done by the application '@panel'. |
| 734 | function 8), restoring - application @panel. |
764 | |
| 735 | 765 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 736 | ====================================================================== |
766 | Function 18, subfunction 11 - get information on the disk subsystem. |
| 737 | ==================== Function 18, subfunction 11 ===================== |
767 | ====================================================================== |
| 738 | ================ Get information on a disk subsystem. ================ |
768 | Parameters: |
| 739 | ====================================================================== |
769 | * eax = 18 - function number |
| 740 | Parameters: |
770 | * ebx = 11 - subfunction number |
| 741 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
771 | * ecx = type of the table: |
| 742 | * ebx = 11 - number subfunction |
772 | * 1 = short version, 10 bytes |
| 743 | * ecx = type of the table: |
773 | * 2 = full version, 65536 bytes |
| 744 | * 1 = short version, 10 bytes |
774 | * edx = pointer to the buffer (in the application) for the table |
| 745 | * 2 = full version, 65536 bytes |
775 | Returned value: |
| 746 | * edx = pointer on the buffer (in the application) for table |
776 | * function does not return value |
| 747 | Returned value: |
777 | Format of the table: short version: |
| 748 | * function does not return value |
778 | * +0: byte: information about FDD's (drives for floppies), |
| - | 779 | AAAABBBB, where AAAA gives type of the first drive, BBBB - |
|
| 749 | Format of the table: the short version: |
780 | of the second regarding to the following list: |
| 750 | * +0: byte: information about FDD's (drives for diskettes), AAAABBBB, |
781 | * 0 = there is no drive |
| 751 | where AAAA sets type of the first drive, BBBB - second disk agrees |
782 | * 1 = 360Kb, 5.25'' |
| 752 | to the following list: |
783 | * 2 = 1.2Mb, 5.25'' |
| 753 | * 0 = there is no drive |
784 | * 3 = 720Kb, 3.5'' |
| 754 | * 1 = 360Kb, 5.25'' |
785 | * 4 = 1.44Mb, 3.5'' |
| 755 | * 2 = 1.2Mb, 5.25'' |
786 | * 5 = 2.88Mb, 3.5'' (such drives are not used anymore) |
| 756 | * 3 = 720Kb, 3.5'' |
787 | For example, for the standard configuration from one 1.44-drive |
| 757 | * 4 = 1.44Mb, 3.5'' |
788 | here will be 40h, and for the case 1.2Mb on A: and 1.44Mb on B: |
| 758 | * 5 = 2.88Mb, 3.5'' (such diskettes already are not used) |
789 | the value is 24h. |
| 759 | For example, for the standard configuration from one 1.44-drive here will |
790 | * +1: byte: information about hard disks and CD-drives, AABBCCDD, |
| 760 | be 40h, and for a case 1.2Mb on A: and 1.44Mb on B: the value appears 24h. |
791 | where AA corresponds to the controller IDE0, ..., DD - IDE3: |
| 761 | * +1: byte: information about hard disks and CD - drives, AABBCCDD, |
792 | * 0 = device is absent |
| - | 793 | * 1 = hard drive |
|
| 762 | where AA corresponds to the controller IDE0, ..., DD - IDE3: |
794 | * 2 = CD-drive |
| - | 795 | For example, in the case HD on IDE0 and CD on IDE2 |
|
| 763 | * 0 = device is absent |
796 | this field contains 48h. |
| 764 | * 1 = hard disk |
797 | * +2: 4 db: number of the retrieved partitions on hard disks |
| 765 | * 2 = CD - drive |
798 | at accordingly IDE0,...,IDE3. |
| 766 | For example, in a case HD on IDE0 and CD on IDE2 here will be 48h. |
799 | If the hard disk on IDEx is absent, appropriate byte is zero, |
| - | 800 | otherwise it shows number of the recognized partitions, which |
|
| 767 | * +2: 4 db: Number of the retrieved sections on hard disks with |
801 | can be not presented (if the drive is not formatted or if |
| 768 | accordingly IDE0..., IDE3. |
802 | the file system is not supported). Current version of the kernel |
| 769 | At absence of the hard disk on IDEx appropriate byte zero, at presence |
- | |
| 770 | shows number of the recognized partitions, which can and to not be (if the |
803 | supports only FAT16 and FAT32 for hard disks. |
| 771 | drive is not formatted or if the file system is not supported). In the |
804 | * +6: 4 db: reserved |
| 772 | current version of a kernel for hard disks are supported only FAT16 |
805 | Format of the table: full version: |
| 773 | and FAT32. |
806 | * +0: 10 db: same as for the short version |
| 774 | * +6: 4 db: reserved |
807 | * +10: 100 db: data for the first partition |
| 775 | Format of the table: the complete version: |
808 | * +110: 100 db: data for the second partition |
| 776 | * +0: 10 db: same, as well as in the short version |
809 | * ... |
| 777 | * +10: 100 db: data for the first partition |
810 | * +10+100*(n-1): 100 db: data for the last partition |
| 778 | * +110: 100 db: data for the second partition |
811 | The partitions are located as follows: at first sequentially all |
| 779 | * ... |
812 | recoginzed partitions on HD on IDE0 (if present), |
| 780 | * +10+100*(n-1): 100 db: data for the last partition |
813 | then on HD on IDE1 (if present) and so on up to IDE3. |
| 781 | The sections are located in the following order: at first sequentially all |
814 | Format of the information about partition |
| 782 | recognized partitions on HD on IDE0 (if are), then on HD on IDE1 (if is) |
815 | (at moment only FAT is supported): |
| 783 | etc. up to IDE3. |
816 | * +0: dword: first physical sector of the partition |
| 784 | Format of the information about partition (while is supported only FAT): |
817 | * +4: dword: last physical sector of the partition |
| 785 | * +0: dword: first physical sector of the partition |
818 | (belongs to the partition) |
| 786 | * +4: dword: last physical sector of the partition |
819 | * +8: dword: sectors per one copy of FAT |
| 787 | (belongs to partition) |
820 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: number of copies of FAT |
| 788 | * +8: dword: sectors in one copy FAT |
821 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: number of sectors per cluster |
| 789 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: number of copies FAT |
822 | * +20 = +0x14: dword: bytes per sector; |
| 790 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: number of sectors in a cluster |
823 | current implementation expects 0x200 = 512 in this field |
| 791 | * +20 = +0x14: dword: byte in sector; the current implementation expects, |
824 | * +24 = +0x18: dword: first root cluster in FAT32, 0 for FAT16 |
| 792 | that here 0x200 = 512 |
825 | * +28 = +0x1C: dword: first physical sector of FAT |
| 793 | * +24 = +0x18: dword: first cluster of the root in FAT32, 0 for FAT16 |
826 | * +32 = +0x20: dword: first physical root sector for FAT16, |
| 794 | * +28 = +0x1C: dword: first physical sector FAT |
827 | ignored for FAT32 |
| 795 | * +32 = +0x20: dword: first physical sector of the root for FAT16, |
828 | * +36 = +0x24: dword: number of root sectors for FAT16, |
| 796 | is ignored for FAT32 |
829 | 0 for FAT32 |
| 797 | * +36 = +0x24: dword: number of sectors in the root for FAT16, 0 for FAT32 |
830 | * +40 = +0x28: dword: physical sector of the beginning of |
| 798 | * +40 = +0x28: dword: physical sector of a beginning of area of the data |
831 | the data area |
| 799 | * +44 = +0x2C: dword: maximum number of a cluster |
832 | * +44 = +0x2C: dword: maximum number of a cluster |
| Line 800... | Line 833... | ||
| 800 | * +48 = +0x30: dword: physical sector of the information about a file system |
833 | * +48 = +0x30: dword: physical sector of the information |
| 801 | for FAT32, is ignored for FAT16 |
834 | about the file system for FAT32, ignored for FAT16 |
| 802 | * +52 = +0x34: dword: value used as boundary of special values in FAT |
- | |
| 803 | * +56 = +0x38: dword: value used for bad clusters in FAT |
835 | * +52 = +0x34: dword: value used as boundary for special |
| - | 836 | values in FAT |
|
| - | 837 | * +56 = +0x38: dword: value used for bad clusters in FAT |
|
| 804 | * +60 = +0x3C: dword: Value used as the end mark at recording of a chain |
838 | * +60 = +0x3C: dword: value used as the end marker for FAT chain |
| 805 | in FAT |
839 | * +64 = +0x40: dword: mask for FAT items |
| 806 | * +64 = +0x40: dword: mask superimposed on a unit FAT |
840 | * +68 = +0x44: byte: file system type: 16 èëè 32 |
| 807 | * +68 = +0x44: byte: type of a file system: 16 or 32 |
841 | * +69 = +0x45: 31 db: reserved |
| 808 | * +69 = +0x45: 31 db: reserved |
842 | Remarks: |
| 809 | Remarks: |
843 | * The short table can be used for obtaining the information about |
| 810 | * Short table can be used for obtaining the information about available |
844 | available devices. |
| 811 | devices. |
845 | * First two fields in the information about partition |
| Line 812... | Line 846... | ||
| 812 | * First two information fields about partition in the complete version of |
846 | gives the parameters of partition, other - parameters of |
| 813 | the table inform parameters of the unit which has stayed - parameters of |
847 | FAT file system. For other file systems (when they will be |
| 814 | a file system FAT. For other file systems (when they will be supported) |
848 | supported) specific for file system information will be, of |
| 815 | information, specific to a file system, naturally, there will be another, |
849 | course, another, but first two fields will have the same sense. |
| 816 | but first two fields will be saved constant. |
850 | |
| 817 | 851 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 818 | ====================================================================== |
852 | ========== Function 18, subfunction 13 - get kernel version. ========= |
| 819 | ======== Function 18, subfunction 13 - get version of a kernel. ====== |
853 | ====================================================================== |
| Line 820... | Line 854... | ||
| 820 | ====================================================================== |
854 | Parameters: |
| 821 | Parameters: |
855 | * eax = 18 - function number |
| 822 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
- | |
| 823 | * ebx = 13 - number subfunction |
856 | * ebx = 13 - subfunction number |
| 824 | * ecx = pointer on the buffer (not less than 16 bytes), where the |
857 | * ecx = pointer to the buffer (not less than 16 bytes), where |
| 825 | information will be placed |
858 | the information will be placed |
| 826 | Returned value: |
859 | Returned value: |
| 827 | * function does not return value |
860 | * function does not return value |
| 828 | Structure of the buffer: |
861 | Structure of the buffer: |
| Line 829... | Line 862... | ||
| 829 | db a,b,c,d for version a.b.c.d |
862 | db a,b,c,d for version a.b.c.d |
| 830 | db UID_xxx: one of UID_NONE=0, UID_MENUET=1, UID_KOLIBRI=2 |
863 | db UID_xxx: one of UID_NONE=0, UID_MENUET=1, UID_KOLIBRI=2 |
| 831 | db 'name',0 - ASCIIZ-string with a name |
- | |
| 832 | For kernel Kolibri 0.5.8.1: |
864 | db 'name',0 - ASCIIZ-string with the name |
| 833 | db 0,5,8,1 |
865 | For Kolibri 0.5.8.1 kernel: |
| 834 | db 2 |
866 | db 0,5,8,1 |
| 835 | db 'Kolibri',0 |
867 | db 2 |
| 836 | 868 | db 'Kolibri',0 |
|
| 837 | ========================================================================= |
869 | |
| Line 838... | Line 870... | ||
| 838 | ====================== Function 18, subfunction 14 ====================== |
870 | ====================================================================== |
| 839 | = Expect a beginning of retrace of a ray of scanning of screen monitor. = |
871 | ======= Function 18, subfunction 14 - wait for screen retrace. ======= |
| 840 | ========================================================================= |
872 | ====================================================================== |
| 841 | Parameters: |
873 | Waits for the beginning of retrace of the scanning ray of the screen |
| 842 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
874 | monitor. |
| 843 | * ebx = 14 - number subfunction |
875 | Parameters: |
| 844 | Returned value: |
876 | * eax = 18 - function number |
| 845 | * eax = 0 as tag of success |
877 | * ebx = 14 - subfunction number |
| 846 | Remarks: |
878 | Returned value: |
| 847 | * Function is intended only for the active high-efficiency graphics |
879 | * eax = 0 as the tag of success |
| 848 | applications; is used for smooth output of a graphics. |
880 | Remarks: |
| 849 | 881 | * Function is intended only for active high-efficiency graphics |
|
| 850 | ============================================================================ |
882 | applications; is used for smooth output of a graphics. |
| 851 | = Function 18, subfunction 15 - place a mouse pointer in centre of screen. = |
883 | |
| 852 | ============================================================================ |
884 | ====================================================================== |
| - | 885 | == Function 18, subfunction 15 - center mouse cursor on the screen. == |
|
| Line 853... | Line 886... | ||
| 853 | Parameters: |
886 | ====================================================================== |
| 854 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
887 | Parameters: |
| 855 | * ebx = 15 - number subfunction |
888 | * eax = 18 - function number |
| 856 | Returned value: |
889 | * ebx = 15 - subfunction number |
| 857 | * eax = 0 as tag of success |
890 | Returned value: |
| 858 | 891 | * eax = 0 as the tag of success |
|
| - | 892 | ||
| 859 | ====================================================================== |
893 | ====================================================================== |
| 860 | ====================== Function 18, subfunction 16 =================== |
894 | ========= Function 18, subfunction 16 - get size of free RAM. ======== |
| 861 | ====================== Get a size of the free RAM. =================== |
895 | ====================================================================== |
| 862 | ====================================================================== |
896 | Parameters: |
| 863 | Parameters: |
897 | * eax = 18 - function number |
| 864 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
898 | * ebx = 16 - subfunction number |
| 865 | * ebx = 16 - number subfunction |
899 | Returned value: |
| 866 | Returned value: |
900 | * eax = size of free memory in kilobytes |
| 867 | * eax = size of free memory in kilobytes |
901 | |
| - | 902 | ====================================================================== |
|
| Line 868... | Line 903... | ||
| 868 | 903 | ======== Function 18, subfunction 17 - get full amount of RAM. ======= |
|
| 869 | ====================================================================== |
904 | ====================================================================== |
| 870 | ====================== Function 18, subfunction 17 =================== |
905 | Parameters: |
| Line 871... | Line 906... | ||
| 871 | ====================== Get a size of the amount RAM. ================= |
906 | * eax = 18 - function number |
| 872 | ====================================================================== |
907 | * ebx = 17 - subfunction number |
| 873 | Parameters: |
908 | Returned value: |
| 874 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
909 | * eax = total size of existing memory in kilobytes |
| Line 875... | Line 910... | ||
| 875 | * ebx = 17 - number subfunction |
910 | |
| 876 | Returned value: |
911 | ====================================================================== |
| 877 | * eax = common size of amount memory in kilobytes |
912 | ===================== Function 18, subfunction 18 ==================== |
| 878 | 913 | ============= Terminate process/thread by the identifier. ============ |
|
| 879 | ====================================================================== |
914 | ====================================================================== |
| 880 | ====================== Function 18, subfunction 18 =================== |
915 | Parameters: |
| 881 | ============= complete process/thread on the identifier. ============= |
916 | * eax = 18 - function number |
| 882 | ====================================================================== |
917 | * ebx = 18 - subfunction number |
| 883 | Parameters: |
918 | * ecx = identifer of process/thread (PID/TID) |
| 884 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
919 | Returned value: |
| 885 | * ebx = 18 - number subfunction |
920 | * eax = 0 - success |
| Line 886... | Line 921... | ||
| 886 | * ecx = identifier of process/thread (PID/TID) |
921 | * eax = -1 - error (process is not found or is system) |
| 887 | Returned value: |
922 | Remarks: |
| 888 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
923 | * It is impossible to terminate system thread OS/IDLE (identifier |
| 889 | * eax = -1 - error (the process is not retrieved or is system) |
924 | 1), it is possible to terminate any normal process/thread. |
| 890 | Remarks: |
925 | * See also subfunction 2 - terminate |
| 891 | * It is impossible to complete thread of an operating system OS/IDLE |
926 | process/thread by given slot. |
| 892 | (number of the slot 1), it is possible to complete any usual thread/process. |
927 | |
| 893 | * See also subfunction 2 - completion of process / thread on the given slot. |
928 | ====================================================================== |
| 894 | 929 | ============ Function 19 - start application from ramdisk. =========== |
|
| 895 | ====================================================================== |
930 | ====================================================================== |
| 896 | ============ Function 19 - start application with ramdisk. =========== |
931 | Parameters: |
| 897 | ====================================================================== |
932 | * eax = 19 - function number |
| 898 | Parameters: |
933 | * ebx = pointer to the application name in format similar |
| 899 | * eax = 19 - number of the function |
- | |
| 900 | * ebx = pointer on an application name in format similar to function 6 |
934 | to function 6 |
| Line 901... | Line 935... | ||
| 901 | * ecx = 0 or ecx = the pointer on parameters of the command line |
935 | * ecx = 0 or ecx = pointer to command line parameters |
| 902 | Returned value: |
936 | Returned value: |
| 903 | * If eax > 0, eax contains PID of the created process |
937 | * If eax > 0, then eax contains PID of the created process |
| 904 | * If eax < 0, -eax - error code of a file system |
938 | * If eax < 0, then -eax - file system error code |
| 905 | Remarks: |
939 | Remarks: |
| 906 | * This function is obsolete; use subfunction 7 functions 70. |
940 | * This function is obsolete; use subfunction 7 of function 70. |
| 907 | * Command line should be ended by the character with the code 0 |
941 | * Command line must be terminated by the character with the code 0 |
| 908 | (ASCIIZ-strings); it are taken into account or all characters up to |
942 | (ASCIIZ-string); function takes into account either all characters |
| 909 | completing zero inclusively, or the first 256 characters, that are less. |
943 | up to terminating zero inclusively or first 256 character |
| 910 | 944 | regarding what is less. |
|
| 911 | ====================================================================== |
945 | |
| 912 | ==================== Function 20 - interface MIDI. =================== |
946 | ====================================================================== |
| 913 | ====================================================================== |
947 | ==================== Function 20 - MIDI interface. =================== |
| 914 | 948 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 915 | ------------------------ Subfunction 1 - reset ------------------------ |
949 | |
| 916 | Parameters: |
950 | ----------------------- Subfunction 1 - reset ------------------------ |
| 917 | * eax = 20 - number of the function |
951 | Parameters: |
| 918 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
952 | * eax = 20 - function number |
| 919 | 953 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
|
| 920 | -------------------- Subfunction 2 - output byte --------------------- |
954 | |
| 921 | Parameters: |
955 | -------------------- Subfunction 2 - output byte --------------------- |
| - | 956 | Parameters: |
|
| 922 | * eax = 20 - number of the function |
957 | * eax = 20 - function number |
| 923 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
958 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
| 924 | * cl = byte for output |
959 | * cl = byte for output |
| 925 | Returned value (is identical to both subfunctions): |
960 | Returned value (is the same for both subfunctions): |
| 926 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
961 | * eax = 0 - success |
| 927 | * eax = 1 - base port is not defined |
962 | * eax = 1 - base port is not defined |
| 928 | Remarks: |
963 | Remarks: |
| 929 | * Base port previously should be defined by call |
964 | * Previously the base port must be defined by |
| 930 | subfunction of 1 function 21. |
965 | subfunction 1 of function 21. |
| 931 | 966 | ||
| 932 | ====================================================================== |
967 | ====================================================================== |
| 933 | ==== Function 21, subfunction 1 - install a base port MPU MIDI. ====== |
968 | ======== Function 21, subfunction 1 - set MPU MIDI base port. ======== |
| 934 | ====================================================================== |
969 | ====================================================================== |
| 935 | Parameters: |
970 | Parameters: |
| 936 | * eax = 21 - number of the function |
971 | * eax = 21 - function number |
| 937 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
972 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
| 938 | * ecx = number of a base port |
973 | * ecx = number of base port |
| 939 | Returned value: |
974 | Returned value |
| 940 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
975 | * eax = 0 - success |
| 941 | * eax = -1 - erratic number of a port |
976 | * eax = -1 - erratic number of a port |
| 942 | Remarks: |
977 | Remarks: |
| 943 | * Number of a port should satisfy to conditions 0x100<=ecx<=0xFFFF. |
978 | * Number of a port must satisfy to conditions 0x100<=ecx<=0xFFFF. |
| 944 | * Installation of base is necessary for operation of the function 20. |
- | |
| 945 | * Get installed base port it is possible by call |
979 | * The installation of base is necessary for function 20. |
| Line 946... | Line 980... | ||
| 946 | subfunction of 1 function 26. |
980 | * To get base port use subfunction 1 of function 26. |
| 947 | 981 | ||
| 948 | ====================================================================== |
982 | ====================================================================== |
| 949 | ======== Function 21, subfunction 2 - install keyboard layout. ======= |
983 | ========== Function 21, subfunction 2 - set keyboard layout. ========= |
| 950 | ====================================================================== |
984 | ====================================================================== |
| 951 | Keyboard layout is used for conversion scancodes, acting from the keyboard, |
985 | Keyboard layout is used to convert keyboard scancodes to ASCII-codes, |
| 952 | in ASCII-codes which were read - out by the function 2. |
986 | which will be read by function 2. |
| 953 | Parameters: |
987 | Parameters: |
| 954 | * eax = 21 - number of the function |
988 | * eax = 21 - function number |
| 955 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
989 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
| 956 | * ecx = what layout to install: |
990 | * ecx = which layout to set: |
| 957 | * 1 = normal layout |
991 | * 1 = normal layout |
| 958 | * 2 = layout at pressed Shift |
992 | * 2 = layout at pressed Shift |
| - | 993 | * 3 = layout at pressed Alt |
|
| 959 | * 3 = layout at pressed Alt |
994 | * edx = pointer to layout - table of length 128 bytes |
| Line 960... | Line 995... | ||
| 960 | * edx = pointer on layout - table of length 128 bytes |
995 | Or: |
| 961 | Or: |
996 | * ecx = 9 |
| 962 | * ecx = 9 |
997 | * dx = country identifier (1=eng, 2=fi, 3=ger, 4=rus) |
| 963 | * dx = identifier of the country (1=eng, 2=fi, 3=ger, 4=rus) |
998 | Returned value: |
| 964 | Returned value: |
999 | * eax = 0 - success |
| 965 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1000 | * eax = 1 - incorrect parameter |
| 966 | * eax = 1 - parameter is given incorrectly |
1001 | Remarks: |
| 967 | Remarks: |
1002 | * If Alt is pressed, the layout with Alt is used; |
| 968 | * If is pressed Alt, the layout with Alt is used; if not is pressed Alt, |
1003 | if Alt is not pressed, but Shift is pressed, |
| 969 | but is pressed Shift, the layout with Shift is used; if not are |
1004 | the layout with Shift is used; |
| 970 | pressed Alt and Shift, but is pressed Ctrl, the normal layout is used, |
1005 | if Alt and Shift are not pressed, but Ctrl is pressed, the normal |
| 971 | then from the code is subtracted 0x60; if not any of direction keys |
1006 | layout is used and then from the code is subtracted 0x60; |
| 972 | is pressed, the normal layout is used. |
1007 | if no control key is pressed, the normal layout is used. |
| 973 | * get layouts and identifier of the country it is possible with the help |
1008 | * To get layout and country identifier use |
| 974 | subfunction 2 functions 26. |
1009 | subfunction 2 of function 26. |
| 975 | * The identifier of the country - global environment variable, which by |
- | |
| 976 | kernel is not used; however application @panel displays an icon, |
1010 | * Country identifier is global system variable, which is not used |
| Line 977... | Line 1011... | ||
| 977 | appropriate to the current country. |
1011 | by the kernel itself; however the application '@panel' displays |
| 978 | * Application @panel switches layouts on search of the user. |
1012 | the corresponding icon. |
| 979 | 1013 | * The application @panel switches layouts on user request. |
|
| 980 | ====================================================================== |
1014 | |
| 981 | =========== Function 21, subfunction 3 - install base CD. ============ |
1015 | ====================================================================== |
| 982 | ====================================================================== |
1016 | ============== Function 21, subfunction 3 - set CD base. ============= |
| 983 | Parameters: |
1017 | ====================================================================== |
| 984 | * eax = 21 - number of the function |
1018 | Parameters: |
| 985 | * ebx = 3 - number subfunction |
1019 | * eax = 21 - function number |
| 986 | * ecx = base CD: 1=IDE0, 2=IDE1, 3=IDE2, 4=IDE3 |
1020 | * ebx = 3 - subfunction number |
| 987 | Returned value: |
1021 | * ecx = CD base: 1=IDE0, 2=IDE1, 3=IDE2, 4=IDE3 |
| 988 | * eax = 0 |
1022 | Returned value: |
| 989 | Remarks: |
1023 | * eax = 0 |
| 990 | * Base CD is used by the function 24. |
- | |
| 991 | * Receive the installed base CD it is possible by call |
1024 | Remarks: |
| 992 | subfunction 3 functions 26. |
1025 | * CD base is used by function 24. |
| 993 | 1026 | * To get CD base use subfunction 3 of function 26. |
|
| 994 | ====================================================================== |
1027 | |
| 995 | === Function 21, subfunction 4 - install base port Sound Blaster. ==== |
1028 | ====================================================================== |
| 996 | ====================================================================== |
1029 | ====== Function 21, subfunction 4 - set Sound Blaster base port. ===== |
| 997 | Parameters: |
1030 | ====================================================================== |
| 998 | * eax = 21 - number of the function |
1031 | Parameters: |
| 999 | * ebx = 4 - number subfunction |
1032 | * eax = 21 - function number |
| 1000 | * ecx = number base port |
1033 | * ebx = 4 - subfunction number |
| 1001 | Returned value: |
1034 | * ecx = number of the base port |
| 1002 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1035 | Returned value: |
| 1003 | * eax = -1 - erratic number of a port |
1036 | * eax = 0 - success |
| 1004 | Remarks: |
1037 | * eax = -1 - erratic port number |
| 1005 | * Number of a port should satisfy to conditions 0x100<=ecx<=0xFFFF. |
1038 | Remarks: |
| 1006 | * Installation of base is necessary for operation of functions 25, 28, 55. |
1039 | * Number of the port must satisfy to conditions 0x100<=ecx<=0xFFFF. |
| 1007 | * Get installed base port it is possible by call subfunction 4 functions 26. |
1040 | * The installation of the base is necessary for |
| 1008 | 1041 | functions 25, 28, 55. |
|
| 1009 | ====================================================================== |
1042 | * To get base port use subfunction 4 of function 26. |
| 1010 | ==== Function 21, subfunction 5 - install the language of system. ==== |
1043 | |
| 1011 | ====================================================================== |
1044 | ====================================================================== |
| 1012 | Parameters: |
1045 | ========== Function 21, subfunction 5 - set system language. ========= |
| 1013 | * eax = 21 - number of the function |
1046 | ====================================================================== |
| 1014 | * ebx = 5 - number subfunction |
1047 | Parameters: |
| 1015 | * ecx = language of system (1=eng, 2=fi, 3=ger, 4=rus) |
1048 | * eax = 21 - function number |
| 1016 | Returned value: |
1049 | * ebx = 5 - subfunction number |
| 1017 | * eax = 0 |
1050 | * ecx = system language (1=eng, 2=fi, 3=ger, 4=rus) |
| 1018 | Remarks: |
1051 | Returned value: |
| 1019 | * Language of the system - global environment variable in any way which |
1052 | * eax = 0 |
| 1020 | is not used by kernel, however application @panel draws |
1053 | Remarks: |
| 1021 | an appropriate icon. |
1054 | * System language is global system variable and is not used |
| 1022 | * Checks on a correctness is not done, as the kernel this variable |
1055 | by the kernel itself, however application @panel draws the |
| 1023 | does not use. |
1056 | appropriate icon. |
| 1024 | * Get language of the system it is possible by call |
1057 | * Function does not check for correctness, as the kernel does not |
| 1025 | subfunction 5 functions 26. |
1058 | use this variable. |
| 1026 | 1059 | * To get system language use subfunction 5 of function 26. |
|
| 1027 | ====================================================================== |
1060 | |
| 1028 | ========= Function 21, subfunction 6 - install base port WSS. ======== |
1061 | ====================================================================== |
| 1029 | ====================================================================== |
1062 | =========== Function 21, subfunction 6 - set WSS base port. ========== |
| 1030 | Parameters: |
1063 | ====================================================================== |
| 1031 | * eax = 21 - number of the function |
1064 | Parameters: |
| 1032 | * ebx = 6 - number subfunction |
1065 | * eax = 21 - function number |
| 1033 | * ecx = base port |
1066 | * ebx = 6 - subfunction number |
| 1034 | Returned value: |
1067 | * ecx = base port |
| 1035 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1068 | Returned value: |
| 1036 | * eax = -1 - erratic number of a port |
1069 | * eax = 0 - success |
| 1037 | Remarks: |
1070 | * eax = -1 - erratic port number |
| Line 1038... | Line 1071... | ||
| 1038 | * Number of a port should satisfy to conditions 0x100<=ecx. |
1071 | Remarks: |
| 1039 | * Base WSS is used by the function 27. |
1072 | * Port number must satisfy to condition 0x100<=ecx. |
| 1040 | * Get installed base port WSS it is possible by call |
1073 | * WSS base is used by function 27. |
| 1041 | subfunction 6 functions 26. |
1074 | * To get WSS base port use subfunction 6 of function 26. |
| 1042 | 1075 | ||
| 1043 | ====================================================================== |
1076 | ====================================================================== |
| 1044 | =========== Function 21, subfunction 7 - install base HD. ============ |
1077 | ============== Function 21, subfunction 7 - set HD base. ============= |
| 1045 | ====================================================================== |
1078 | ====================================================================== |
| 1046 | The base HD is necessary for definition, on what hard disk to write, at usage |
1079 | The HD base defines hard disk to write with usage of obsolete |
| 1047 | of out-of-date functions of operation with a file system and functions |
1080 | file system functions and functions implicitly using the hard disk |
| 1048 | implicitly using the hard disk (such as subfunction of 6 functions 18); |
1081 | (such as subfunction 6 of function 18); |
| 1049 | At usage of functions 58 and 70 and modern syntax /HD0, /HD1, /HD2, /HD3 |
1082 | at usage of function 58 and 70 and modern syntax /HD0,/HD1,/HD2,/HD3 |
| 1050 | these functions install base. |
- | |
| 1051 | Parameters: |
1083 | these function set base themselves. |
| Line 1052... | Line 1084... | ||
| 1052 | * eax = 21 - number of the function |
1084 | Parameters: |
| 1053 | * ebx = 7 - number subfunction |
- | |
| 1054 | * ecx = base HD: 1=IDE0, 2=IDE1, 3=IDE2, 4=IDE3 |
1085 | * eax = 21 - function number |
| 1055 | Returned value: |
1086 | * ebx = 7 - subfunction number |
| 1056 | * eax = 0 |
1087 | * ecx = HD base: 1=IDE0, 2=IDE1, 3=IDE2, 4=IDE3 |
| 1057 | Remarks: |
1088 | Returned value: |
| 1058 | * Any application at any moment of time can change base. |
1089 | * eax = 0 |
| 1059 | * It is not necessary to change base, when any application works |
1090 | Remarks: |
| 1060 | with the hard disk. If not want errors of the system. |
1091 | * Any application at any time can change the base. |
| 1061 | * Get installed base it is possible by call subfunction 7 functions 26. |
1092 | * Do not change base, when any application works with hard disk. |
| 1062 | * It is necessary also to define used partition of |
1093 | If you do not want system bugs. |
| 1063 | the hard disk subfunction 8. |
1094 | * To get HD base use subfunction 7 of function 26. |
| 1064 | 1095 | * It is also necessary to define used partition of hard disk by |
|
| 1065 | ====================================================================== |
1096 | subfunction 8. |
| Line 1066... | Line 1097... | ||
| 1066 | ========= Function 21, subfunction 8 - install partition HD. ========= |
1097 | |
| 1067 | ====================================================================== |
- | |
| 1068 | The section HD is necessary for definition, on what partition of the hard disk |
1098 | ====================================================================== |
| 1069 | to write, at usage of out-of-date functions of operation with a file system and |
1099 | ========= Function 21, subfunction 8 - set used HD partition. ======== |
| 1070 | functions implicitly using the hard disk (such as subfunction of 6 functions |
1100 | ====================================================================== |
| 1071 | 18); at usage of functions 58 and 70 and modern syntax /HD0, /HD1, /HD2, /HD3 |
1101 | The HD partition defines partition of the hard disk to write with |
| 1072 | these functions install base and partition. |
1102 | usage of obsolete file system functions and functions implicitly |
| 1073 | Parameters: |
1103 | using the hard disk (such as subfunction 6 of function 18); |
| 1074 | * eax = 21 - number of the function |
1104 | at usage of functions 58 and 70 and modern syntax /HD0,/HD1,/HD2,/HD3 |
| 1075 | * ebx = 8 - number subfunction |
1105 | these functions set base and partition themselves. |
| 1076 | * ecx = partition HD (beginning from 1) |
1106 | Parameters: |
| 1077 | Returned value: |
1107 | * eax = 21 - function number |
| 1078 | * eax = 0 |
1108 | * ebx = 8 - subfunction number |
| 1079 | Remarks: |
1109 | * ecx = HD partition (beginning from 1) |
| Line 1080... | Line 1110... | ||
| 1080 | * Any application at any moment of time can change partition. |
1110 | Return value: |
| 1081 | * It is not necessary to change partition, when any application works |
1111 | * eax = 0 |
| 1082 | with the hard disk. If not want errors of the system. |
1112 | Remarks: |
| 1083 | * Get installed partition it is possible by call subfunction 8 functions 26. |
1113 | * Any application at any time can change partition. |
| 1084 | * Checks on a correctness is not done. |
1114 | * Do not change partition when any application works with hard disk. |
| 1085 | * Find out number of partitions on the hard disk it is possible by call |
1115 | If you do not want system bugs. |
| 1086 | subfunction 11 functions 18. |
1116 | * To get used partition use subfunction 8 of function 26. |
| 1087 | * It is necessary also to define used base of the hard disk subfunction 7 |
1117 | * There is no correctness checks. |
| 1088 | 1118 | * To get the number of partitions of a hard disk use |
|
| 1089 | ====================================================================== |
1119 | subfunction 11 of function 18. |
| - | 1120 | * It is also necessary to define used HD base by subfunction 7. |
|
| 1090 | === Function 21, subfunction 10 - install channel DMA for a sound. === |
1121 | |
| 1091 | ====================================================================== |
1122 | ====================================================================== |
| 1092 | Parameters: |
1123 | ======== Function 21, subfunction 10 - set sound DMA channel. ======== |
| 1093 | * eax = 21 - number of the function |
1124 | ====================================================================== |
| 1094 | * ebx = 10 - number subfunction |
1125 | Parameters: |
| 1095 | * ecx = number of channel (from 0 up to 3 inclusively) |
1126 | * eax = 21 - function number |
| 1096 | Returned value: |
1127 | * ebx = 10 - subfunction number |
| 1097 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1128 | * ecx = number of channel (from 0 up to 3 inclusively) |
| 1098 | * eax = -1 - incorrect number of the channel |
1129 | Returned value: |
| 1099 | Remarks: |
1130 | * eax = 0 - success |
| 1100 | * Number of the channel DMA is used in subfunction of 1 function 55. |
1131 | * eax = -1 - incorrect channel number |
| 1101 | * Get channel DMA for a sound it is possible by call |
1132 | Remarks: |
| 1102 | subfunction 10 functions 26. |
1133 | * Number of DMA channel is used in subfunction 1 of function 55. |
| 1103 | 1134 | * To get sound DMA channel use subfunction 10 of function 26. |
|
| 1104 | ====================================================================== |
1135 | |
| 1105 | ====================== Function 21, subfunction 11 =================== |
1136 | ====================================================================== |
| 1106 | =============== Permit/prohibit low level access to HD. ============== |
1137 | Function 21, subfunction 11 - enable/disable low-level access to HD. |
| 1107 | ====================================================================== |
1138 | ====================================================================== |
| 1108 | Parameters: |
1139 | Parameters: |
| 1109 | * eax = 21 - number of the function |
1140 | * eax = 21 - function number |
| 1110 | * ebx = 11 - number subfunction |
1141 | * ebx = 11 - subfunction number |
| 1111 | * ecx = 0/1 - prohibit/permit |
1142 | * ecx = 0/1 - disable/enable |
| 1112 | Returned value: |
1143 | Returned value: |
| 1113 | * eax = 0 |
1144 | * eax = 0 |
| 1114 | Remarks: |
1145 | Remarks: |
| 1115 | * Is used at LBA-reading (subfunction 8 functions 58). |
1146 | * Is used in LBA-read (subfunction 8 of function 58). |
| 1116 | * Current realization uses only low bit ecx. |
1147 | * The current implementation uses only low bit of ecx. |
| 1117 | * Get a current status it is possible by call subfunction 11 functions 26. |
1148 | * To get current status use subfunction 11 of function 26. |
| 1118 | 1149 | ||
| 1119 | ====================================================================== |
1150 | ====================================================================== |
| 1120 | ====================== Function 21, subfunction 12 =================== |
1151 | Function 21, subfunction 12 - enable/disable low-level access to PCI. |
| 1121 | ============= Permit/prohibit low level access to PCI. =============== |
1152 | ====================================================================== |
| 1122 | ====================================================================== |
1153 | Parameters: |
| 1123 | Parameters: |
1154 | * eax = 21 - function number |
| 1124 | * eax = 21 - number of the function |
1155 | * ebx = 12 - subfunction number |
| 1125 | * ebx = 12 - number subfunction |
1156 | * ecx = 0/1 - disable/enable |
| 1126 | * ecx = 0/1 - prohibit/permit |
1157 | Returned value: |
| 1127 | Returned value: |
1158 | * eax = 0 |
| 1128 | * eax = 0 |
1159 | Remarks: |
| 1129 | Remarks: |
1160 | * Is used in operations with PCI bus (function 62). |
| 1130 | * Is used by operation with the bus PCI (function 62). |
1161 | * The current implementation uses only low bit of ecx. |
| 1131 | * Current realization uses only low bit ecx. |
1162 | * To get current status use subfunction 12 of function 26. |
| 1132 | * Get a current status it is possible by call subfunction 12 functions 26. |
1163 | |
| 1133 | 1164 | ====================================================================== |
|
| - | 1165 | ============ Function 21, subfunction 13, subsubfunction 1 =========== |
|
| 1134 | ====================================================================== |
1166 | ======== Initialize + get information on the driver vmode.mdr. ======= |
| - | 1167 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 1135 | ============= Function 21, subfunction 13, subsubfunction 1 ========== |
1168 | Parameters: |
| Line 1136... | Line 1169... | ||
| 1136 | ======= Initialize + get information on the driver vmode.mdr. ======== |
1169 | * eax = 21 - function number |
| 1137 | ====================================================================== |
1170 | * ebx = 13 - subfunction number |
| 1138 | Parameters: |
1171 | * ecx = 1 - number of the driver function |
| 1139 | * eax = 21 - number of the function |
1172 | * edx = pointer to 512-bytes buffer |
| 1140 | * ebx = 13 - number subfunction |
1173 | Returned value: |
| 1141 | * ecx = 1 - number of the function äðàéâåðà |
1174 | * if driver is not loaded |
| 1142 | * edx = pointer on the buffer of a size of 512 bytes |
1175 | (never happens in the current implementation): |
| 1143 | Returned value: |
1176 | * eax = -1 |
| 1144 | * If the driver is not loaded (never it happens in current implementation): |
1177 | * ebx, ecx destroyed |
| 1145 | * eax = -1 |
1178 | * if driver is loaded: |
| - | 1179 | * eax = 'MDAZ' (in fasm style, that is 'M' - low byte, 'Z' - high) |
|
| 1146 | * ebx, ecx fail |
1180 | - signature |
| 1147 | * If the driver is loaded: |
1181 | * ebx = current frequency of the scanning (in Hz) |
| 1148 | * eax = 'MDAZ' (in style fasm, i.e. 'M' - low byte, |
1182 | * ecx destroyed |
| 1149 | 'Z' - high) - signature |
1183 | * buffer pointed to by edx is filled |
| 1150 | * ebx = current frequency of the scanning (in a Hz) |
1184 | Format of the buffer: |
| 1151 | * ecx fail |
1185 | * +0: 32*byte: driver name, "Trans VideoDriver" |
| Line 1152... | Line 1186... | ||
| 1152 | * buffer, which specifies edx, is filled |
1186 | (without quotes, supplemented by spaces) |
| 1153 | Format of the buffer: |
1187 | * +32 = +0x20: dword: driver version (version x.y is encoded as |
| 1154 | * +0: 32*byte: name of the driver, " Trans VideoDriver " (without quotes, |
1188 | y*65536+x), for the current implementation is 1 (1.0) |
| 1155 | is supplemented by blanks) |
1189 | * +36 = +0x24: 7*dword: reserved (0 in the current implementation) |
| 1156 | * +32 = +0x20: dword: version of the driver (version x.y is encoded |
1190 | * +64 = +0x40: 32*word: list of supported videomodes (each word |
| 1157 | as y*65536+x), for current implementation 1 (1.0) |
1191 | is number of a videomode, after list itself there are zeroes) |
| 1158 | * +36 = +0x24: 7*dword: reserved (0 in current implementation) |
1192 | * +128 = +0x80: 32*(5*word): list of supported frequences of the |
| 1159 | * +64 = +0x40: 32*word: list of supported videomodes (each word - number |
1193 | scannings for videomodes: for each videomode listed in the |
| 1160 | of videomode, after the purely list there are zero) |
1194 | previous field up to 5 supported frequences are given |
| 1161 | * +128 = +0x80: 32*(5*word): list of supported frequencies of the scannings |
1195 | (unused positions contain zeroes) |
| 1162 | for videomodes: for each videomode indicated in the previous field, |
1196 | Remarks: |
| 1163 | up to 5 supported frequencies (in unused positions are indicated the zero) |
1197 | * Function initializes the driver (if it is not initialized yet) |
| 1164 | are written. |
1198 | and must be called first, before others (otherwise they will do |
| 1165 | Remarks: |
1199 | nothing and return -1). |
| 1166 | * Function initializes the driver (if it is not initialized yet) and should |
1200 | * The current implementation supports only one frequency |
| Line 1167... | Line 1201... | ||
| 1167 | be called by first, before others (differently they will return -1, |
1201 | of the scanning on videomode. |
| 1168 | nothing doing). |
1202 | |
| 1169 | * In current implementation one frequency of the scanning on videomode |
1203 | ====================================================================== |
| 1170 | is supported only. |
1204 | ============ Function 21, subfunction 13, subsubfunction 2 =========== |
| 1171 | 1205 | ================ Get information on current videomode. =============== |
|
| 1172 | ====================================================================== |
1206 | ====================================================================== |
| 1173 | ============= Function 21, subfunction 13, subsubfunction 2 ========== |
1207 | Parameters: |
| 1174 | ================= Get information on current videomode. ============== |
1208 | * eax = 21 - function number |
| 1175 | ====================================================================== |
1209 | * ebx = 13 - subfunction number |
| 1176 | Parameters: |
1210 | * ecx = 2 - number of the driver function |
| 1177 | * eax = 21 - number of the function |
1211 | Returned value: |
| 1178 | * ebx = 13 - number subfunction |
1212 | * eax = -1 - driver is not loaded or not initialized; |
| 1179 | * ecx = 2 - number of the function of the driver |
1213 | ebx,ecx are destroyed |
| 1180 | Returned value: |
1214 | * eax = [width]*65536 + [height] |
| 1181 | * eax = -1 - driver is not loaded or is not initialized; |
1215 | * ebx = frequency of the vertical scanning (in Hz) |
| 1182 | ebx,ecx fail |
1216 | * ecx = number of current videomode |
| 1183 | * eax = [width]*65536 + [height] |
1217 | Remarks: |
| 1184 | * ebx = frequency of the vertical scanning (in a Hz) |
1218 | * Driver must be initialized by call to |
| 1185 | * ecx = number of current videomode |
1219 | driver function 1. |
| Line 1186... | Line 1220... | ||
| 1186 | Remarks: |
1220 | * If only screen sizes are required, it is more expedient to use |
| 1187 | * Driver previously should be initialized by function call of the driver 1. |
1221 | function 14 taking into account that it |
| 1188 | * If the sizes of the screen are necessary only, it is more expedient |
1222 | returns sizes on 1 less. |
| 1189 | to use the function 14 that it returns sizes on 1 less. |
1223 | |
| 1190 | 1224 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 1191 | ====================================================================== |
1225 | === Function 21, subfunction 13, subsubfunction 3 - set videomode. === |
| 1192 | = Function 21, subfunction 13, subsubfunction 3 - install videomode. |
1226 | ====================================================================== |
| 1193 | ====================================================================== |
1227 | Parameters: |
| 1194 | Parameters: |
1228 | * eax = 21 - function number |
| 1195 | * eax = 21 - number of the function |
1229 | * ebx = 13 - subfunction number |
| 1196 | * ebx = 13 - number subfunction |
1230 | * ecx = 3 - number of the driver function |
| 1197 | * ecx = 3 - number of the function of the driver |
1231 | * edx = [scanning frequency]*65536 + [videomode number] |
| 1198 | * edx = [frequency of the scanning] *65536 + [number of videomode] |
1232 | Returned value: |
| 1199 | Returned value: |
1233 | * eax = -1 - driver is not loaded, not initialized or |
| 1200 | * eax = -1 - driver is not loaded, not initialized or has taken place error |
1234 | an error has occured |
| 1201 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1235 | * eax = 0 - success |
| 1202 | * ebx, ecx fail |
1236 | * ebx, ecx destroyed |
| 1203 | Remarks: |
1237 | Remarks: |
| 1204 | * Driver previously should be initialized by function call of the driver 1. |
1238 | * Driver must be initialized by driver function 1. |
| 1205 | * Number of videomode and frequency should be in the table returned |
1239 | * The videomode number and frequency must be in the table |
| 1206 | function 1 of the driver. |
1240 | returned by driver function 1. |
| 1207 | 1241 | ||
| 1208 | ====================================================================== |
1242 | ====================================================================== |
| 1209 | ============= Function 21, subfunction 13, subsubfunction 4 ========== |
1243 | ============ Function 21, subfunction 13, subsubfunction 4 =========== |
| 1210 | ===================== Return to former videomode. ==================== |
1244 | ================== Return to the initial videomode. ================== |
| - | 1245 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 1211 | ====================================================================== |
1246 | Returns the screen to the videomode set at system boot. |
| 1212 | Âîçâðàùàåò ýêðàí â videomode, óñòàíîâëåííîì ïðè çàãðóçêå ñèñòåìû. |
1247 | Parameters: |
| 1213 | Parameters: |
1248 | * eax = 21 - function number |
| 1214 | * eax = 21 - number of the function |
1249 | * ebx = 13 - subfunction number |
| 1215 | * ebx = 13 - number subfunction |
1250 | * ecx = 4 - number of the driver function |
| 1216 | * ecx = 4 - number of the function of the driver |
1251 | Returned value: |
| 1217 | Returned value: |
1252 | * eax = -1 - driver is not loaded or not initialized |
| 1218 | * eax = -1 - driver is not loaded or is not initialized |
1253 | * eax = 0 - success |
| 1219 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1254 | * ebx, ecx destroyed |
| 1220 | * ebx, ecx fail |
1255 | Remarks: |
| 1221 | Remarks: |
1256 | * Driver must be initialized by call to driver function 1. |
| Line 1222... | Line 1257... | ||
| 1222 | * Driver previously should be initialized by function call of the driver 1. |
1257 | |
| 1223 | 1258 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 1224 | ======================================================================= |
1259 | ============ Function 21, subfunction 13, subsubfunction 5 =========== |
| 1225 | ============= Function 21, subfunction 13, subsubfunction 5 =========== |
1260 | ===== Increase/decrease the size of the visible area of monitor. ===== |
| - | 1261 | ====================================================================== |
|
| Line 1226... | Line 1262... | ||
| 1226 | ====== Increase/reduce a size of visible area of screen monitor. ====== |
1262 | Parameters: |
| 1227 | ======================================================================= |
1263 | * eax = 21 - function number |
| 1228 | Parameters: |
1264 | * ebx = 13 - subfunction number |
| 1229 | * eax = 21 - number of the function |
1265 | * ecx = 5 - number of the driver function |
| 1230 | * ebx = 13 - number subfunction |
1266 | * edx = 0/1 - decrease/increase horizontal size on 1 position |
| 1231 | * ecx = 5 - number of the function of the driver |
1267 | * edx = 2/3 - is not supported in the current implementation; |
| 1232 | * edx = 0/1 - reduce/increase a size on a horizontal by one position |
1268 | is planned as decrease/increase vertical size on 1 position |
| 1233 | * edx = 2/3 - in current realization is not supported; is planned as |
1269 | Returned value: |
| 1234 | decrease/increase of a size on a vertical for one position |
1270 | * eax = -1 - driver is not loaded or not initialized |
| 1235 | Returned value: |
1271 | * eax = 0 - success |
| 1236 | * eax = -1 - driver is not loaded or is not initialized |
1272 | * ebx, ecx destroyed |
| 1237 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1273 | Remarks: |
| 1238 | * ebx, ecx fail |
1274 | * Driver must be initialized by call to driver function 1. |
| 1239 | Remarks: |
1275 | * Function influences only the physical size of the screen image; |
| 1240 | * Driver previously should be initialized by function call of the driver 1. |
1276 | the logical size (number of pixels) does not change. |
| 1241 | * Function influences only a physical size of the map on the screen monitor; |
1277 | |
| Line 1242... | Line 1278... | ||
| 1242 | the logical size (number of pixels) does not vary. |
1278 | ====================================================================== |
| 1243 | 1279 | ================= Function 22 - set system date/time. ================ |
|
| 1244 | ====================================================================== |
1280 | ====================================================================== |
| 1245 | =============== Function 22 - install system date/time. ============== |
1281 | Parameters: |
| 1246 | ====================================================================== |
1282 | * eax = 22 - function number |
| 1247 | Parameters: |
1283 | * ebx = 0 - set time |
| 1248 | * eax = 22 - number of the function |
1284 | * ecx = 0x00SSMMHH - time in the binary-decimal code (BCD): |
| 1249 | * ebx = 0 - install time |
1285 | * HH=hour 00..23 |
| 1250 | * ecx = 0x00SSMMHH - time in a binary-decimal code (BCD): |
1286 | * MM=minute 00..59 |
| 1251 | * HH=hour 00..23 |
1287 | * SS=second 00..59 |
| 1252 | * MM=minute 00..59 |
1288 | * ebx = 1 - set date |
| 1253 | * SS=second 00..59 |
1289 | * ecx = 0x00DDMMYY - date in the binary-decimal code (BCD): |
| 1254 | * ebx = 1 - óñòàíîâèòü äàòó |
1290 | * DD=day 01..31 |
| 1255 | * ecx = 0x00DDMMYY - date in a binary-decimal code (BCD): |
1291 | * MM=month 01..12 |
| 1256 | * DD=day 01..31 |
1292 | * YY=year 00..99 |
| 1257 | * MM=month 01..12 |
1293 | * ebx = 2 - set day of week |
| 1258 | * YY=year 00..99 |
1294 | * ecx = 1 for Sunday, ..., 7 for Saturday |
| 1259 | * ebx = 2 - install day of week |
1295 | * ebx = 3 - set alarm clock |
| Line 1260... | Line 1296... | ||
| 1260 | * ecx = 1 for Sunday, ..., 7 for Saturday |
1296 | * ecx = 0x00SSMMHH |
| 1261 | * ebx = 3 - install an alarm clock |
1297 | Returned value: |
| 1262 | * ecx = 0x00SSMMHH |
1298 | * eax = 0 - success |
| 1263 | Returned value: |
1299 | * eax = 1 - incorrect parameter |
| 1264 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1300 | * eax = 2 - CMOS-battery was unloaded |
| 1265 | * eax = 1 - parameter is given incorrectly |
1301 | Remarks: |
| 1266 | * eax = 2 - CMOS-battery was unloaded |
1302 | * Value of installation of day of week seems to be doubtful, |
| 1267 | Remarks: |
1303 | as it a little where is used |
| 1268 | * value of installation of day of week is represented doubtful, as it a |
1304 | (day of week can be calculated by date). |
| 1269 | little where is used (day of week it is possible to calculate by date of). |
1305 | * Alarm clock can be set on operation in the given time every day. |
| 1270 | * Alarm clock can be installed on operation in the given time each day. |
1306 | But there is no existing system function to disable it. |
| 1271 | Thus to disable by its existing system functions it is impossible. |
1307 | * Operation of alarm clock consists in generation IRQ8. |
| 1272 | * Operation of an alarm clock consists in generation IRQ8. |
1308 | * Generally CMOS supports for alarm clock set of value 0xFF |
| 1273 | * Generally CMOS supports for an alarm clock installation of value 0xFF |
1309 | as one of parameters and it means that the appropriate parameter |
| 1274 | as one of parameters and means it, that the appropriate parameter |
1310 | is ignored. But current implementation does not allow this |
| 1275 | is ignored. But in current implementation it will not pass |
1311 | (will return 1). |
| 1276 | (will return value 1). |
1312 | * Alarm clock is a global system resource; the set of |
| 1277 | * Alarm clock - global system resource; the installation of an alarm clock |
1313 | an alarm clock cancels automatically the previous set. |
| 1278 | automatically cancels the previous installation. However, at present any |
1314 | However, at moment no program uses it. |
| Line 1279... | Line 1315... | ||
| 1279 | program it does not use. |
1315 | |
| 1280 | 1316 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 1281 | ====================================================================== |
1317 | ============= Function 23 - wait for event with timeout. ============= |
| 1282 | ============== Function 23 - expect event with timeout. ============= |
1318 | ====================================================================== |
| 1283 | ====================================================================== |
1319 | If the message queue is empty, waits for new message in the queue, |
| 1284 | If message queue is empty, waits for appearance of the message in queue, but no more indicated time. Then reads out the message from queue. |
1320 | but no more than given time. Then reads out a message from the queue. |
| 1285 | 1321 | ||
| 1286 | Parameters: |
1322 | Parameters: |
| 1287 | * eax = 23 - number of the function |
1323 | * eax = 23 - function number |
| 1288 | * ebx = timeout (in 1/100 of second) |
1324 | * ebx = timeout (in 1/100 of second) |
| 1289 | Returned value: |
1325 | Returned value: |
| 1290 | * eax = 0 - message queue is empty |
1326 | * eax = 0 - the message queue is empty |
| Line 1291... | Line 1327... | ||
| 1291 | * differently eax = event (look the list of events) |
1327 | * otherwise eax = event (see the list of events) |
| 1292 | Remarks: |
1328 | Remarks: |
| 1293 | * Those events are taken into account only which enter into a mask installed |
1329 | * Only those events are taken into account, which enter into |
| 1294 | by the function 40. By default it is events redraw, pressing keys |
1330 | the mask set by function 40. By default it is |
| 1295 | and buttons. |
1331 | redraw, key and button events. |
| 1296 | * For check, whether there is a message in queue, use the function 11. |
1332 | * To check for presence of a message in the queue use function 11. |
| 1297 | To wait as much as long, use the function 10. |
1333 | To wait without timeout use function 10. |
| 1298 | * Transmission ebx=0 results in instant returning eax=0. |
1334 | * Transmission ebx=0 results in immediate returning eax=0. |
| 1299 | * At current realization there will be an immediate return from the function |
1335 | * Current implementation returns immediately with eax=0, |
| - | 1336 | if the addition of ebx with the current value of time counter |
|
| 1300 | with eax=0, if the addition ebx with current value of the counter of time |
1337 | makes 32-bit overflow. |
| 1301 | will call 32-bit overflow. |
1338 | |
| 1302 | 1339 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 1303 | ====================================================================== |
1340 | ======== Function 24, subfunction 1 - begin to play CD-audio. ======== |
| 1304 | ======= Function 24, subfunction 1 - begin to play a CD - audio. ===== |
1341 | ====================================================================== |
| 1305 | ====================================================================== |
1342 | Parameters: |
| 1306 | Parameters: |
1343 | * eax = 24 - function number |
| - | 1344 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
|
| 1307 | * eax = 24 - number of the function |
1345 | * ecx = 0x00FRSSMM, where |
| Line 1308... | Line 1346... | ||
| 1308 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
1346 | * MM = starting minute |
| 1309 | * ecx = 0x00FRSSMM, where |
1347 | * SS = starting second |
| 1310 | * MM = initial minute |
1348 | * FR = starting frame |
| 1311 | * SS = initial second |
1349 | Returned value: |
| 1312 | * FR = initial frame |
1350 | * eax = 0 - success |
| 1313 | Returned value: |
1351 | * eax = 1 - CD base is not defined |
| 1314 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1352 | Remarks: |
| 1315 | * eax = 1 - base CD is not defined |
1353 | * Previously CD base must be defined by the call to |
| 1316 | Remarks: |
1354 | subfunction 3 of function 21. |
| 1317 | * Previously it is necessary to define a base port CD by call |
1355 | * One second includes 75 frames, one minute includes 60 seconds. |
| Line 1318... | Line 1356... | ||
| 1318 | subfunction 3 functions 21. |
1356 | * The function is asynchronous (returns control, when play begins). |
| 1319 | * In one second 75 frames, in one minute 60 seconds. |
1357 | |
| 1320 | * Function is asynchronous (returns handle, when the playing) began. |
1358 | ====================================================================== |
| 1321 | 1359 | ======= Function 24, subfunction 2 - get information on tracks. ====== |
|
| 1322 | ====================================================================== |
1360 | ====================================================================== |
| 1323 | ====== Function 24, subfunction 2 - get information on tracks. ======= |
1361 | Parameters: |
| 1324 | ====================================================================== |
1362 | * eax = 24 - function number |
| 1325 | Parameters: |
1363 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
| 1326 | * eax = 24 - number of the function |
1364 | * ecx = pointer to the buffer for the table |
| 1327 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
1365 | (maximum 8*64h+4 bytes=100 tracks) |
| 1328 | * ecx = pointer on the buffer for the table |
1366 | Returned value: |
| 1329 | (maximal 8*64h+4 byte =100 tracks) |
1367 | * eax = 0 - success |
| 1330 | Returned value: |
1368 | * eax = 1 - CD base is not defined |
| 1331 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1369 | Remarks: |
| 1332 | * eax = 1 - base CD is not defined |
1370 | * The format of the table with tracks information is the same as |
| 1333 | Remarks: |
1371 | for ATAPI-CD command 43h (READ TOC), usual table (subcommand 00h). |
| 1334 | * The format of the table with the information on tracks same, as well |
1372 | Function returns addresses in MSF. |
| 1335 | as for a ATAPI-CD of the command 43h (READ TOC), usual table |
1373 | * Previously CD base port must be set by call to |
| 1336 | (subcommand 00h). The addresses come back in the format MSF. |
1374 | subfunction 3 of function 21. |
| 1337 | * Previously it is necessary to define a base port CD by call |
1375 | * Function returns information only about no more than 100 |
| 1338 | subfunction 3 functions 21. |
1376 | first tracks. In most cases it is enough. |
| 1339 | * Function returns the information only about no more than 100 first tracks. |
1377 | |
| 1340 | In most cases it is enough of it. |
1378 | ====================================================================== |
| 1341 | 1379 | ========== Function 24, subfunction 3 - stop play CD-audio. ========== |
|
| - | 1380 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 1342 | ====================================================================== |
1381 | Parameters: |
| 1343 | ========= Function 24, subfunction 3 - stop play CD - audio. ========= |
1382 | * eax = 24 - function number |
| 1344 | ====================================================================== |
1383 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
| 1345 | Parameters: |
1384 | Returned value: |
| 1346 | * eax = 24 - number of the function |
1385 | * eax = 0 - success |
| 1347 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
1386 | * eax = 1 - CD base is not defined |
| 1348 | Returned value: |
1387 | Çàìå÷àíèÿ: |
| 1349 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1388 | * Previously CD base port must be defined by call to |
| 1350 | * eax = 1 - base CD is not defined |
1389 | subfunction 3 of function 21. |
| 1351 | Remarks: |
1390 | |
| Line 1352... | Line 1391... | ||
| 1352 | * Previously it is necessary to define a base port CD by call |
1391 | ====================================================================== |
| 1353 | subfunction 3 functions 21. |
1392 | =================== Function 25 - set SBPro volume. ================== |
| 1354 | 1393 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 1355 | ====================================================================== |
1394 | Parameters: |
| 1356 | ================= Function 25 - install volume SBPro. ================ |
1395 | * eax = 25 - function number |
| 1357 | ====================================================================== |
1396 | * ebx = what to set: |
| 1358 | Parameters: |
1397 | * 1 - set common volume |
| 1359 | * eax = 25 - number of the function |
1398 | * 2 - set CD-audio volume |
| 1360 | * ebx = what to install: |
1399 | * cl = volume level: high 4 bits for the left column, |
| 1361 | * 1 - install common volume |
1400 | low 4 bits for the right one |
| 1362 | * 2 - install volume of CD - audio |
1401 | Returned value: |
| Line 1363... | Line 1402... | ||
| 1363 | * cl = Level of volume: high 4 bits for the left column, low 4 - for right |
1402 | * eax = 0 - success |
| 1364 | Returned value: |
1403 | * eax = 1 - SB base is not defined |
| 1365 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1404 | * eax = 2 - incorrect subfunction |
| 1366 | * eax = 1 - base SB is not defined |
1405 | Remarks: |
| 1367 | * eax = 2 - incorrect subfunction |
1406 | * Previously SB base port must be defined by |
| 1368 | Remarks: |
1407 | subfunction 4 of function 21. |
| 1369 | * Previously it is necessary to define a base port SB by call |
1408 | * See also function 28 which sets |
| 1370 | subfunction 4 functions 21. |
1409 | volume for the later standard SB16. |
| 1371 | * See also function 28 installations of a sound for later standard SB16. |
1410 | |
| 1372 | 1411 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 1373 | ====================================================================== |
1412 | ======== Function 26, subfunction 1 - get MPU MIDI base port. ======== |
| Line 1374... | Line 1413... | ||
| 1374 | ======== Function 26, subfunction 1 - get base port MPU MIDI. ======== |
1413 | ====================================================================== |
| 1375 | ====================================================================== |
1414 | Parameters: |
| 1376 | Parameters: |
1415 | * eax = 26 - function number |
| 1377 | * eax = 26 - number of the function |
1416 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
| 1378 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
1417 | Returned value: |
| 1379 | Returned value: |
1418 | * eax = port number |
| 1380 | * eax = number of a port |
1419 | Parameters: |
| 1381 | Remarks: |
1420 | * To set base port use subfunction 1 of function 21. |
| 1382 | * Install a base port it is possible by call subfunction of 1 function 21. |
1421 | |
| 1383 | 1422 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 1384 | ====================================================================== |
1423 | ========== Function 26, subfunction 2 - get keyboard layout. ========= |
| 1385 | ========== Function 26, subfunction 2 - get keyboard layout. ========= |
1424 | ====================================================================== |
| 1386 | ====================================================================== |
- | |
| 1387 | The keyboard layout is used for conversion scancodes, acting from the keyboard, |
1425 | The keyboard layout is used to convert keyboard scancodes to |
| Line 1388... | Line 1426... | ||
| 1388 | in ASCII-codes which were read - out by the function 2. |
1426 | ASCII-codes for function 2. |
| 1389 | Parameters: |
1427 | Parameters: |
| 1390 | * eax = 26 - number of the function |
1428 | * eax = 26 - function number |
| 1391 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
1429 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
| 1392 | * ecx = what layout to get: |
1430 | * ecx = what layout to get: |
| 1393 | * 1 = normal layout |
1431 | * 1 = normal layout |
| 1394 | * 2 = layout at pressed Shift |
1432 | * 2 = layout with pressed Shift |
| 1395 | * 3 = layout at pressed Alt |
1433 | * 3 = layout with pressed Alt |
| 1396 | * edx = pointer on the buffer of length 128 bytes, where the layout |
1434 | * edx = pointer to the 128-bytes buffer, where the layout will be |
| 1397 | will be copied |
1435 | copied |
| 1398 | Returned value: |
1436 | Returned value: |
| Line 1399... | Line 1437... | ||
| 1399 | * function does not return value |
1437 | * function does not return value |
| 1400 | Èëè: |
1438 | Or: |
| 1401 | * eax = 26 - number of the function |
1439 | * eax = 26 - function number |
| 1402 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
1440 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
| 1403 | * ecx = 9 |
1441 | * ecx = 9 |
| 1404 | Returned value: |
1442 | Returned value: |
| 1405 | * eax = identifier of the country (1=eng, 2=fi, 3=ger, 4=rus) |
1443 | * eax = country identifier (1=eng, 2=fi, 3=ger, 4=rus) |
| 1406 | Remarks: |
1444 | Remarks: |
| 1407 | * If is pressed Alt, the layout with Alt is used; if not is pressed Alt, |
1445 | * If Alt is pressed, the layout with Alt is used; |
| 1408 | but is pressed Shift, the layout with Shift is used; if not are |
1446 | if Alt is not pressed, but Shift is pressed, |
| 1409 | pressed Alt and Shift, but is pressed Ctrl, the normal layout is used, |
1447 | the layout with Shift is used; |
| 1410 | then from the code is subtracted 0x60; if not any of direction keys |
1448 | if Alt and Shift are not pressed, but Ctrl is pressed, the normal |
| 1411 | is pressed, the normal layout is used. |
1449 | layout is used and then from the code is subtracted 0x60; |
| 1412 | * Install layouts and identifier of the country it is possible with the help |
1450 | if no control key is pressed, the normal layout is used. |
| 1413 | subfunction 2 functions 21. |
1451 | * To set layout and country identifier use |
| 1414 | * The identifier of the country - global environment variable, which by |
1452 | subfunction 2 of function 21. |
| 1415 | kernel is not used; however application @panel displays an icon, |
1453 | * Country identifier is global system variable, which is not used |
| Line 1416... | Line 1454... | ||
| 1416 | appropriate to the current country (using the described function). |
1454 | by the kernel itself; however the application '@panel' displays |
| 1417 | * Application @panel switches layouts on search of the user. |
1455 | the corresponding icon (using this function). |
| 1418 | 1456 | * The application @panel switches layouts on user request. |
|
| 1419 | ====================================================================== |
1457 | |
| 1420 | ============= Function 26, subfunction 3 - get base CD. ============== |
1458 | ====================================================================== |
| 1421 | ====================================================================== |
1459 | ============== Function 26, subfunction 3 - get CD base. ============= |
| 1422 | Parameters: |
1460 | ====================================================================== |
| 1423 | * eax = 26 - number of the function |
1461 | Parameters: |
| 1424 | * ebx = 3 - number subfunction |
1462 | * eax = 26 - function number |
| 1425 | Returned value: |
1463 | * ebx = 3 - subfunction number |
| 1426 | * eax = base CD: 1=IDE0, 2=IDE1, 3=IDE2, 4=IDE3 |
1464 | Returned value: |
| 1427 | Remarks: |
1465 | * eax = CD base: 1=IDE0, 2=IDE1, 3=IDE2, 4=IDE3 |
| 1428 | * Base CD is used by the function 24. |
1466 | Remarks: |
| 1429 | * Install base CD it is possible by call subfunction 3 functions 21. |
1467 | * CD base is used by function 24. |
| 1430 | 1468 | * To set CD base use subfunction 3 of function 21. |
|
| 1431 | ====================================================================== |
1469 | |
| 1432 | ====== Function 26, subfunction 4 - get base port Sound Blaster. ===== |
1470 | ====================================================================== |
| 1433 | ====================================================================== |
1471 | ====== Function 26, subfunction 4 - get Sound Blaster base port. ===== |
| 1434 | Parameters: |
1472 | ====================================================================== |
| Line 1435... | Line 1473... | ||
| 1435 | * eax = 26 - number of the function |
1473 | Parameters: |
| 1436 | * ebx = 4 - number subfunction |
1474 | * eax = 26 - function number |
| 1437 | Returned value: |
1475 | * ebx = 4 - subfunction number |
| 1438 | * eax = number of a base port |
1476 | Returned value: |
| 1439 | Remarks: |
1477 | * eax = base port number |
| 1440 | * Installation of base is necessary for operation of functions 25, 55. |
1478 | Remarks: |
| 1441 | * Install a base port it is possible by call subfunction 4 functions 21. |
1479 | * Bae port is used by functions 25, 55. |
| 1442 | 1480 | * To set base port use subfunction 4 of function 21. |
|
| 1443 | ====================================================================== |
1481 | |
| 1444 | ======== Function 26, subfunction 5 - get language of system. ======== |
1482 | ====================================================================== |
| 1445 | ====================================================================== |
1483 | ========== Function 26, subfunction 5 - get system language. ========= |
| 1446 | Parameters: |
1484 | ====================================================================== |
| Line 1447... | Line 1485... | ||
| 1447 | * eax = 26 - number of the function |
1485 | Parameters: |
| 1448 | * ebx = 5 - number subfunction |
1486 | * eax = 26 - function number |
| 1449 | Returned value: |
1487 | * ebx = 5 - subfunction number |
| 1450 | * eax = language of system (1=eng, 2=fi, 3=ger, 4=rus) |
1488 | Returned value: |
| 1451 | Remarks: |
1489 | * eax = system language (1=eng, 2=fi, 3=ger, 4=rus) |
| 1452 | * Language of the system - global environment variable in any way which |
1490 | Remarks: |
| 1453 | is not used by kernel, however application @panel draws |
1491 | * System language is global system variable and is not used |
| 1454 | an appropriate icon (using described function). |
1492 | by the kernel itself, however application @panel draws the |
| 1455 | * Install the language of the system it is possible by call |
1493 | appropriate icon (using this function). |
| 1456 | subfunction 5 functions 21. |
1494 | * To set system language use subfunction 5 of function 21. |
| 1457 | 1495 | ||
| 1458 | ====================================================================== |
- | |
| Line 1459... | Line 1496... | ||
| 1459 | =========== Function 26, subfunction 6 - get base port WSS. ========== |
1496 | ====================================================================== |
| 1460 | ====================================================================== |
1497 | =========== Function 26, subfunction 6 - get WSS base port. ========== |
| 1461 | Parameters: |
1498 | ====================================================================== |
| 1462 | * eax = 26 - number of the function |
1499 | Parameters: |
| 1463 | * ebx = 6 - number subfunction |
1500 | * eax = 26 - function number |
| 1464 | Returned value: |
1501 | * ebx = 6 - subfunction number |
| 1465 | * eax = base port |
1502 | Returned value: |
| 1466 | Remarks: |
1503 | * eax = base port |
| 1467 | * Base WSS is used by the function 27. |
1504 | Remarks: |
| 1468 | * Install a base port WSS it is possible by call subfunction 6 functions 21. |
1505 | * WSS base is used by function 27. |
| 1469 | 1506 | * To set WSS base port use subfunction 6 of function 21. |
|
| 1470 | ====================================================================== |
- | |
| 1471 | ============== Function 26, subfunction 7 - get base HD. ============= |
1507 | |
| Line 1472... | Line 1508... | ||
| 1472 | ====================================================================== |
1508 | ====================================================================== |
| 1473 | The base HD is necessary for definition, on what hard disk to write, at usage |
1509 | ============== Function 26, subfunction 7 - get HD base. ============= |
| 1474 | of out-of-date functions of operation with a file system and functions |
1510 | ====================================================================== |
| 1475 | implicitly using the hard disk (such as subfunction of 6 functions 18); |
1511 | The HD base defines hard disk to write with usage of obsolete |
| 1476 | At usage of functions 58 and 70 and modern syntax /HD0, /HD1, /HD2, /HD3 |
1512 | file system functions and functions implicitly using the hard disk |
| 1477 | these functions install base. |
1513 | (such as subfunction 6 of function 18); |
| 1478 | Parameters: |
1514 | at usage of function 58 and 70 and modern syntax /HD0,/HD1,/HD2,/HD3 |
| 1479 | * eax = 26 - number of the function |
1515 | these function set base themselves. |
| 1480 | * ebx = 7 - number subfunction |
1516 | Parameters: |
| 1481 | Returned value: |
1517 | * eax = 26 - function number |
| 1482 | * eax = base HD: 1=IDE0, 2=IDE1, 3=IDE2, 4=IDE3 |
1518 | * ebx = 7 - subfunction number |
| 1483 | Remarks: |
1519 | Returned value: |
| 1484 | * Any application at any moment of time can change áàçó. |
1520 | * eax = HD base: 1=IDE0, 2=IDE1, 3=IDE2, 4=IDE3 |
| 1485 | * Install base it is possible by call subfunction 7 functions 21. |
- | |
| Line 1486... | Line 1521... | ||
| 1486 | * Get used partition of the hard disk it is possible subfunction 8. |
1521 | Remarks: |
| 1487 | 1522 | * Any application in any time can change HD base. |
|
| 1488 | ====================================================================== |
1523 | * To set base use subfunction 7 of function 21. |
| 1489 | =========== Function 26, subfunction 8 - get partition HD. =========== |
1524 | * To get used partition of hard disk use subfunction 8. |
| 1490 | ====================================================================== |
1525 | |
| 1491 | The partition HD is necessary for definition, on what partition of the hard disk |
1526 | ====================================================================== |
| 1492 | to write, at usage of out-of-date functions of operation with a file system and |
1527 | ========= Function 26, subfunction 8 - get used HD partition. ======== |
| 1493 | functions implicitly using the hard disk (such as subfunction of 6 functions |
1528 | ====================================================================== |
| 1494 | 18); at usage of functions 58 and 70 and modern syntax /HD0, /HD1, /HD2, /HD3 |
1529 | The HD partition defines partition of the hard disk to write with |
| 1495 | these functions install base and partition. |
1530 | usage of obsolete file system functions and functions implicitly |
| 1496 | Parameters: |
1531 | using the hard disk (such as subfunction 6 of function 18); |
| 1497 | * eax = 26 - number of the function |
1532 | at usage of functions 58 and 70 and modern syntax /HD0,/HD1,/HD2,/HD3 |
| 1498 | * ebx = 8 - number subfunction |
1533 | these functions set base and partition themselves. |
| 1499 | Returned value: |
1534 | Parameters: |
| 1500 | * eax = partition HD (beginning from 1) |
1535 | * eax = 26 - function number |
| 1501 | Remarks: |
1536 | * ebx = 8 - subfunction number |
| 1502 | * Any application at any moment of time can change partition. |
1537 | Returned value: |
| 1503 | * Install partition it is possible by call subfunction 8 functions 21. |
1538 | * eax = HD partition (beginning from 1) |
| 1504 | * Find out number of partitions on the hard disk it is possible by call |
1539 | Remarks: |
| 1505 | subfunction 11 functions 18. |
1540 | * Any application in any time can change partition. |
| Line 1506... | Line 1541... | ||
| 1506 | * Get used base of the hard disk it is possible subfunction 7. |
1541 | * To set partition use subfunction 8 of function 21. |
| 1507 | 1542 | * To get number of partitions on a hard disk use |
|
| 1508 | ====================================================================== |
1543 | subfunction 11 of function 18. |
| 1509 | === Function 26, subfunction 9 - get value of the counter of time. === |
1544 | * To get base of used hard disk, use subfunction 7. |
| 1510 | ====================================================================== |
1545 | |
| 1511 | Parameters: |
1546 | ====================================================================== |
| 1512 | * eax = 26 - number of the function |
1547 | === Function 26, subfunction 9 - get the value of the time counter. == |
| 1513 | * ebx = 9 - number subfunction |
1548 | ====================================================================== |
| 1514 | Returned value: |
1549 | Parameters: |
| 1515 | * eax = number of 1/100 second, past from the moment of start of the system |
1550 | * eax = 26 - function number |
| 1516 | Remarks: |
1551 | * ebx = 9 - subfunction number |
| 1517 | * counter takes modulo 2^32, that there corresponds by little more+ |
1552 | Returned value: |
| 1518 | than 497 day. |
1553 | * eax = number of 1/100s of second, past from the system boot time |
| 1519 | * System time can be get by the function 3. |
1554 | Remarks: |
| 1520 | 1555 | * Counter takes modulo 2^32, that correspond to a little more |
|
| 1521 | ====================================================================== |
1556 | than 497 days. |
| 1522 | ====== Function 26, subfunction 10 - get channel DMA for a sound. ==== |
1557 | * To get system time use function 3. |
| Line 1523... | Line 1558... | ||
| 1523 | ====================================================================== |
1558 | |
| 1524 | Parameters: |
1559 | ====================================================================== |
| 1525 | * eax = 26 - number of the function |
1560 | ======== Function 26, subfunction 10 - get sound DMA channel. ======== |
| 1526 | * ebx = 10 - number subfunction |
1561 | ====================================================================== |
| 1527 | Returned value: |
1562 | Parameters: |
| 1528 | * eax = number of the channel (from 0 up to 3 inclusively) |
1563 | * eax = 26 - function number |
| 1529 | Remarks: |
1564 | * ebx = 10 - subfunction number |
| 1530 | * Number of the channel DMA is used in subfunction 1 function 55. |
1565 | Returned value: |
| 1531 | * Install the channel DMA for a sound it is possible by call |
1566 | * eax = number of the channel (from 0 to 3 inclusive) |
| 1532 | subfunction 10 functions 21. |
1567 | Remarks: |
| 1533 | 1568 | * Number of the DMA channel is used by subfunction 1 of function 55. |
|
| 1534 | ====================================================================== |
1569 | * To set the sound DMA channel use subfunction 10 of function 21. |
| 1535 | ====================== Function 26, subfunction 11 =================== |
1570 | |
| Line 1536... | Line 1571... | ||
| 1536 | ========= Find out, whether low level access to HD is allowed. ======= |
1571 | ====================================================================== |
| 1537 | ====================================================================== |
1572 | ===================== Function 26, subfunction 11 ==================== |
| 1538 | Parameters: |
1573 | ========== Find out whether low-level HD access is enabled. ========== |
| 1539 | * eax = 26 - number of the function |
1574 | ====================================================================== |
| 1540 | * ebx = 11 - number subfunction |
1575 | Parameters: |
| 1541 | Returned value: |
1576 | * eax = 26 - function number |
| 1542 | * eax = 0/1 - prohibit/permit |
1577 | * ebx = 11 - subfunction number |
| 1543 | Remarks: |
1578 | Returned value: |
| 1544 | * Is used at LBA-reading (subfunction 8 functions 58). |
1579 | * eax = 0/1 - disabled/enabled |
| 1545 | * Install a current status it is possible by call |
1580 | Remarks: |
| 1546 | subfunction 11 functions 21. |
1581 | * Is used in LBA read (subfunction 8 of function 58). |
| 1547 | 1582 | * To set current state use subfunction 11 of function 21. |
|
| 1548 | ====================================================================== |
1583 | |
| 1549 | ====================== Function 26, subfunction 12 =================== |
1584 | ====================================================================== |
| - | 1585 | ===================== Function 26, subfunction 12 ==================== |
|
| 1550 | ======= Find out, whether low level access to PCI is allowed. ======== |
1586 | ========== Find out whether low-level PCI access is enabled. ========= |
| 1551 | ====================================================================== |
1587 | ====================================================================== |
| 1552 | Parameters: |
1588 | Parameters: |
| 1553 | * eax = 26 - number of the function |
1589 | * eax = 26 - function number |
| 1554 | * ebx = 12 - number subfunction |
1590 | * ebx = 12 - subfunction number |
| 1555 | Returned value: |
1591 | Returned value: |
| - | 1592 | * eax = 0/1 - disabled/enabled |
|
| 1556 | * eax = 0/1 - prohibit/permit |
1593 | Remarks: |
| 1557 | Remarks: |
1594 | * Is used by operations with PCI bus (function 62). |
| 1558 | * Is used by operation with the bus PCI (function 62). |
1595 | * The current implementation uses only low bit of ecx. |
| 1559 | * Current realization uses only low bit ecx. |
1596 | * To set the current state use subfunction 12 of function 21. |
| 1560 | * install a current status it is possible by call |
1597 | |
| 1561 | subfunction 12 functions 21. |
1598 | ====================================================================== |
| 1562 | 1599 | ======== Function 27 - set Windows Sound System (WSS) volume. ======== |
|
| 1563 | ====================================================================== |
1600 | ====================================================================== |
| 1564 | ==== Function 27 - install volume Windows Sound System (WSS). === |
1601 | Parameters: |
| 1565 | ====================================================================== |
1602 | * eax = 27 - function number |
| 1566 | Parameters: |
1603 | * ebx = what to set: |
| 1567 | * eax = 27 - number of the function |
1604 | * 1 - set common volume |
| 1568 | * ebx = what to install: |
1605 | * 2 - set Line In volume |
| 1569 | * 1 - install common volume |
1606 | * cl = volume level (0x0=highest, 0x1F=lowest, |
| 1570 | * 2 - install volume Line In |
1607 | if bit 0x80 is set=disable) |
| 1571 | * cl = Level of volume (0x0 = highest, 0x1F = lowest, |
1608 | Returned value: |
| 1572 | installed bit 0x80 = to disable) |
1609 | * eax = 0 - success |
| 1573 | Returned value: |
1610 | * eax = 1 - WSS base is not defined |
| 1574 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1611 | * eax = 2 - incorrect subfunction |
| - | 1612 | Remarks: |
|
| 1575 | * eax = 1 - the base WSS is not defined |
1613 | * Previously WSS base port must be defined by call to |
| 1576 | * eax = 2 - incorrect subfunction |
1614 | subfunction 6 of function 21. |
| 1577 | Remarks: |
1615 | * Set of common volume is ignored (function simply returns eax=0). |
| 1578 | * Previously it is necessary to define a base port WSS by call |
1616 | * Old documentation and kernel sources erraticly name function 2 |
| 1579 | subfunction 6 functions 21. |
1617 | as CD-audio volume. |
| 1580 | * Installation of common volume is actually ignored (comes back eax=0). |
1618 | |
| - | 1619 | ====================================================================== |
|
| Line 1581... | Line 1620... | ||
| 1581 | * In old documentation and in source code of a kernel subfunction 2 |
1620 | =================== Function 28 - set SB16 volume. =================== |
| 1582 | is erraticly called as volume of a CD - audio. |
1621 | ====================================================================== |
| 1583 | 1622 | Parameters: |
|
| 1584 | ====================================================================== |
1623 | * eax = 28 - function number |
| 1585 | ================= Function 28 - install volume SB16. ================= |
1624 | * ebx = what to install: |
| 1586 | ====================================================================== |
1625 | * 1 - install common volume |
| 1587 | Parameters: |
1626 | * 2 - install CD-audio volume |
| 1588 | * eax = 28 - number of the function |
1627 | * cl = volume level (0=off, 0xFF=max) |
| 1589 | * ebx = what to install: |
1628 | Returned value: |
| 1590 | * 1 - install common volume |
1629 | * eax = 0 - success |
| 1591 | * 2 - install volume of a CD - audio |
1630 | * eax = 1 - SB base is not defined |
| 1592 | * cl = level of volume (0=off, 0xFF=max) |
1631 | * eax = 2 - incorrect subfunction |
| 1593 | Returned value: |
1632 | Remarks: |
| 1594 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1633 | * Previously SB base port must be defined by |
| 1595 | * eax = 1 - the base SB is not defined |
1634 | subfunction 4 of function 21. |
| 1596 | * eax = 2 - incorrect subfunction |
1635 | * This function gives more variants for volume, that function 25. |
| Line 1597... | Line 1636... | ||
| 1597 | Remarks: |
1636 | |
| 1598 | * Previously it is necessary to define a base port SB by call |
1637 | ====================================================================== |
| 1599 | subfunction 4 functions 21. |
1638 | =================== Function 29 - get system date. =================== |
| Line 1600... | Line 1639... | ||
| 1600 | * This function gives more variants for volume, than function 25. |
1639 | ====================================================================== |
| 1601 | 1640 | Parameters: |
|
| 1602 | ====================================================================== |
1641 | * eax = 29 - function number |
| 1603 | ==================== Function 29 - get system date. ================== |
1642 | Returned value: |
| 1604 | ====================================================================== |
1643 | * eax = 0x00DDMMYY, where |
| 1605 | Parameters: |
1644 | (binary-decimal coding, BCD, is used) |
| - | 1645 | * YY = two low digits of year (00..99) |
|
| Line 1606... | Line 1646... | ||
| 1606 | * eax = 29 - number of the function |
1646 | * MM = month (01..12) |
| 1607 | Returned value: |
1647 | * DD = day (01..31) |
| 1608 | * eax = 0x00DDMMYY, where |
1648 | Remarks: |
| 1609 | (binary-decimal coding is used, BCD) |
1649 | * To set system date use function 22. |
| 1610 | * YY = two low digits of year (00.. 99) |
1650 | |
| 1611 | * MM = month (01.. 12) |
1651 | ====================================================================== |
| 1612 | * DD = day (01.. 31) |
1652 | =============== Function 32 - delete file from ramdisk. ============== |
| 1613 | Remarks: |
1653 | ====================================================================== |
| 1614 | * The system date can be installed by the function 22. |
1654 | Parameters: |
| 1615 | 1655 | * eax = 32 - function number |
|
| 1616 | ====================================================================== |
1656 | * ebx = pointer to the filename |
| 1617 | =============== Function 32 - delete file with ramdisk. ============== |
1657 | Returned value: |
| 1618 | ====================================================================== |
1658 | * eax = 0 - success; otherwise file system error code |
| - | 1659 | Remarks: |
|
| Line 1619... | Line 1660... | ||
| 1619 | Parameters: |
1660 | * This function is obsolete; function 58 allows to fulfill |
| 1620 | * eax = 32 - number of the function |
1661 | the same operations with the extended possibilities. |
| 1621 | * ebx = pointer on a filename |
1662 | * The current implementation returns only values 0(success) and |
| 1622 | Returned value: |
1663 | 5(file not found). |
| 1623 | * eax = 0 - successfully; differently error code of a file system |
1664 | * The filename must be either in the format 8+3 characters |
| 1624 | Remarks: |
1665 | (first 8 characters - name itself, last 3 - extension, |
| 1625 | * This function is obsolete; the function 58 allows to fulfil the same |
1666 | the short names and extensions are supplemented with spaces), |
| 1626 | operations with the extended possibilities. |
1667 | or in the format 8.3 characters "FILE.EXT"/"FILE.EX " |
| 1627 | * Current realization returns only values 0 (successes) |
1668 | (name no more than 8 characters, dot, extension 3 characters |
| Line 1628... | Line 1669... | ||
| 1628 | and 5 (the file is not retrieved). |
1669 | supplemented if necessary by spaces). |
| 1629 | * The filename should be or in the format 8+3 characters (first 8 characters |
1670 | The filename must be written with capital letters. The terminating |
| 1630 | - purely name, last 3 - extension, the short names and extensions are |
1671 | character with code 0 is not necessary (not ASCIIZ-string). |
| 1631 | supplemented by blanks), or in the format 8.3 characters |
1672 | * This function does not support folders on the ramdisk. |
| 1632 | "FILE.EXT" / "FILE.EX" (name no more than 8 characters, point, |
1673 | |
| 1633 | extension 3 characters supplemented if necessary by blanks). |
1674 | ====================================================================== |
| 1634 | Filename should be written by capital letters. The completing character |
1675 | ================ Function 33 - write file to ramdisk. ================ |
| 1635 | with the code 0 is not necessary (ASCIIZ-string). |
1676 | ====================================================================== |
| 1636 | 1677 | Parameters: |
|
| 1637 | ====================================================================== |
1678 | * eax = 33 - function number |
| 1638 | =============== Function 33 - save file on ramdisk. ================== |
1679 | * ebx = pointer to the filename |
| 1639 | ====================================================================== |
1680 | * ecx = pointer to data for writing |
| 1640 | Parameters: |
1681 | * edx = number of bytes for writing |
| 1641 | * eax = 33 - number of the function |
1682 | * should be set esi=0 |
| 1642 | * ebx = pointer on a filename |
1683 | Returned value: |
| Line 1643... | Line 1684... | ||
| 1643 | * ecx = pointer on data for save |
1684 | * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code |
| 1644 | * edx = number byte for save |
1685 | Remarks: |
| 1645 | * it is necessary to install esi=0 |
1686 | * This function is obsolete; function 70 allows to fulfil |
| 1646 | Returned value: |
1687 | the same operations with extended possibilities. |
| 1647 | * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system |
1688 | * If esi contains non-zero value and selected file already exists, |
| 1648 | Remarks: |
1689 | one more file with the same name will be created. |
| 1649 | * This function is obsolete; the function 58 allows to fulfil the same |
1690 | * Otherwise file will be overwritten. |
| 1650 | operations with the extended possibilities. |
1691 | * The filename must be either in the format 8+3 characters |
| 1651 | * If to specify non-zero value in esi and on ramdisk already there is an |
1692 | (first 8 characters - name itself, last 3 - extension, |
| 1652 | indicated file, one more file with the same name will be created. |
1693 | the short names and extensions are supplemented with spaces), |
| 1653 | * Otherwise file is resave. |
1694 | or in the format 8.3 characters "FILE.EXT"/"FILE.EX " |
| 1654 | * The filename should be or in the format 8+3 characters (first 8 characters |
1695 | (name no more than 8 characters, dot, extension 3 characters |
| Line 1655... | Line 1696... | ||
| 1655 | - purely name, last 3 - extension, the short names and extensions are |
1696 | supplemented if necessary by spaces). |
| 1656 | supplemented by blanks), or in the format 8.3 characters |
1697 | The filename must be written with capital letters. The terminating |
| 1657 | "FILE.EXT" / "FILE.EX" (name no more than 8 characters, point, |
1698 | character with code 0 is not necessary (not ASCIIZ-string). |
| 1658 | extension 3 characters supplemented if necessary by blanks). |
1699 | * This function does not support folders on the ramdisk. |
| 1659 | Filename should be written by capital letters. The completing character |
1700 | |
| 1660 | with the code 0 is not necessary (ASCIIZ-string). |
1701 | ====================================================================== |
| 1661 | 1702 | ======= Function 35 - read the color of a pixel on the screen. ======= |
|
| 1662 | ====================================================================== |
1703 | ====================================================================== |
| 1663 | ======== Function 35 - read colour of a point on the screen. ========= |
1704 | Parameters: |
| - | 1705 | * eax = 35 |
|
| 1664 | ====================================================================== |
1706 | * ebx = y*xsize+x, where |
| 1665 | Parameters: |
1707 | * (x,y) = coordinates of a pixel (beginning from 0) |
| 1666 | * eax = 35 |
1708 | * xsize = horizontal screen size |
| 1667 | * ebx = y*xsize+x, where |
1709 | Returned value: |
| 1668 | * (x,y) = coordinates of a point (considering from 0) |
1710 | * eax = color 0x00RRGGBB |
| - | 1711 | Remarks: |
|
| 1669 | * xsize = size of the screen on a horizontal |
1712 | * To get screen sizes use function 14. Pay attention, |
| 1670 | Returned value: |
1713 | that it subtracts 1 from both sizes. |
| Line 1671... | Line 1714... | ||
| 1671 | * eax = colour 0x00RRGGBB |
1714 | * There is also direct access (without any system calls) |
| 1672 | Remarks: |
1715 | to videomemory through the selector gs. To get parameters of |
| 1673 | * Find out sizes of the screen it is possible by function call 14. |
1716 | the current videomode, use function 61. |
| 1674 | Pay attention, that it subtracts 1 of both sizes. |
1717 | |
| 1675 | * To a video memory there is also direct access (without calls of system |
1718 | ====================================================================== |
| 1676 | functions) through the selector gs. Parameters of current videomode |
1719 | ========= Function 37 - get coordinates/status of the mouse. ========= |
| 1677 | it is possible to receive by the function 61. |
1720 | ====================================================================== |
| 1678 | 1721 | ||
| 1679 | ====================================================================== |
1722 | ---------- Subfunction 0 - screen coordinates of the mouse ----------- |
| 1680 | =========== Function 37 - get coordinate/status of mouse. ============ |
1723 | Parameters: |
| 1681 | ====================================================================== |
1724 | * eax = 37 - function number |
| 1682 | 1725 | * ebx = 0 - subfunction number |
|
| Line 1683... | Line 1726... | ||
| 1683 | ------------ Subfunction 0 - screen coordinates of mouse ------------- |
1726 | Returned value: |
| 1684 | Parameters: |
1727 | * eax = x*65536 + y, (x,y)=coordinates of the mouse pointer |
| 1685 | * eax = 37 - number of the function |
1728 | (beginning from 0) |
| 1686 | * ebx = 0 - number subfunction |
1729 | |
| 1687 | Returned value: |
1730 | -- Subfunction 1 - coordinates of the mouse relative to the window --- |
| 1688 | * eax = x*65536 + y, (x,y)=coordinates of mouse pointer (considering from 0) |
1731 | Parameters: |
| 1689 | 1732 | * eax = 37 - function number |
|
| 1690 | ------ Subfunction 1 - coordinates of mouse concerning window ------- |
1733 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
| 1691 | Parameters: |
1734 | Returned value: |
| 1692 | * eax = 37 - number of the function |
1735 | * eax = x*65536 + y, (x,y)=coordinates of the mouse pointer |
| 1693 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
1736 | relative to the application window (beginning from 0) |
| 1694 | Returned value: |
1737 | Remarks: |
| 1695 | * eax = x*65536 + y, (x,y)=coordinates of mouse pointer concerning |
1738 | * The value is calculated by formula (x-xwnd)*65536 + (y-ywnd). |
| 1696 | an application window (considering from 0) |
- | |
| 1697 | Remarks: |
1739 | If y>=ywnd, the low word is non-negative and contains |
| 1698 | * Value is calculated under the formula (x-xwnd) *65536 + (y-ywnd). |
1740 | relative y-coordinate, and the high word - relative x-coordinate |
| 1699 | If y > =ywnd, the low word nonnegatively also contains relative |
1741 | (with correct sign). Otherwise the low word is negative and still |
| 1700 | y-coordinate, and high - relative x-coordinate (correct sign). |
1742 | contains relative y-coordinate, and to the high word |
| 1701 | Otherwise low word negatively and all the same contains relative |
1743 | 1 should be added. |
| Line 1702... | Line 1744... | ||
| 1702 | y-coordinate, and to a high word it is necessary to add 1. |
1744 | |
| 1703 | 1745 | ------------ Subfunction 2 - pressed buttons of the mouse ------------ |
|
| 1704 | ---------------- Subfunction 2 - pressed mouse buttons ---------------- |
1746 | Parameters: |
| 1705 | Parameters: |
1747 | * eax = 37 - function number |
| 1706 | * eax = 37 - number of the function |
1748 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
| 1707 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
1749 | Returned value: |
| 1708 | Returned value: |
1750 | * eax contains information on the pressed mouse buttons: |
| 1709 | * eax contains information on the pressed mouse buttons: |
1751 | * bit 0 is set = left button is pressed |
| 1710 | * Bit 0 installed = left button pressed |
1752 | * bit 1 is set = right button is pressed |
| 1711 | * Bit 1 installed = right button pressed |
1753 | * other bits are cleared |
| Line 1712... | Line 1754... | ||
| 1712 | * Other bits are reset |
1754 | |
| 1713 | 1755 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 1714 | ====================================================================== |
1756 | ====================== Function 38 - draw line. ====================== |
| 1715 | ====================== Function 38 - draw line. ====================== |
1757 | ====================================================================== |
| 1716 | ====================================================================== |
1758 | Parameters: |
| 1717 | Parameters: |
1759 | * eax = 38 - function number |
| - | 1760 | * ebx = [start coordinate on axis x]*65536 + |
|
| 1718 | * eax = 38 - number of the function |
1761 | [end coordinate on axis x] |
| 1719 | * ebx = [coordinate began on axis x] *65536 + |
1762 | * ecx = [start coordinate on axis y]*65536 + |
| 1720 | [coordinate of the end on axis x] |
1763 | [end coordinate on axis y] |
| 1721 | * ecx = [coordinate began on axis y]*65536 + |
1764 | * edx = 0x00RRGGBB - color |
| 1722 | [coordinate of the end on axis y] |
1765 | Returned value: |
| 1723 | * edx = 0x00RRGGBB - colour |
- | |
| 1724 | Returned value: |
1766 | * function does not return value |
| 1725 | * function does not return value |
1767 | Remarks: |
| 1726 | Remarks: |
1768 | * Coordinates are relative to the window. |
| 1727 | * Coordinates take concerning window. |
1769 | * End point is also drawn. |
| 1728 | * Finite point also is drawn. |
1770 | |
| 1729 | 1771 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 1730 | ====================================================================== |
1772 | == Function 39, subfunction 1 - get a size of the background image. == |
| 1731 | ===== Function 39, subfunction 1 - get size of background image. ===== |
1773 | ====================================================================== |
| 1732 | ====================================================================== |
1774 | Parameters: |
| 1733 | Parameters: |
1775 | * eax = 39 - function number |
| 1734 | * eax = 39 - number of the function |
1776 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
| 1735 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
1777 | Returned value: |
| 1736 | Returned value: |
1778 | * eax = [width]*65536 + [height] |
| 1737 | * eax = [width]*65536 + [height] |
1779 | Remarks: |
| Line 1738... | Line 1780... | ||
| 1738 | Remarks: |
1780 | * There is a pair function to set sizes of background image - |
| 1739 | * There is a pair command of installation of sizes of background image - |
1781 | subfunction 1 of function 15. After which it is necessary, |
| 1740 | subfunction of 1 function 15. After which, certainly, it is necessary |
1782 | of course, anew to define image. |
| Line 1741... | Line 1783... | ||
| 1741 | anew to define image. |
1783 | |
| 1742 | 1784 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 1743 | ====================================================================== |
1785 | == Function 39, subfunction 2 - get pixel from the background image. = |
| 1744 | == Function 39, subfunction 2 - read a point from background image. == |
1786 | ====================================================================== |
| 1745 | ====================================================================== |
1787 | Parameters: |
| 1746 | Parameters: |
1788 | * eax = 39 - function number |
| 1747 | * eax = 39 - number of the function |
1789 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
| 1748 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
1790 | * ecx = offset |
| Line 1749... | Line 1791... | ||
| 1749 | * ecx = offset |
1791 | Returned value: |
| 1750 | Returned value: |
1792 | * eax = 0x00RRGGBB - pixel color, if offset is valid |
| 1751 | * eax = 0x00RRGGBB - colour of a point, if offset is valid (less 0x160000-16) |
1793 | (less than 0x160000-16) |
| 1752 | * eax = 2 - differently |
1794 | * eax = 2 otherwise |
| 1753 | Remarks: |
1795 | Remarks: |
| 1754 | * It is not necessary to rely on returned value in case of incorrect offset, |
1796 | * Do not rely on returned value for invalid offsets, it may be |
| 1755 | it can vary in the following versions of a kernel. |
1797 | changed in future kernel versions. |
| 1756 | * Offset of a point with coordinates (x, y) is calculated as (x+y*xsize) *3. |
1798 | * Offset for pixel with coordinates (x,y) |
| 1757 | * There is a pair function of installation of a point on background image - |
1799 | is calculated as (x+y*xsize)*3. |
| 1758 | subfunction 2 functions 15. |
1800 | * There is a pair function to set pixel on the background image - |
| 1759 | 1801 | subfunction 2 of function 15. |
|
| 1760 | ====================================================================== |
1802 | |
| 1761 | ==== Function 39, subfunction 4 - get mode redraw of background. ===== |
1803 | ====================================================================== |
| 1762 | ====================================================================== |
1804 | == Function 39, subfunction 4 - get drawing mode for the background. = |
| 1763 | Parameters: |
- | |
| Line 1764... | Line 1805... | ||
| 1764 | * eax = 39 - number of the function |
1805 | ====================================================================== |
| 1765 | * ebx = 4 - number subfunction |
1806 | Parameters: |
| 1766 | Returned value: |
1807 | * eax = 39 - function number |
| 1767 | * eax = 1 - tiled |
1808 | * ebx = 4 - subfunction number |
| 1768 | * eax = 2 - stretched |
1809 | Returned value: |
| 1769 | Remarks: |
1810 | * eax = 1 - tile |
| 1770 | * There is a pair function of installation of mode redraw of a background - |
1811 | * eax = 2 - stretch |
| 1771 | subfunction 4 functions 15. |
1812 | Remarks: |
| 1772 | 1813 | * There is a pair function to set drawing mode - |
|
| 1773 | ====================================================================== |
1814 | subfunction 4 of function 15. |
| 1774 | ========== Function 40 - install a mask for expected events. ========= |
1815 | |
| 1775 | ====================================================================== |
1816 | ====================================================================== |
| 1776 | Mask for expected events influences function of operation with events 10, |
1817 | =========== Function 40 - set the mask for expected events. ========== |
| 1777 | 11, 23 - they inform only events allowed by this mask. |
1818 | ====================================================================== |
| 1778 | Parameters: |
1819 | The mask for expected events affects function working with events |
| 1779 | * eax = 40 - number of the function |
1820 | 10, 11, 23 - they notify only about events allowed by this mask. |
| 1780 | * ebx = mask: bit i corresponds to event i+1 (see list of events) |
1821 | Parameters: |
| 1781 | (installed bit permits notice on event) |
1822 | * eax = 40 - function number |
| 1782 | Returned value: |
1823 | * ebx = mask: bit i corresponds to event i+1 (see list of events) |
| 1783 | * function does not return value |
1824 | (set bit permits notice on event) |
| 1784 | Remarks: |
1825 | Returned value: |
| 1785 | * Mask by default (7=111b) permits notices about redraw, |
1826 | * function does not return value |
| Line 1786... | Line 1827... | ||
| 1786 | pressings keys and buttons. |
1827 | Remarks: |
| 1787 | It is enough of it for the majority of the applications. |
1828 | * Default mask (7=111b) enables nofices about redraw, |
| 1788 | * The events prohibited in a mask, are all same saved, if come; |
1829 | keys and buttons. This is enough for many applications. |
| 1789 | with events simply do not inform on them functions of operation. |
1830 | * Events prohibited in the mask are saved anyway, when come; |
| 1790 | * Functions of operation with events take into account a mask on moment |
1831 | they are simply not informed with event functions. |
| 1791 | of function call, instead of on moment of arrival of message. |
1832 | * Event functions take into account the mask on moment of |
| 1792 | 1833 | function call, not on moment of event arrival. |
|
| 1793 | ====================================================================== |
1834 | |
| 1794 | =============== Function 41 - find out the owner IRQ. ================ |
1835 | ====================================================================== |
| - | 1836 | ==================== Function 41 - get IRQ owner. ==================== |
|
| 1795 | ====================================================================== |
1837 | ====================================================================== |
| 1796 | Parameters: |
1838 | Parameters: |
| 1797 | * eax = 41 - number of the function |
1839 | * eax = 41 - function number |
| 1798 | * ebx = number IRQ, 0..15 |
1840 | * ebx = IRQ number, 0..15 |
| 1799 | Returned value: |
1841 | Returned value: |
| 1800 | * eax = PID of owner |
1842 | * eax = owner PID |
| 1801 | * eax = 0, if owner is not present |
1843 | * eax = 0, if there is no owner |
| 1802 | * eax = -1 for incorrect ebx |
1844 | * eax = -1 for incorrect ebx |
| - | 1845 | ||
| Line 1803... | Line 1846... | ||
| 1803 | 1846 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 1804 | ====================================================================== |
1847 | ==================== Function 42 - read IRQ data. ==================== |
| 1805 | =============== Function 42 - read data obtained on IRQ. ============= |
1848 | ====================================================================== |
| 1806 | ====================================================================== |
1849 | When an IRQ occurs, the system reads data from ports indicated |
| 1807 | At occurrence IRQ system can read out data from indicated earlier by |
1850 | earlier by function 44 and writes this data to |
| - | 1851 | internal buffer. This function reads out data from that buffer |
|
| 1808 | function 44 ports and to write these data in buffer. |
1852 | bytewise. |
| 1809 | Described function reads out on byte the data from this buffer. |
1853 | Parameters: |
| 1810 | Parameters: |
1854 | * eax = 42 - function number |
| 1811 | * eax = 42 - number of the function |
1855 | * ebx = IRQ number, 0..15 |
| 1812 | * ebx = number IRQ, 0..15 |
1856 | Returned value: (use value of ecx to distinguish) |
| 1813 | Returned value: (situation can be distinguished on value ecx) |
1857 | * if the thread is not IRQ owner (or IRQ number is incorrect): |
| 1814 | * if thread is not owner IRQ |
1858 | * ecx = 2 |
| 1815 | (or number IRQ is given incorrectly): |
1859 | * if there is no data: |
| 1816 | * ecx = 2 |
1860 | * eax = 0 |
| 1817 | * if data is not present: |
1861 | * ecx = 1 |
| 1818 | * eax = 0 |
1862 | * ebx destroyed |
| 1819 | * ecx = 1 |
1863 | * if all is ok: |
| 1820 | * ebx fail |
1864 | * eax = byte size of data, not yet read from buffer |
| 1821 | * if all in the order and data were: |
1865 | * ecx = 0 |
| 1822 | * eax = size given, yet not read from the buffer (in bytes) |
1866 | * ebx = current byte |
| 1823 | * ecx = 0 |
1867 | Remarks: |
| 1824 | * ebx = current byte |
1868 | * Previously the thread must reserve indicated IRQ for itself |
| 1825 | Remarks: |
1869 | by function 45. |
| 1826 | * Previously thread should reserve for itself indicated IRQ |
1870 | * The size of data buffer is 4000 bytes, on overflow |
| 1827 | by the function 45. |
1871 | "fresh" data cease to be written in the buffer. |
| 1828 | * Size of the buffer for the data - 4000 bytes, at overflow |
1872 | |
| 1829 | the "fresh" data cease to be written in the buffer. |
1873 | ====================================================================== |
| 1830 | 1874 | ================ Function 43 - input/output to a port. =============== |
|
| 1831 | ====================================================================== |
1875 | ====================================================================== |
| 1832 | ================ Function 43 - input/output in port. ================= |
1876 | |
| - | 1877 | ------------------------ Output data to port ------------------------- |
|
| Line 1833... | Line 1878... | ||
| 1833 | ====================================================================== |
1878 | Parameters: |
| 1834 | 1879 | * eax = 43 - function number |
|
| 1835 | ------------------------ Data output in port ------------------------- |
1880 | * bl = byte for output |
| 1836 | Parameters: |
1881 | * ecx = port number 0xnnnn (from 0 to 0xFFFF) |
| 1837 | * eax = 43 - number of the function |
1882 | Returned value: |
| 1838 | * bl = byte for output |
1883 | * eax = 0 - success |
| 1839 | * ecx = number of port 0xnnnn (from 0 up to 0xFFFF) |
1884 | * eax = 1 - the thread has not reserved the selected port |
| 1840 | Returned value: |
1885 | |
| 1841 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1886 | ------------------------ Input data from port ------------------------ |
| 1842 | * eax = 1 - thread the indicated port has not reserved |
1887 | Parameters: |
| 1843 | 1888 | * eax = 43 - function number |
|
| 1844 | ------------------------ Data input from a port ------------------------ |
1889 | * ebx is ignored |
| 1845 | Parameters: |
1890 | * ecx = 0x8000nnnn, where nnnn = port number (from 0 to 0xFFFF) |
| 1846 | * eax = 43 - number of the function |
1891 | Returned value: |
| 1847 | * ebx ignored |
1892 | * eax = 0 - success, thus ebx = entered byte |
| 1848 | * ecx = 0x8000nnnn, where nnnn = number of port (from 0 up to 0xFFFF) |
1893 | * eax = 1 - the thread has not reserved the selected port |
| 1849 | Returned value: |
1894 | Remarks: |
| 1850 | * eax = 0 - successfully, thus ebx = entered byte |
1895 | * Previously the thread must reserve the selected port |
| 1851 | * eax = 1 - thread the given port has not reserved |
1896 | for itself by function 46. |
| 1852 | Remarks: |
1897 | * Instead of call to this function it is better to use |
| 1853 | * Previously thread should reserve behind itself the indicated port |
1898 | processor instructions in/out - this is much |
| 1854 | by the function 46. |
1899 | faster and a bit shorter and easier. |
| 1855 | * For the reserved ports instead of call of these functions it is better |
1900 | |
| 1856 | to use commands of the processor in/out is much faster both a little bit |
1901 | ====================================================================== |
| 1857 | more shortly and easier. From the non-reserved ports to read all the same |
1902 | =========== Function 44 - define operations at IRQ arrival. ========== |
| 1858 | it is impossible. |
1903 | ====================================================================== |
| Line 1859... | Line 1904... | ||
| 1859 | 1904 | At IRQ arrival the system can read the data from ports defined |
|
| 1860 | ====================================================================== |
1905 | by this function and write these data to internal buffer, whence |
| 1861 | =========== Function 44 - define operations at arrival IRQ. ========== |
1906 | they can be read by ôóíêöèåé 42. |
| 1862 | ====================================================================== |
1907 | Parameters: |
| 1863 | At occurrence IRQ the system can read out the data from the ports, indicated |
1908 | * eax = 44 - function number |
| 1864 | by this function, and to write these data in the buffer, whence they can be |
1909 | * ebx = pointer to the array of structures each describing one port: |
| 1865 | read by the function 42. |
1910 | * +0: word: 0 means end of array, otherwise port number |
| 1866 | Parameters: |
1911 | * +2: byte: reserved (ignored) |
| 1867 | * eax = 44 - number of the function |
1912 | * +3: byte: 1=read byte from this port, 2=read word |
| 1868 | * ebx = pointer on the array of structures describing on one port: |
1913 | * ecx = IRQ number, 0..15 |
| 1869 | * +0: word: 0 means the end of the array, differently number of a port |
1914 | Returned value: |
| 1870 | * +2: byte: reserved (ignored) |
1915 | * eax = 0 - success |
| 1871 | * +3: byte: 1 = read out byte from this port, 2 = read out a word |
1916 | * eax = 1 - the thread is not owner of selected IRQ |
| - | 1917 | Remarks: |
|
| 1872 | * ecx = number IRQ, 0..15 |
1918 | * Previously the thread must reserve for itself selected IRQ |
| Line 1873... | Line 1919... | ||
| 1873 | Returned value: |
1919 | by function 45. |
| 1874 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1920 | * First 16 ports are considered only. |
| 1875 | * eax = 1 - thread is not owner indicated IRQ |
1921 | * The current implementation considers incorrect value of field +3 |
| 1876 | Remarks: |
1922 | as a signal to terminate IRQ processing. |
| 1877 | * Previously thread should reserve behind itself indicated IRQ |
1923 | |
| 1878 | by the function 45. |
1924 | ====================================================================== |
| 1879 | * First 16 ports are considered only. |
1925 | =================== Function 45 - reserve/free IRQ. ================== |
| 1880 | * Current implementation considers incorrect value of a field +3 |
1926 | ====================================================================== |
| 1881 | as a signal of termination of processing IRQ. |
1927 | Parameters: |
| 1882 | - | ||
| 1883 | ====================================================================== |
- | |
| 1884 | ============ Function 45 - reserve/free IRQ. ============ |
- | |
| 1885 | ====================================================================== |
- | |
| 1886 | Parameters: |
- | |
| 1887 | * eax = 45 - number of the function |
- | |
| 1888 | * ebx = 0 - reserve, 1 = free |
- | |
| 1889 | * ecx = number IRQ, 0..15 |
- | |
| 1890 | Returned value: |
- | |
| 1891 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
- | |
| 1892 | * eax = 1 - error (incorrect number IRQ or attempt reserve not free IRQ |
- | |
| 1893 | or to free IRQ, not reserved by current stream) |
- | |
| 1894 | Remarks: |
- | |
| 1895 | * Reserved IRQ is necessary for operation of functions 42 and 44. |
- | |
| 1896 | * Only one thread can reserve selected IRQ. |
- | |
| 1897 | * IRQ, processed by the system is independent, are reserved by |
- | |
| 1898 | the system (stream 1) at loading. |
- | |
| 1899 | * At completion thread are automatically released all reserved by it IRQ. |
1928 | * eax = 45 - function number |
| 1900 | 1929 | * ebx = 0 - reserve, 1 = free |
|
| 1901 | ====================================================================== |
1930 | * ecx = IRQ number, 0..15 |
| 1902 | ==== Function 46 - reserve/free group of ports of input/output. ====== |
1931 | Returned value: |
| 1903 | ====================================================================== |
1932 | * eax = 0 - success |
| 1904 | It is possible to access to the reserved ports directly from the application by |
1933 | * eax = 1 - error (invalid IRQ number |
| 1905 | commands in/out (recommended way) and function call 43 (not recommended way). |
- | |
| 1906 | Parameters: |
- | |
| 1907 | * eax = 46 - number of the function |
- | |
| 1908 | * ebx = 0 - reserve, 1 - free |
- | |
| 1909 | * ecx = number of a beginning of a range of ports |
- | |
| 1910 | * edx = number of the end of a range of ports (inclusively) |
- | |
| Line 1911... | Line 1934... | ||
| 1911 | Returned value: |
1934 | or attempt to reserve not free IRQ |
| 1912 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1935 | or to free IRQ, not reserved by this thread) |
| 1913 | * eax = 1 - error |
1936 | Remarks: |
| 1914 | Remarks: |
1937 | * IRQ reservation is required for functions 42 and 44. |
| 1915 | * In case of backup of ports the error considers execution of one |
1938 | * Only one thread can reserve the specific IRQ. |
| 1916 | of conditions: |
1939 | * IRQs, handled by the system itself, are reserved by the system |
| 1917 | * beginning address more than end address; |
1940 | (thread 1) at booting. |
| 1918 | * indicated range contains incorrect number of a port |
1941 | * When a thread terminates, all reserved by it IRQs |
| 1919 | (correct - from 0 up to 0xFFFF); |
1942 | are freed automatically. |
| - | 1943 | ||
| 1920 | * limitation on a total number of the reserved areas - |
1944 | ====================================================================== |
| 1921 | is exceeded the maximal 255 is admitted; |
1945 | ====== Function 46 - reserve/free a group of input/output ports. ===== |
| - | 1946 | ====================================================================== |
|
| - | 1947 | To work with reserved ports an application can access directly by |
|
| - | 1948 | commands in/out (recommended way) and can use function 43 |
|
| - | 1949 | (not recommended way). |
|
| - | 1950 | Parameters: |
|
| - | 1951 | * eax = 46 - function number |
|
| - | 1952 | * ebx = 0 - reserve, 1 - free |
|
| - | 1953 | * ecx = start port number |
|
| - | 1954 | * edx = end port number (inclusive) |
|
| - | 1955 | Returned value: |
|
| - | 1956 | * eax = 0 - success |
|
| - | 1957 | * eax = 1 - error |
|
| - | 1958 | Remarks: |
|
| - | 1959 | * For ports reservation: an error occurs if and only if |
|
| - | 1960 | one from the following condition satisfies: |
|
| - | 1961 | * start port is more than end port; |
|
| - | 1962 | * the selected range contains incorrect port number |
|
| - | 1963 | (correct are from 0 to 0xFFFF); |
|
| - | 1964 | * limit for the total number of reserved areas is exceeded |
|
| - | 1965 | (maximum 255 are allowed); |
|
| - | 1966 | * the selected range intersects with any of earlier reserved |
|
| - | 1967 | * For ports free: an error is an attempt to free range, |
|
| - | 1968 | that was not earlier reserved by this function |
|
| 1922 | * indicated range is intersected with one of earlier reserved |
1969 | (with same ecx,edx). |
| 1923 | * In case of release of ports the error considers attempt of release of |
1970 | * If an error occurs (for both cases) function performs no action. |
| 1924 | a range, which was not wholly reserved by same function (with the same |
1971 | * At booting the system reserves for itself ports 0..0xff, and if |
| 1925 | values ecx, edx) earlier. |
1972 | COM-mouse is detected - additionally range of COM-ports |
| 1926 | * At detection of an error (in both cases) any operations is not does. |
1973 | 0x3f0..0x3ff and/or 0x2f0..0x2ff. |
| 1927 | * At loading the system reserved behind itself ports 0.. 0xff, and at |
1974 | * When a thread terminates, all reserved by it ports |
| 1928 | detection of COM-mouse - in addition range of COM-ports 0x3f0.. 0x3ff |
1975 | are freed automatically. |
| 1929 | and/or 0x2f0.. 0x2ff. |
1976 | |
| 1930 | * At completion thread all ports, reserved by it are automatically free. |
1977 | ====================================================================== |
| 1931 | 1978 | ============= Function 47 - draw a number in the window. ============= |
|
| 1932 | ====================================================================== |
1979 | ====================================================================== |
| 1933 | ============== Function 47 - draw number in window. ================== |
1980 | Parameters: |
| 1934 | ====================================================================== |
1981 | * eax = 47 - function number |
| 1935 | Parameters: |
1982 | * ebx = parameters of conversion number to text: |
| 1936 | * eax = 47 - number of the function |
1983 | * bl = 0 - ecx contains number |
| 1937 | * ebx = parameters of conversion of number in the text: |
1984 | * bl = 1 - ecx contains pointer to dword-number |
| 1938 | * bl = 0 - ecx contains number |
1985 | * bh = 0 - display in decimal number system |
| 1939 | * bl = 1 - ecx contains the pointer on dword-number |
1986 | * bh = 1 - display in hexadecimal system |
| 1940 | * bh = 0 - to display in a decimal number system |
1987 | * bh = 2 - display in binary system |
| 1941 | * bh = 1 - to display in the hexadecimal system |
1988 | * áèòû 16-21 = how many digits to display |
| 1942 | * bh = 2 - to display in the binary system |
1989 | * áèòû 22-31 reserved and must be set to 0 |
| 1943 | * Bits 16-21 = how many digits to display |
1990 | * ecx = number (if bl=0) or pointer (if bl=1) |
| 1944 | * The bits 22-31 are reserved and should be installed in 0 |
1991 | * edx = [coordinate on axis x]*65536 + [coordinate on axis y] |
| 1945 | * ecx = number (at bl=0) or pointer (at bl=1) |
1992 | * esi = 0xN0RRGGBB, RRGGBB=color, N=font (0/1) |
| 1946 | * edx = [coordinate on axis x]*65536 + [coordinate on axis y] |
1993 | Returned value: |
| 1947 | * esi = 0xN0RRGGBB, RRGGBB=colour, N=font (0/1) |
1994 | * function does not return value |
| 1948 | Returned value: |
1995 | Remarks: |
| 1949 | * function does not return value |
1996 | * The given length must not exceed 60. |
| 1950 | Remarks: |
1997 | * The exactly given amount of digits is output. If number is small |
| 1951 | * Indicated length should not exceed 60. |
1998 | and can be written by smaller amount of digits, it is supplemented |
| 1952 | * The equally indicated amount of digits is output. If the number a little |
1999 | by leading zeroes; if the number is big and can not be written by |
| 1953 | also can be written by smaller amount of digits, it is supplemented by |
2000 | given amount of digits, extra digits are not drawn. |
| 1954 | leading zeroes; if the number is great and can not be written by such |
2001 | * Parameters of fonts are shown in the description of function 4 |
| 1955 | amount of digits, the "superfluous" carrying on digits are not draw. |
2002 | (text output). |
| 1956 | * Parameters of fonts are indicated in the description of the function 4 |
2003 | |
| 1957 | (output of the text). |
2004 | ====================================================================== |
| 1958 | 2005 | ========= Function 48, subfunction 0 - apply screen settings. ======== |
|
| 1959 | ====================================================================== |
2006 | ====================================================================== |
| 1960 | ===== Function 48, subfunction 0 - apply adjustments of screen. ====== |
2007 | Parameters: |
| 1961 | ====================================================================== |
2008 | * eax = 48 - function number |
| 1962 | Parameters: |
2009 | * ebx = 0 - subfunction number |
| 1963 | * eax = 48 - number of the function |
2010 | * ecx = 0 - reserved |
| 1964 | * ebx = 0 - number subfunction |
2011 | Returned value: |
| 1965 | * ecx = 0 - reserved |
2012 | * function does not return value |
| 1966 | Returned value: |
2013 | Remarks: |
| 1967 | * function does not return value |
2014 | * Function redraws the screen after parameters change by |
| Line 1968... | Line 2015... | ||
| 1968 | Remarks: |
2015 | subfunctions 1 and 2. |
| 1969 | * Function redraw the screen after change of parameters |
2016 | * Function call without prior call to one of indicated subfunctions |
| 1970 | subfunctions 1 and 2. |
2017 | is ignored. |
| 1971 | * Function call without prior calls indicated subfunctions is ignored. |
2018 | * Function call with nonzero ecx is ignored. |
| 1972 | * Function call with non-zero ecx is ignored. |
2019 | |
| 1973 | 2020 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 1974 | ====================================================================== |
2021 | =========== Function 48, subfunction 1 - set button style. =========== |
| 1975 | ======= Function 48, subfunction 1 - install style of buttons. ======= |
2022 | ====================================================================== |
| 1976 | ====================================================================== |
2023 | Parameters: |
| 1977 | Parameters: |
2024 | * eax = 48 - function number |
| 1978 | * eax = 48 - number of the function |
2025 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
| 1979 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
2026 | * ecx = button style: |
| 1980 | * ecx = type of buttons: |
2027 | * 0 = flat |
| 1981 | * 0 = flat buttons |
2028 | * 1 = 3d |
| 1982 | * 1 = 3d buttons |
2029 | Returned value: |
| 1983 | Returned value: |
2030 | * function does not return value |
| 1984 | * function does not return value |
2031 | Remarks: |
| 1985 | Remarks: |
2032 | * After call to this function one should redraw the screen by |
| - | 2033 | subfunction 0. |
|
| 1986 | * After call of the described function follows redraw |
2034 | * Button style influences only to their draw of function 8. |
| 1987 | the screen subfunction 0. |
2035 | |
| 1988 | * Type of buttons influences only their plotting by the function 8. |
- | |
| Line 1989... | Line 2036... | ||
| 1989 | 2036 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 1990 | ======================================================================== |
2037 | ====== Function 48, subfunction 2 - set standard window colors. ====== |
| 1991 | == Function 48, subfunction 2 - install standard colours of windows. === |
2038 | ====================================================================== |
| 1992 | ======================================================================== |
2039 | Parameters: |
| 1993 | Parameters: |
2040 | * eax = 48 - function number |
| 1994 | * eax = 48 - number of the function |
2041 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
| 1995 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
2042 | * ecx = pointer to the color table |
| 1996 | * ecx = pointer on the color table |
2043 | * edx = size of the color table |
| 1997 | * edx = size of the color table |
2044 | (must be 40 bytes for future compatibility) |
| 1998 | (should be 40 bytes for the future compatibility) |
2045 | Format of the color table is shown in description of subfunction 3. |
| 1999 | Format of the color table is indicated in the description subfunction 3. |
2046 | Returned value: |
| 2000 | Returned value: |
2047 | * function does not return value |
| 2001 | * function does not return value |
2048 | Remarks: |
| 2002 | Remarks: |
2049 | * After call to this function one should redraw the screen by |
| 2003 | * After call of the described function follows redraw |
2050 | subfunction 0. |
| 2004 | the screen subfunction 0. |
2051 | * Table of standard colors influences only to applications, |
| 2005 | * Table of standard colours influences only the applications, which receive |
2052 | which receive this table obviously (by subfunction 3) |
| 2006 | this table by an obvious way (subfunction 3) and use (specifying colours |
2053 | and use it (specifying colors from it to drawing functions). |
| 2007 | from it by calls of functions of drawing). |
2054 | * Table of standard colors is included in skin and is installed |
| 2008 | * Table of standard colours enters in skin and is installed anew |
2055 | anew with skin installation (by subfunction 8). |
| 2009 | at installation skin (subfunction 8). |
2056 | * Color table can be viewed/changed interactively with |
| 2010 | * Color table can be viewed/changed online with the help of |
2057 | the application 'desktop'. |
| - | 2058 | ||
| - | 2059 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 2011 | the application desktop. |
2060 | ====== Function 48, subfunction 3 - get standard window colors. ====== |
| 2012 | 2061 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 2013 | ====================================================================== |
2062 | Parameters: |
| 2014 | === Function 48, subfunction 3 - get standard colours of windows. ==== |
2063 | * eax = 48 - function number |
| 2015 | ====================================================================== |
2064 | * ebx = 3 - subfunction number |
| Line 2016... | Line 2065... | ||
| 2016 | Parameters: |
2065 | * ecx = pointer to the buffer with size edx bytes, |
| 2017 | * eax = 48 - number of the function |
2066 | where table will be written |
| 2018 | * ebx = 3 - number subfunction |
- | |
| 2019 | * ecx = pointer on the buffer the size edx byte, where will write the table |
2067 | * edx = size of color table |
| 2020 | * edx = size of the color table |
2068 | (must be 40 bytes for future compatibility) |
| 2021 | (should be 40 bytes for the future compatibility) |
2069 | Returned value: |
| 2022 | Returned value: |
2070 | * function does not return value |
| 2023 | * function does not return value |
2071 | Format of the color table: |
| 2024 | Format of the color table: each unit - |
2072 | each item is dword-value for color 0x00RRGGBB |
| 2025 | dword-value of colour 0x00RRGGBB |
2073 | * +0: dword: frames - color of frame |
| 2026 | * +0: dword: frames - colour of frame |
2074 | * +4: dword: grab - color of header |
| 2027 | * +4: dword: grab - colour of header |
2075 | * +8: dword: grab_button - color of button on header bar |
| 2028 | * +8: dword: grab_button - colour of the button on a bar of header |
2076 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: grab_button_text - color of text on button |
| 2029 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: grab_button_text - colour of the text on the button |
2077 | on header bar |
| 2030 | on a bar of header |
2078 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: grab_text - color of text on header |
| 2031 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: grab_text - colour of the text on header |
2079 | * +20 = +0x14: dword: work - color of working area |
| 2032 | * +20 = +0x14: dword: work - colour of a working area |
2080 | * +24 = +0x18: dword: work_button - color of button in working area |
| 2033 | * +24 = +0x18: dword: work_button - colour of the button in a working area |
2081 | * +28 = +0x1C: dword: work_button_text - color of text on button |
| Line 2034... | Line 2082... | ||
| 2034 | * +28 = +0x1C: dword: work_button_text - colour of the text on the button |
2082 | in working area |
| 2035 | in a working area |
2083 | * +32 = +0x20: dword: work_text - color of text in working area |
| 2036 | * +32 = +0x20: dword: work_text - colour of the text in a working area |
2084 | * +36 = +0x24: dword: work_graph - color of graphics in working area |
| 2037 | * +36 = +0x24: dword: work_graph - colour of a graphics in a working area |
2085 | Remarks: |
| 2038 | Remarks: |
2086 | * Structure of the color table is described in the standard |
| 2039 | * structure of the color table is described in the standard included file |
2087 | include file 'macros.inc' as 'system_colors'; for example, |
| 2040 | macros.inc under the name system_colors; for example, it is possible |
2088 | it is possible to write: |
| 2041 | to write: |
2089 | sc system_colors ; variable declaration |
| 2042 | sc system_colors ; declaration of a variable |
2090 | ... ; somewhere one must call |
| 2043 | ... ; where it is necessary to call |
2091 | ; this function with ecx=sc |
| 2044 | ; described function with ecx=sc |
2092 | mov ecx, [sc.work_button_text] ; read text color on |
| - | 2093 | ; buttin in working area |
|
| 2045 | mov ecx, [sc.work_button_text] ; read colour of the text |
2094 | * A program itself desides to use or not to use color table. |
| 2046 | ; on the button in a working area |
2095 | For usage program must simply at calls to drawing functions select |
| 2047 | * Usage/non-use of these colours - business is exclusively of the program. |
2096 | color taken from the table. |
| 2048 | For usage it is necessary simply at call of functions of drawing to |
2097 | * At change of the table of standard colors (by subfunction 2 with |
| 2049 | specify colour, taken from this table. |
2098 | the subsequent application of changes by subfunction 0 or |
| - | 2099 | at skin set by subfunction 8) the system sends to all windows |
|
| 2050 | * At change of the table of standard colours (subfunction 2 with the |
2100 | redraw message (the event with code 1). |
| 2051 | subsequent application of changes subfunction 0 or at installation skin |
2101 | * Color table can be viewed/changed interactively with |
| Line 2052... | Line 2102... | ||
| 2052 | subfunction 8) all windows the message on necessity redraw (event with |
2102 | the application 'desktop'. |
| 2053 | the code 1) is dispatched. |
2103 | |
| 2054 | * Color table can be viewed/changed online with the help of |
2104 | ====================================================================== |
| 2055 | the application desktop. |
2105 | ============ Function 48, subfunction 4 - get skin height. =========== |
| - | 2106 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 2056 | 2107 | Parameters: |
|
| 2057 | ====================================================================== |
2108 | * eax = 48 - function number |
| 2058 | ========== Function 48, subfunction 4 - get height of skin. ========== |
2109 | * ebx = 4 - subfunction number |
| 2059 | ====================================================================== |
2110 | Returned value: |
| 2060 | Parameters: |
2111 | * eax = skin height |
| 2061 | * eax = 48 - number of the function |
2112 | Remarks: |
| 2062 | * ebx = 4 - number subfunction |
2113 | * Skin height is defined as the height of a header |
| - | 2114 | of skinned windows. |
|
| 2063 | Returned value: |
2115 | * See also general structure of window in the description |
| 2064 | * eax = height of skin |
2116 | of function 0. |
| 2065 | Remarks: |
2117 | |
| 2066 | * Height skin on definition considers height of header |
2118 | ====================================================================== |
| 2067 | of windows using skin. |
2119 | ======== Function 48, subfunction 5 - get screen working area. ======= |
| 2068 | * See also common structure of the window in the description |
2120 | ====================================================================== |
| 2069 | of the function 0. |
2121 | Parameters: |
| 2070 | 2122 | * eax = 48 - function number |
|
| Line 2071... | Line 2123... | ||
| 2071 | ====================================================================== |
2123 | * ebx = 5 - subfunction number |
| 2072 | ==== Function 48, subfunction 5 - get working area of the screen. ==== |
2124 | Returned value: |
| 2073 | ====================================================================== |
2125 | * eax = [left]*65536 + [right] |
| 2074 | Parameters: |
2126 | * ebx = [top]*65536 + [bottom] |
| 2075 | * eax = 48 - number of the function |
2127 | Remarks: |
| 2076 | * ebx = 5 - number subfunction |
2128 | * The screen working area defines position and coordinates of |
| 2077 | Returned value: |
2129 | a maximized window. |
| - | 2130 | * The screen working area in view of normal work is all screen |
|
| Line 2078... | Line 2131... | ||
| 2078 | * eax = [left]*65536 + [right] |
2131 | without system panel (the application '@panel'). |
| 2079 | * ebx = [top]*65536 + [bottom] |
2132 | * (left,top) are coordinates of the left upper corner, |
| 2080 | Remarks: |
2133 | (right,bottom) are coordinates of the right lower one. |
| 2081 | * Working area of the screen defines a location and coordinates |
2134 | Thus the size of working area on x axis can be calculated by |
| 2082 | of the maximized window. |
2135 | formula right-left+1, on y axis - by formula bottom-right+1. |
| 2083 | * Working area of the screen by normal operation is all screen |
2136 | * See also function 14, |
| 2084 | minus the panel (@panel). |
2137 | to get sizes of all screen. |
| Line 2085... | Line 2138... | ||
| 2085 | * (left,top) - coordinates of the left upper corner, |
2138 | * There is a pair function to set working area - subfunction 6. |
| 2086 | (right,bottom) - coordinates of the right lower corner. |
2139 | |
| 2087 | Thus, the size of a working area on an axis x is defined by |
2140 | ====================================================================== |
| 2088 | the formula right-left+1, on an axis y - formula bottom-right+1. |
2141 | ======== Function 48, subfunction 6 - set screen working area. ======= |
| 2089 | * See also function 14, permitting to define sizes of all screen. |
2142 | ====================================================================== |
| 2090 | * There is a pair function of installation of a working area - |
2143 | Parameters: |
| 2091 | subfunction 6. |
2144 | * eax = 48 - function number |
| 2092 | 2145 | * ebx = 6 - subfunction number |
|
| 2093 | ====================================================================== |
2146 | * ecx = [left]*65536 + [right] |
| 2094 | === Function 48, subfunction 6 - install a working area of screen. === |
2147 | * edx = [top]*65536 + [bottom] |
| 2095 | ====================================================================== |
2148 | Returned value: |
| - | 2149 | * function does not return value |
|
| 2096 | Parameters: |
2150 | Remarks: |
| 2097 | * eax = 48 - number of the function |
2151 | * The screen working area defines position and coordinates of |
| 2098 | * ebx = 6 - number subfunction |
2152 | a maximized window. |
| 2099 | * ecx = [left]*65536 + [right] |
2153 | * This function is used only by the application '@panel', |
| - | 2154 | which set working area to all screen without system panel. |
|
| 2100 | * edx = [top]*65536 + [bottom] |
2155 | * (left,top) are coordinates of the left upper corner, |
| 2101 | Returned value: |
2156 | (right,bottom) are coordinates of the right lower one. |
| 2102 | * function does not return value |
2157 | Thus the size of working area on x axis can be calculated by |
| 2103 | Remarks: |
2158 | formula right-left+1, on y axis - by formula bottom-right+1. |
| 2104 | * Working area of the screen defines a location and coordinates |
2159 | * If 'left'>='right', x-coordinate of working area is not changed. |
| 2105 | of the maximized window. |
2160 | If 'left'<0, 'left' will not be set. If 'right' is greater than or |
| 2106 | * This function is used only by application @panel, installing by |
2161 | equal to screen width, 'right' will not be set. |
| 2107 | a working area all screen minus the panel. |
2162 | Similarly on y axis. |
| 2108 | * (left,top) - coordinates of the left upper corner, |
2163 | * See also function 14, |
| 2109 | (right,bottom) - coordinates of the right lower corner. |
2164 | to get sizes of all screen. |
| 2110 | Thus, the size of a working area on an axis x is defined by |
2165 | * There is a pair function to get working area - subfunction 5. |
| Line 2111... | Line 2166... | ||
| 2111 | the formula right-left+1, on an axis y - formula bottom-right+1. |
2166 | * This function redraws the screen automatically, |
| 2112 | * If left > =right, the x-coordinates of a working area do not vary. |
2167 | updating coordinates and sizes of maximized windows. |
| 2113 | If left < 0, left is not installed. If right it is more or equally |
2168 | The system sends to all windows redraw message (the event 1). |
| 2114 | width of the screen, right is not installed. Similarly on an axis y. |
2169 | |
| 2115 | * See also function 14, permitting to define sizes of all screen. |
2170 | ====================================================================== |
| 2116 | * There is a pair function of get of a working area - subfunction 5. |
2171 | =========== Function 48, subfunction 7 - get skin margins. =========== |
| 2117 | * This function automatically redraw the screen, on a course of business |
2172 | ====================================================================== |
| 2118 | updates coordinates and rule(situation) of the maximized windows. |
2173 | Returns the area of a header of a skinned window, intended for |
| 2119 | All windows are informed on necessity redraw (event 1). |
2174 | a text of a header. |
| 2120 | 2175 | Parameters: |
|
| 2121 | ====================================================================== |
2176 | * eax = 48 - function number |
| - | 2177 | * ebx = 7 - subfunction number |
|
| Line 2122... | Line 2178... | ||
| 2122 | ====================== Function 48, subfunction 7 ==================== |
2178 | Returned value: |
| 2123 | ================= Get skin area for the text of header. ============== |
2179 | * eax = [left]*65536 + [right] |
| 2124 | ====================================================================== |
2180 | * ebx = [top]*65536 + [bottom] |
| 2125 | Returns title bar of the window with skin, intended for output of the |
2181 | Remarks: |
| 2126 | text of header. |
2182 | * An application decides itself to use or not to use this function. |
| 2127 | Parameters: |
2183 | * It is recommended to take into account returned value |
| 2128 | * eax = 48 - number of the function |
2184 | of this function for choice of a place for drawing header text |
| 2129 | * ebx = 7 - number subfunction |
2185 | (by function 4) or a substitute of header text |
| 2130 | Returned value: |
2186 | (at the discretion of an application). |
| 2131 | * eax = [left]*65536 + [right] |
2187 | |
| 2132 | * ebx = [top]*65536 + [bottom] |
2188 | ====================================================================== |
| 2133 | Remarks: |
2189 | ============= Function 48, subfunction 8 - set used skin. ============ |
| - | 2190 | ====================================================================== |
|
| Line 2134... | Line 2191... | ||
| 2134 | * Usage/non-use of this function - personal business of the application. |
2191 | Parameters: |
| 2135 | * It is recommended to take into account values returned by this function, |
2192 | * eax = 48 - function number |
| 2136 | at choice of a place for drawing the text of header (function 4) or any |
2193 | * ebx = 8 - subfunction number |
| 2137 | of a substitute of the text of header (at the discretion of the |
2194 | * ecx = pointer to a block for function 58, in |
| 2138 | application). |
2195 | which the fields of intermediate buffer and file name are filled |
| 2139 | 2196 | Returned value: |
|
| 2140 | ====================================================================== |
2197 | * eax = 0 - success |
| 2141 | ===== Function 48, subfunction 8 - install used skin of windows. ===== |
2198 | * otherwise eax = file system error code; if file does not |
| 2142 | ====================================================================== |
2199 | contain valid skin, function returns error 3 |
| 2143 | Parameters: |
2200 | (unknown file system). |
| Line 2144... | Line 2201... | ||
| 2144 | * eax = 48 - number of the function |
2201 | Remarks: |
| 2145 | * ebx = 8 - number subfunction |
2202 | * After successful skin loading the system sends to all windows |
| 2146 | * ecx = pointer on the block for the function 58, in which the field of |
2203 | redraw message (the event 1). |
| 2147 | the intermediate buffer is placed(installed) and the filename is indicated |
2204 | * At booting the system reads skin from file 'default.skn' |
| 2148 | Returned value: |
2205 | on ramdisk. |
| 2149 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
2206 | * User can change the skin statically by creating hisself |
| 2150 | * differently eax = an error code of a file system; if the file does |
2207 | 'default.skn' or dynamically with the application 'desktop'. |
| 2151 | not set skin, comes back error 3 (unknown file system). |
2208 | |
| 2152 | Remarks: |
2209 | ====================================================================== |
| 2153 | * At successful loading skin all windows are informed on necessity |
2210 | =========== Function 49 - Advanced Power Management (APM). =========== |
| 2154 | redraw (event 1). |
2211 | ====================================================================== |
| 2155 | * At loading the system reads out skin from the file default.skn on ramdisk. |
2212 | Parameters: |
| 2156 | * User can change skin statically, having created default.skn, |
2213 | * eax = 49 - function number |
| 2157 | or dynamically with the help of the application desktop. |
2214 | * dx = number of the APM function |
| 2158 | 2215 | (analogue of ax in APM specification) |
|
| 2159 | ====================================================================== |
2216 | * bx, cx = parameters of the APM function |
| 2160 | ============ Function 49 - Advanced Power Management (APM). =========== |
2217 | Returned value: |
| 2161 | ====================================================================== |
2218 | * 16-bit registers ax, bx, cx, dx, si, di and carry flag CF |
| 2162 | Parameters: |
2219 | are set according to the APM specification |
| Line 2163... | Line 2220... | ||
| 2163 | * eax = 49 - number of the function |
2220 | * high halves of 32-bit registers eax, ebx, ecx, |
| 2164 | * dx = number of the function APM (clone ax in the specification) |
2221 | edx, esi, edi are destroyed |
| 2165 | * bx, cx = parameters of the function APM |
2222 | Remarks: |
| 2166 | Returned value: |
2223 | * APM 1.2 specification is described in the document |
| 2167 | * 16-bit registers ax, bx, cx, dx, si, di and flag CF are installed |
2224 | "Advanced Power Management (APM) BIOS Specification" |
| 2168 | according to the specification APM |
2225 | (Revision 1.2), available at |
| 2169 | * high halves of 32-bit registers eax, ebx, ecx, edx, esi, edi fail |
2226 | http://www.microsoft.com/whdc/archive/amp_12.mspx; |
| 2170 | Remarks: |
2227 | besides it is included in famous Interrupt List by Ralf Brown |
| 2171 | * Specification APM 1.2 is described in document |
2228 | (http://www.pobox.com/~ralf/files.html, |
| 2172 | "Advanced Power Management (APM) BIOS Specification " |
2229 | ftp://ftp.cs.cmu.edu/afs/cs/user/ralf/pub/). |
| 2173 | (Revision 1.2), accessible on |
2230 | |
| 2174 | http://www.microsoft.com/whdc/archive/amp_12.mspx; |
2231 | ====================================================================== |
| Line 2175... | Line 2232... | ||
| 2175 | besides it is included in known Interrupt List by Ralf Brown |
2232 | =================== Function 50 - set window shape. ================== |
| 2176 | (http://www.pobox.com/~ralf/files.html, |
2233 | ====================================================================== |
| 2177 | ftp://ftp.cs.cmu.edu/afs/cs/user/ralf/pub/). |
2234 | Normal windows have rectangular shape. This function can give to |
| 2178 | 2235 | a window any shape. The shape is given by a set of points inside |
|
| 2179 | ====================================================================== |
2236 | the base rectangle belonging to a window. Position and coordinates |
| 2180 | =========== Function 50 - installation of form of window. ============ |
2237 | of the base rectangle are set by function 0 |
| 2181 | ====================================================================== |
2238 | and changed by function 67. |
| 2182 | The usual windows represent rectangles. With the help of this function the |
2239 | |
| 2183 | window can add the arbitrary form. The form sets by a set of points inside |
2240 | --------------------------- Set shape data --------------------------- |
| 2184 | a framing rectangle concerning to the window. Location and the sizes of |
2241 | Parameters: |
| 2185 | a framing rectangle are set by the function 0 and vary with the function 67. |
2242 | * eax = 50 - function number |
| 2186 | 2243 | * ebx = 0 - subfunction number |
|
| 2187 | ----------- Installation of data with information on form ------------ |
2244 | * ecx = pointer to shape data (array of bytes 0/1) |
| - | 2245 | Returned value: |
|
| 2188 | Parameters: |
2246 | * function does not return value |
| 2189 | * eax = 50 - number of the function |
2247 | |
| Line 2190... | Line 2248... | ||
| 2190 | * ebx = 0 - number subfunction |
2248 | -------------------------- Set shape scale --------------------------- |
| 2191 | * ecx = pointer on the given forms (array byte 0/1) |
- | |
| 2192 | Returned value: |
2249 | Parameters: |
| 2193 | * function does not return value |
2250 | * eax = 50 - function number |
| 2194 | 2251 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
|
| 2195 | ---------------- Installation of a scale of given form --------------- |
2252 | * ecx sets a scale: each byte of data defines |
| 2196 | Parameters: |
2253 | (2^scale)*(2^scale) pixels |
| 2197 | * eax = 50 - number of the function |
2254 | Returned value: |
| 2198 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
2255 | * function does not return value |
| 2199 | * ecx sets a scale: each byte of the data defines |
2256 | Remarks: |
| 2200 | (2^scale) * (2^scale) of pixels |
2257 | * Default scale is 0 (scale factor is 1). If in the shape data |
| 2201 | Returned value: |
2258 | one byte corresponds to one pixel, there is no necessity |
| 2202 | * function does not return value |
2259 | to set scale. |
| 2203 | Remarks: |
2260 | * Let's designate xsize = window width (in pixels), ysize = height; |
| - | 2261 | pay attention, that they are one pixel more than defined by |
|
| Line 2204... | Line 2262... | ||
| 2204 | * Scale is by default equal 0 (scaling factor 1). If in the given form |
2262 | functions 0, 67. |
| 2205 | of one byte corresponds to one pixel, the scale is possible to not install. |
2263 | * On definition of scale xsize and ysize must be divisible |
| 2206 | * Let's designate xsize = width of the window (in pixels), ysize = height; |
2264 | on 2^scale. |
| 2207 | pay attention, that they on unit are more, than installed by |
2265 | * Byte of data on offset 'a' must be 0/1 and defines belonging |
| 2208 | functions 0, 67. |
2266 | to a window of square with the side 2^scale (if scale=0, |
| 2209 | * On definition of a scale xsize and ysize should be divided on 2^scale. |
2267 | this is one pixel) and coordinates of the left upper corner |
| 2210 | * Byte of the data on offset a should be 0/1 and defines an accessory to |
2268 | (a mod (xsize shr scale), a div (xsize shr scale)) |
| 2211 | the window of a square with the side 2^scale (at scale=0 we receive |
2269 | * Data size: (xsize shr scale)*(ysize shr scale). |
| Line 2212... | Line 2270... | ||
| 2212 | a pixel) and coordinates of the left upper corner |
2270 | * Data must be presented in the memory and not change |
| 2213 | (a mod (xsize shr scale), a div (xsize shr scale)) |
2271 | after set of shape. |
| 2214 | * Size of the data: (xsize shr scale)*(ysize shr scale). |
2272 | * The system views the shape data at every window redraw by |
| 2215 | * Data should be present at memory and not vary after installation |
2273 | function 0. |
| 2216 | of the form. |
2274 | * The call of subfunction 0 with NULL pointer results in return |
| 2217 | * System views the data on the form at everyone redraw of the window |
2275 | to the rectangular shape. |
| 2218 | by the function 0. |
2276 | |
| 2219 | * Call subfunction 0 with the zero pointer results in return to the |
2277 | ====================================================================== |
| Line 2220... | Line 2278... | ||
| 2220 | rectangular form. |
2278 | ==================== Function 51 - create thread. ==================== |
| 2221 | 2279 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 2222 | ====================================================================== |
2280 | Parameters: |
| 2223 | ==================== Function 51 - create thread. ==================== |
2281 | * eax = 51 - function number |
| 2224 | ====================================================================== |
2282 | * ebx = 1 - unique subfunction |
| 2225 | Parameters: |
2283 | * ecx = address of thread entry point (starting eip) |
| 2226 | * eax = 51 - number of the function |
2284 | * edx = pointer to thread stack (starting esp) |
| 2227 | * ebx = 1 - sole subfunction |
2285 | Returned value: |
| 2228 | * ecx = address of an entry point thread (begin eip) |
2286 | * eax = -1 - error (there is too many threads) |
| 2229 | * edx = pointer of the stack thread (begin esp) |
2287 | * otherwise eax = TID - thread identifier |
| Line 2230... | Line 2288... | ||
| 2230 | Returned value: |
2288 | |
| 2231 | * eax = -1 - error (In the system it is too much threads) |
2289 | |
| 2232 | * differently eax = TID - identifier thread |
2290 | ====================================================================== |
| 2233 | 2291 | === Function 52, subfunction 0 - get network driver configuration. === |
|
| 2234 | ====================================================================== |
2292 | ====================================================================== |
| 2235 | == Function 52, subfunction 0 - get configuration of network driver. = |
2293 | Parameters: |
| 2236 | ====================================================================== |
2294 | * eax = 52 - function number |
| 2237 | Parameters: |
2295 | * ebx = 0 - subfunction number |
| 2238 | * eax = 52 - number of the function |
2296 | Returned value: |
| 2239 | * ebx = 0 - number subfunction |
2297 | * eax = configuration dword |
| Line 2240... | Line 2298... | ||
| 2240 | Returned value: |
2298 | Remarks: |
| 2241 | * eax = double word of the configuration |
2299 | * Configuration dword can be set by subfunction 2. |
| 2242 | Remarks: |
2300 | * The kernel does not use this variable. The value of this |
| 2243 | * Word of the configuration can be installed subfunction 2. |
2301 | variable and working with it subfunctions 0 and 2 is represented |
| 2244 | * Kernel does not use an appropriate variable. The value of this variable |
2302 | doubtful. |
| 2245 | and working with it(her) subfunctions 0 and 2 is represented doubtful. |
2303 | |
| 2246 | 2304 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 2247 | ====================================================================== |
2305 | ========= Function 52, subfunction 1 - get local IP-address. ========= |
| Line 2248... | Line 2306... | ||
| 2248 | ========= Function 52, subfunction 1 - get local IP address. ========= |
2306 | ====================================================================== |
| 2249 | ====================================================================== |
2307 | Parameters: |
| 2250 | Parameters: |
2308 | * eax = 52 - function number |
| 2251 | * eax = 52 - number of the function |
2309 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
| 2252 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
2310 | Returned value: |
| 2253 | Returned value: |
2311 | * eax = IP-address (4 bytes) |
| 2254 | * eax = IP-address (4 bytes) |
2312 | Remarks: |
| 2255 | Remarks: |
2313 | * Local IP-address is set by subfunction 3. |
| 2256 | * Local IP-address is installed subfunction 3. |
2314 | |
| 2257 | 2315 | ====================================================================== |
|
| Line 2258... | Line 2316... | ||
| 2258 | ====================================================================== |
2316 | === Function 52, subfunction 2 - set network driver configuration. === |
| 2259 | Function 52, subfunction 2 - install configuration of network driver. |
2317 | ====================================================================== |
| 2260 | ====================================================================== |
2318 | Parameters: |
| 2261 | Parameters: |
2319 | * eax = 52 - function number |
| 2262 | * eax = 52 - number of the function |
2320 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
| 2263 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
2321 | * ecx = configuration dword; if low 7 bits derivate the number 3, |
| 2264 | * ecx = Double word of the configuration; if the low 7 bits will derivate |
2322 | function [re-]initializes Ethernet-card, otherwise |
| 2265 | number 3, it is perceived as call about reinitialization |
2323 | Ethernet turns off |
| 2266 | of a Ethernet-map, otherwise Ethernet is switched off |
2324 | Returned value: |
| 2267 | Returned value: |
2325 | * if Ethernet-interface is not requested, function returns eax=2, |
| 2268 | * if not the Ethernet-interface is requested, comes back eax=2, |
2326 | but this can be changed in future kernel versions |
| 2269 | but it can vary in the future versions of a kernel |
2327 | * if Ethernet-interface is requested, eax=0 means error |
| 2270 | * if the Ethernet-interface is requested, eax=0 means an error |
2328 | (absence of Ethernet-card), and nonzero value - success |
| 2271 | (absence of a Ethernet-map), and non-zero value - success |
2329 | Remarks: |
| Line 2272... | Line 2330... | ||
| 2272 | Remarks: |
2330 | * Configuration dword can be read by subfunction 0. |
| 2273 | * Word of the configuration can be read subfunction 0. |
2331 | * The kernel does not use this variable. The value of this |
| 2274 | * Kernel does not use an appropriate variable. The value of this variable, |
2332 | variable, subfunction 0 and part of subfunction 2, which set it, |
| 2275 | subfunction 0 and part subfunction 2, installing this variable, |
2333 | is represented doubtful. |
| 2276 | is represented doubtful. |
2334 | |
| 2277 | 2335 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 2278 | ====================================================================== |
2336 | ========= Function 52, subfunction 3 - set local IP-address. ========= |
| 2279 | ========= Function 52, subfunction 3 - set local IP-address. ========= |
2337 | ====================================================================== |
| 2280 | ====================================================================== |
2338 | Parameters: |
| 2281 | Parameters: |
2339 | * eax = 52 - function number |
| 2282 | * eax = 52 - number of the function |
2340 | * ebx = 3 - subfunction number |
| 2283 | * ebx = 3 - number subfunction |
2341 | * ecx = IP-address (4 bytes) |
| 2284 | * ecx = IP-address (4 bytes) |
2342 | Returned value: |
| 2285 | Returned value: |
2343 | * the current implementation returns eax=3, but this can be changed |
| 2286 | * Current realization returns eax=3, but it can be changed |
2344 | in future versions |
| - | 2345 | Remarks: |
|
| 2287 | in the future versions |
2346 | * Local IP-address can be get by subfunction 1. |
| 2288 | Remarks: |
2347 | |
| 2289 | * Local IP-address can be received subfunction 1. |
2348 | ====================================================================== |
| Line 2290... | Line 2349... | ||
| 2290 | 2349 | = Function 52, subfunction 6 - add data to the stack of input queue. = |
|
| 2291 | ====================================================================== |
2350 | ====================================================================== |
| 2292 | = Function 52, subfunction 6 - add data in stack of an input queue. == |
2351 | Parameters: |
| 2293 | ====================================================================== |
2352 | * eax = 52 - function number |
| 2294 | Parameters: |
2353 | * ebx = 6 - subfunction number |
| 2295 | * eax = 52 - number of the function |
2354 | * edx = data size |
| 2296 | * ebx = 6 - number subfunction |
2355 | * esi = data pointer |
| 2297 | * edx = size of the data |
2356 | Returned value: |
| 2298 | * esi = pointer on the data |
2357 | * eax = -1 - error |
| 2299 | Returned value: |
2358 | * eax = 0 - success |
| 2300 | * eax = -1 - error |
2359 | Remarks: |
| 2301 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
2360 | * This function is intended only for slow network drivers |
| Line 2302... | Line 2361... | ||
| 2302 | Remarks: |
2361 | (PPP, SLIP). |
| 2303 | * This function is intended only for slow network drivers (PPP, SLIP). |
2362 | * Data size must not exceed 1500 bytes, though function |
| 2304 | * Size of the data should not exceed 1500 bytes, though checks |
2363 | performs no checks on correctness. |
| 2305 | of a correctness is not done(made). |
2364 | |
| 2306 | 2365 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 2307 | ====================================================================== |
2366 | Function 52, subfunction 8 - read data from the network output queue. |
| 2308 | ====================== Function 52, subfunction 8 ==================== |
2367 | ====================================================================== |
| 2309 | ============== Read given from a network output queue. =============== |
2368 | Parameters: |
| 2310 | ====================================================================== |
2369 | * eax = 52 - function number |
| - | 2370 | * ebx = 8 - subfunction number |
|
| 2311 | Parameters: |
2371 | * esi = pointer to 1500-byte buffer |
| 2312 | * eax = 52 - number of the function |
2372 | Returned value: |
| 2313 | * ebx = 8 - number subfunction |
2373 | * eax = number of read bytes (in the current implementation |
| 2314 | * esi = pointer on the buffer by a size of 1500 bytes |
2374 | either 0 = no data or 1500) |
| Line 2315... | Line 2375... | ||
| 2315 | Returned value: |
2375 | * data was copied in buffer |
| 2316 | * eax = Number read byte (in current implementation or |
2376 | Remarks: |
| 2317 | 0 = there are no data, or 1500) |
2377 | * This function is intended only for slow network drivers |
| 2318 | * data are copied in the buffer |
2378 | (PPP, SLIP). |
| 2319 | Remarks: |
2379 | |
| 2320 | * This function is intended only for slow network drivers (PPP, SLIP). |
2380 | ====================================================================== |
| 2321 | 2381 | ============ Function 52, subfunction 9 - get gateway IP. ============ |
|
| 2322 | ====================================================================== |
2382 | ====================================================================== |
| 2323 | =========== Function 52, subfunction 9 - get gateway IP. ========== |
2383 | Parameters: |
| 2324 | ====================================================================== |
2384 | * eax = 52 - function number |
| 2325 | Parameters: |
2385 | * ebx = 9 - subfunction number |
| 2326 | * eax = 52 - number of the function |
2386 | Returned value: |
| 2327 | * ebx = 9 - number subfunction |
2387 | * eax = gateway IP (4 bytes) |
| 2328 | Returned value: |
2388 | |
| 2329 | * eax = gateway IP (4 bytes) |
2389 | ====================================================================== |
| 2330 | 2390 | =========== Function 52, subfunction 10 - get subnet mask. =========== |
|
| 2331 | ====================================================================== |
2391 | ====================================================================== |
| 2332 | ========= Function 52, subfunction 10 - get mask of a subnet. ======== |
2392 | Parameters: |
| 2333 | ====================================================================== |
2393 | * eax = 52 - function number |
| Line 2334... | Line 2394... | ||
| 2334 | Parameters: |
2394 | * ebx = 10 - subfunction number |
| 2335 | * eax = 52 - number of the function |
2395 | Returned value: |
| 2336 | * ebx = 10 - number subfunction |
2396 | * eax = subnet mask |
| 2337 | Returned value: |
2397 | |
| 2338 | * eax = mask of a subnet |
2398 | ====================================================================== |
| 2339 | 2399 | ============ Function 52, subfunction 11 - set gateway IP. =========== |
|
| 2340 | ====================================================================== |
2400 | ====================================================================== |
| 2341 | ========= Function 52, subfunction 11 - install gateway IP. ========= |
2401 | Parameters: |
| 2342 | ====================================================================== |
2402 | * eax = 52 - function number |
| 2343 | Parameters: |
2403 | * ebx = 11 - subfunction number |
| 2344 | * eax = 52 - number of the function |
2404 | * ecx = gateway IP (4 bytes) |
| 2345 | * ebx = 11 - number subfunction |
2405 | Returned value: |
| 2346 | * ecx = gateway IP (4 bytes) |
2406 | * the current implementation returns eax=11, but this can be changed |
| 2347 | Returned value: |
2407 | in future versions |
| - | 2408 | ||
| Line 2348... | Line 2409... | ||
| 2348 | * current realization returns eax=11, but it can be changed in the |
2409 | ====================================================================== |
| 2349 | future realizations |
2410 | =========== Function 52, subfunction 12 - set subnet mask. =========== |
| 2350 | 2411 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 2351 | ====================================================================== |
2412 | Parameters: |
| 2352 | ====== Function 52, subfunction 12 - install mask of a subnet. ======= |
2413 | * eax = 52 - function number |
| 2353 | ====================================================================== |
2414 | * ebx = 12 - subfunction number |
| 2354 | Parameters: |
2415 | * ecx = subnet mask |
| 2355 | * eax = 52 - number of the function |
2416 | Returned value: |
| 2356 | * ebx = 12 - number subfunction |
2417 | * the current implementation returns eax=12, but this can be changed |
| 2357 | * ecx = mask of a subnet |
2418 | in future versions |
| 2358 | Returned value: |
2419 | |
| 2359 | * Current realization returns eax=12, but it can be changed |
2420 | ====================================================================== |
| 2360 | in the future versions |
2421 | ============== Function 52, subfunction 13 - get DNS IP. ============= |
| 2361 | 2422 | ====================================================================== |
|
| Line 2493... | Line 2554... | ||
| 2493 | * TCB_CLOSE_WAIT = 7 |
2554 | * TCB_CLOSE_WAIT = 7 |
| 2494 | * TCB_CLOSING = 8 |
2555 | * TCB_CLOSING = 8 |
| 2495 | * TCB_LAST_ASK = 9 |
2556 | * TCB_LAST_ASK = 9 |
| 2496 | * TCB_TIME_WAIT = 10 |
2557 | * TCB_TIME_WAIT = 10 |
| 2497 | * TCB_CLOSED = 11 |
2558 | * TCB_CLOSED = 11 |
| 2498 | * ebx fail |
2559 | * ebx destroys |
| 2499 | Remarks: |
2560 | Remarks: |
| 2500 | * Checks of a correctness is not made. |
2561 | * There is no checks for correctness. |
| Line 2501... | Line 2562... | ||
| 2501 | 2562 | ||
| 2502 | ====================================================================== |
2563 | ====================================================================== |
| 2503 | ========== Function 53, subfunction 7 - write in TCP-socket. ========= |
2564 | ========== Function 53, subfunction 7 - write to TCP-socket. ========= |
| 2504 | ====================================================================== |
2565 | ====================================================================== |
| 2505 | Parameters: |
2566 | Parameters: |
| 2506 | * eax = 53 - number of the function |
2567 | * eax = 53 - function number |
| 2507 | * ebx = 7 - number subfunction |
2568 | * ebx = 7 - subfunction number |
| 2508 | * ecx = number socket |
2569 | * ecx = socket handle |
| 2509 | * edx = number bytes for writing |
2570 | * edx = number of bytes to write |
| 2510 | * esi = pointer on data for writing |
2571 | * esi = pointer to data to write |
| 2511 | Returned value: |
2572 | Returned value: |
| 2512 | * eax = 0xffffffff - error |
2573 | * eax = 0xffffffff - error |
| 2513 | * eax = 0xffff - lack of memory |
2574 | * eax = 0xffff - not enough memory |
| 2514 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
2575 | * eax = 0 - success |
| 2515 | * ebx fail |
2576 | * ebx destroyed |
| 2516 | Remarks: |
2577 | Remarks: |
| 2517 | * Check on valid number is minimum - are eliminated only not so incorrect |
2578 | * Check on validity of handle is minimal - only not very incorrect |
| 2518 | not open numbers. |
2579 | not opened handles are eliminated. |
| 2519 | * Number bytes for writing can not exceed 1500-40, though appropriate |
2580 | * Number of bytes to write must not exceed 1500-40, though |
| Line 2520... | Line 2581... | ||
| 2520 | check is not done. |
2581 | the appropriate check is not made. |
| 2521 | 2582 | ||
| 2522 | ====================================================================== |
2583 | ====================================================================== |
| 2523 | ============ Function 53, subfunction 8 - close TCP-socket. =========== |
2584 | =========== Function 53, subfunction 8 - close TCP-socket. =========== |
| 2524 | ====================================================================== |
2585 | ====================================================================== |
| 2525 | Parameters: |
2586 | Parameters: |
| 2526 | * eax = 53 - number of the function |
2587 | * eax = 53 - function number |
| 2527 | * ebx = 8 - number subfunction |
2588 | * ebx = 8 - subfunction number |
| 2528 | * ecx = number socket |
2589 | * ecx = socket handle |
| 2529 | Returned value: |
2590 | Returned value: |
| 2530 | * eax = -1 - incorrect number |
2591 | * eax = -1 - invalid handle |
| 2531 | * eax = 0xffff - lack of memory for the package of closing socket |
2592 | * eax = 0xffff - not enough memory for socket close packet |
| 2532 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
2593 | * eax = 0 - success |
| 2533 | * in many cases eax fails (comes back the result of the function queue) - |
2594 | * in many cases eax is destroyed (the result of function 'queue' |
| 2534 | probably , is an error, which will be corrected |
2595 | is returned) - probably this is bug, which will be corrected |
| 2535 | * ebx fail |
2596 | * ebx destroyed |
| 2536 | Remarks: |
2597 | Remarks: |
| 2537 | * The current realization does not close automatically all sockets thread |
2598 | * The current implementation does not close automatically all |
| - | 2599 | sockets of a thread at termination. In particular, one should not |
|
| 2538 | at its completion. In particular, it is not necessary to kill thread |
2600 | kill a thread with many opened sockets - there will be an outflow |
| 2539 | with a heap open sockets - there will be an outflow of resources. |
2601 | of resources. |
| 2540 | * The current realization does not do checks on a correctness |
2602 | * The current implementation does no checks on correctness |
| Line 2541... | Line 2603... | ||
| 2541 | (sole, to what the attempt comes back error, - to close not open socket |
2603 | (function returns error only if thread tries to close not opened |
| 2542 | with correct number). |
2604 | socket with correct handle). |
| 2543 | 2605 | ||
| 2544 | ====================================================================== |
2606 | ====================================================================== |
| 2545 | ======== Function 53, subfunction 9 - check - local port is free ===== |
2607 | === Function 53, subfunction 9 - check whether local port is free. === |
| 2546 | ====================================================================== |
2608 | ====================================================================== |
| 2547 | Parameters: |
2609 | Parameters: |
| 2548 | * eax = 53 - number of the function |
2610 | * eax = 53 - function number |
| 2549 | * ebx = 9 - number subfunction |
2611 | * ebx = 9 - subfunction number |
| 2550 | * ecx = number of a local port (the low 16 bits are used only) |
2612 | * ecx = local port number (low 16 bits are used only) |
| 2551 | Returned value: |
2613 | Returned value: |
| Line 2552... | Line 2614... | ||
| 2552 | * eax = 0 - port is used |
2614 | * eax = 0 - port is used |
| 2553 | * eax = 1 - port is free |
2615 | * eax = 1 - port is free |
| 2554 | * ebx fail |
2616 | * ebx destroyed |
| 2555 | 2617 | ||
| 2556 | ====================================================================== |
2618 | ====================================================================== |
| 2557 | Function 53, subfunction 255 - debug information of network driver. = |
2619 | = Function 53, subfunction 255 - debug information of network driver. |
| 2558 | ====================================================================== |
2620 | ====================================================================== |
| 2559 | Parameters: |
2621 | Parameters: |
| 2560 | * eax = 53 - number of the function |
2622 | * eax = 53 - function number |
| 2561 | * ebx = 255 - number subfunction |
2623 | * ebx = 255 - subfunction number |
| 2562 | * ecx = type of requested information (see below) |
2624 | * ecx = type of requested information (see below) |
| 2563 | Returned value: |
2625 | Returned value: |
| 2564 | * eax = requested information |
2626 | * eax = requested information |
| 2565 | * ebx fail |
2627 | * ebx destroyed |
| 2566 | Possible values ecx: |
2628 | Possible values for ecx: |
| 2567 | * 100: length of queue 0 (empty queue) |
2629 | * 100: length of queue 0 (empty queue) |
| 2568 | * 101: length of queue 1 (ip-out queue) |
2630 | * 101: length of queue 1 (ip-out queue) |
| 2569 | * 102: length of queue 2 (ip-in queue) |
2631 | * 102: length of queue 2 (ip-in queue) |
| 2570 | * 103: length of queue 3 (net1out queue) |
2632 | * 103: length of queue 3 (net1out queue) |
| 2571 | * 200: number of units in the table ARP |
2633 | * 200: number of items in the ARP table |
| 2572 | * 201: a size of the table ARP (in units) (20 in the current version) |
2634 | * 201: size of the ARP table (in items) (20 for current version) |
| 2573 | * 202: read a unit edx of the table ARP in the temporary buffer, |
2635 | * 202: read item at edx of the ARP table to the temporary buffer, |
| 2574 | whence take the information 5 subsequent types; |
2636 | whence 5 following types take information; |
| 2575 | in this case eax is not defined |
2637 | in this case eax is not defined |
| 2576 | * 203: IP-address saved by the type 202 |
2638 | * 203: IP-address saved by type 202 |
| 2577 | * 204: high dword of MAC-address saved by the type 202 |
2639 | * 204: high dword of MAC-address saved by type 202 |
| 2578 | * 205: low word of MAC-address saved by the type 202 |
2640 | * 205: low word of MAC-address saved by type 202 |
| 2579 | * 206: a word of the status saved by the type 202 |
2641 | * 206: status word saved by type 202 |
| 2580 | * 207: a word ttl, saved by the type 202 |
2642 | * 207: ttl word saved by type 202 |
| 2581 | * 2: a total number of the obtained IP-packages |
2643 | * 2: total number of received IP-packets |
| 2582 | * 3: a total number of the transferred(handed) IP-packages |
- | |
| 2583 | * 4: a total number dumps of the obtained packages |
- | |
| Line 2584... | Line 2644... | ||
| 2584 | * 5: a total number of the obtained ARP-packages |
2644 | * 3: total number of transferred IP-packets |
| 2585 | * 6: the status of the driver of packages, 0 = is inactive, |
2645 | * 4: total number of dumped received packets |
| 2586 | non-zero value = is active |
2646 | * 5: total number of received ARP-packets |
| 2587 | 2647 | * 6: status of packet driver, 0=inactive, nonzero=active |
|
| 2588 | 2648 | ||
| 2589 | ====================================================================== |
2649 | ====================================================================== |
| 2590 | ========== Function 55, subfunction 0 - load data for SB16. ========== |
2650 | ========== Function 55, subfunction 0 - load data for SB16. ========== |
| 2591 | ====================================================================== |
2651 | ====================================================================== |
| 2592 | Parameters: |
2652 | Parameters: |
| 2593 | * eax = 55 - number of the function |
2653 | * eax = 55 - function number |
| 2594 | * ebx = 0 - number subfunction |
2654 | * ebx = 0 - subfunction number |
| 2595 | * ecx = pointer on the data (is copied 64 kilobytes, is used so much, |
2655 | * ecx = pointer to data (is copied 64 kilobytes, is used as much as |
| Line 2596... | Line 2656... | ||
| 2596 | how many is installed subfunction 2) |
2656 | set by subfunction 2) |
| 2597 | Returned value: |
2657 | Returned value: |
| 2598 | * function does not return value |
2658 | * function does not return value |
| 2599 | Remarks: |
2659 | Remarks: |
| 2600 | * Format and size of data are installed subfunction 2. |
2660 | * Format and size of data are set by subfunction 2. |
| 2601 | 2661 | ||
| 2602 | ====================================================================== |
2662 | ====================================================================== |
| 2603 | ===== Function 55, subfunction 1 - begin to play data on SB16. ======= |
2663 | ======== Function 55, subfunction 1 - begin play data on SB16. ======= |
| 2604 | ====================================================================== |
2664 | ====================================================================== |
| 2605 | Parameters: |
2665 | Parameters: |
| 2606 | * eax = 55 - number of the function |
2666 | * eax = 55 - function number |
| 2607 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
2667 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
| 2608 | Returned value: |
2668 | Returned value: |
| 2609 | * function does not return value |
2669 | * function does not return value |
| 2610 | Remarks: |
2670 | Remarks: |
| - | 2671 | * Previously data must be loaded by subfunction 0 and |
|
| 2611 | * Previously data should be loaded subfunction 0 and their format |
2672 | their format must be defined by subfunction 2. |
| 2612 | subfunction 2 is defined. |
2673 | * Function returns control, when playing of data began; after that |
| 2613 | * Function returns handle, when playing the data began; after that the |
2674 | play goes independently from application (and does not use |
| 2614 | playing goes irrespective of the application (and at all does not |
2675 | processor time at all). |
| 2615 | require loading the processor). |
2676 | * Previously must be defined SB16 base port |
| 2616 | * Previously should be defined a base port SB16 (subfunction 4 functions 21) |
2677 | (by subfunction 4 of function 21) and DMA channel |
| 2617 | and channel DMA (subfunction 10 functions 21). |
2678 | (by subfunction 10 of function 21). |
| 2618 | 2679 | ||
| 2619 | ====================================================================== |
2680 | ====================================================================== |
| 2620 | ====== Function 55, subfunction 2 - install a data format SB16. ====== |
2681 | ======== Function 55, subfunction 2 - set format of SB16 data. ======= |
| 2621 | ====================================================================== |
2682 | ====================================================================== |
| 2622 | Parameters: |
2683 | Parameters: |
| 2623 | * eax = 55 - number of the function |
2684 | * eax = 55 - function number |
| 2624 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
2685 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
| 2625 | * ecx = 0 - install a digit capacity |
2686 | * ecx = 0 - set digit capacity |
| 2626 | * edx = 1 - 8 bits mono |
2687 | * edx = 1 - 8bit mono |
| 2627 | * edx = 2 - 8 bits stereo |
2688 | * edx = 2 - 8bit stereo |
| 2628 | * ecx = 1 - install a size of data |
2689 | * ecx = 1 - set data size |
| 2629 | * edx = size in bytes |
2690 | * edx = size in bytes |
| 2630 | * ecx = 2 - install frequency of playing |
2691 | * ecx = 2 - set play frequency |
| 2631 | * edx = frequency |
2692 | * edx = frequency |
| 2632 | Returned value: |
2693 | Returned value: |
| Line 2633... | Line 2694... | ||
| 2633 | * function does not return value |
2694 | * function does not return value |
| 2634 | Remarks: |
- | |
| 2635 | * At loading the system the following default settings are installed: |
2695 | Remarks: |
| 2636 | a digit capacity - 8 bits mono, size - 64 KB, frequency 44100 Hz. |
2696 | * When the system boots, it sets following default parameters: |
| 2637 | Nevertheless it is recommended obviously to install necessary values, |
2697 | digit capacity - 8bit mono, size - 64 Kb, frequency - 44100 Hz. |
| 2638 | as they could be reinstalled by any program. |
2698 | Nevertheless it is recommended to set necessary values obviously |
| 2639 | 2699 | as they could be reset by some application. |
|
| 2640 | ====================================================================== |
2700 | |
| 2641 | ====================== Function 55, subfunction 55 =================== |
2701 | ====================================================================== |
| 2642 | =============== Begin to play data on built speaker. ================= |
2702 | Function 55, subfunction 55 - begin to play data on built-in speaker. |
| 2643 | ====================================================================== |
2703 | ====================================================================== |
| 2644 | Parameters: |
2704 | Parameters: |
| 2645 | * eax = 55 - number of the function |
2705 | * eax = 55 - function number |
| 2646 | * ebx = 55 - number subfunction |
2706 | * ebx = 55 - subfunction number |
| 2647 | * esi = pointer on the data |
2707 | * esi = pointer to data |
| 2648 | Returned value: |
2708 | Returned value: |
| 2649 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
2709 | * eax = 0 - success |
| 2650 | * eax = 55 - error (speaker is disconnected or occupied) |
2710 | * eax = 55 - error (speaker is off or busy) |
| 2651 | Data is an array of units of a variable length. |
2711 | Data is an array of items with variable length. |
| 2652 | Format of each unit is defined in first byte: |
2712 | Format of each item is defined by first byte: |
| 2653 | * 0 = end of data |
2713 | * 0 = end of data |
| 2654 | * 1..0x80 = sets duration of sounding in 1/100 of second of note |
2714 | * 1..0x80 = sets sound duration on 1/100 of second; sound note |
| 2655 | defined by direct value of frequency |
2715 | is defined by immediate value of frequency |
| 2656 | * following word (2 bytes) is contained by a divider of frequency; |
2716 | * following word (2 bytes) contains frequency divider; |
| 2657 | the frequency is defined as 1193180/divider |
2717 | frequency is defined as 1193180/divider |
| 2658 | * 0x81 = invalid |
2718 | * 0x81 = invalid |
| 2659 | * 0x82..0xFF = note defined by octave and number: |
2719 | * 0x82..0xFF = note is defined by octave and number: |
| - | 2720 | * duration in 1/100 of second = (first byte)-0x81 |
|
| 2660 | * duration in 1/100 of second = (first byte) - 0x81 |
2721 | * there is one more byte; |
| 2661 | * there is one more byte; |
2722 | * (second byte)=0xFF - delay |
| - | 2723 | * otherwise it looks like a*0x10+b, where b=number of the note in |
|
| 2662 | * (second byte) = 0xFF - pause |
2724 | an octave from 1 to 12, a=number of octave (beginning from 0) |
| - | 2725 | Remarks: |
|
| Line 2663... | Line 2726... | ||
| 2663 | * differently it looks like a*0x10+b, where b=number of the note |
2726 | * Speaker play can be disabled/enabled by |
| 2664 | in an octave from 1 up to 12, a=number of an octave (beginning from 0) |
2727 | subfunction 8 of function 18. |
| 2665 | Remarks: |
2728 | * Function returns control, having informed the system |
| 2666 | * Speaker play can be disable /enable subfunction 8 functions 18. |
2729 | an information on request. Play itself goes independently from |
| 2667 | * Function returns handle, having informed where follows the information |
2730 | the program. |
| 2668 | on play. Playing goes irrespective of the program. |
2731 | * The data must be kept in the memory at least up to the end |
| 2669 | * Data should be saved in memory at least up to the end of playing. |
2732 | of play. |
| 2670 | 2733 | ||
| 2671 | ====================================================================== |
2734 | ====================================================================== |
| 2672 | ================ Function 56 - write file to hard disk. ============== |
2735 | =============== Function 56 - write file to hard disk. =============== |
| 2673 | ====================================================================== |
2736 | ====================================================================== |
| 2674 | Parameters: |
2737 | Parameters: |
| 2675 | * eax = 56 - number of the function |
2738 | * eax = 56 - function number |
| 2676 | * ebx = pointer on a filename |
2739 | * ebx = pointer to the file name |
| 2677 | * ecx = size data for writing (in bytes) |
2740 | * ecx = size of data to write (in bytes) |
| 2678 | * edx = pointer on data for writing |
2741 | * edx = pointer to data to write |
| 2679 | * esi = pointer on path (ASCIIZ-string) |
2742 | * esi = pointer to path (ASCIIZ-string) |
| 2680 | Returned value: |
2743 | Returned value: |
| - | 2744 | * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code |
|
| 2681 | * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system |
2745 | Remarks: |
| 2682 | Remarks: |
2746 | * This function is obsolete; function 70 allows to fulfil the same |
| 2683 | * This function is obsolete; the function 70 allows to fulfil the same |
2747 | operations with the extended possibilities. |
| 2684 | operations with the extended possibilities. |
2748 | * This function assumes that during its call by one application |
| Line 2685... | Line 2749... | ||
| 2685 | * Given function assumes, that during its call one application any other |
2749 | no other application works with hard disk. |
| 2686 | application does not work with the hard disk. |
2750 | * The path to file is ASCIIZ-string, which may be empty |
| 2687 | * Path to the file - ASCIIZ-string, which can be empty (if the file creates |
2751 | (if the file is created in the root folder) or have the format |
| 2688 | in the root) or to have the format /d1/d2/ .../dn, where all names of |
2752 | /d1/d2/.../dn, where all folder names must have the 8+3 format, |
| 2689 | directories should have the format 8+3, i.e. 8 characters of a name |
2753 | i.e. 8 characters of name and 3 characters of the extension |
| 2690 | and 3 characters of the extension without a separator if necessary |
2754 | without separator, supplemented by blanks if necessary; |
| 2691 | supplemented by blanks; all characters should be capital. |
2755 | all letters must be capital. |
| 2692 | * Name to the file also should have the format 8+3. |
2756 | * The file name must also have the format 8+3. |
| 2693 | 2757 | ||
| 2694 | ====================================================================== |
2758 | ====================================================================== |
| 2695 | ============== Function 58 - ðàáîòà ñ ôàéëîâîé ñèñòåìîé. ============== |
2759 | ================ Function 58 - work with file system. ================ |
| 2696 | ====================================================================== |
2760 | ====================================================================== |
| 2697 | Parameters: |
2761 | Parameters: |
| 2698 | * eax = 58 |
2762 | * eax = 58 |
| 2699 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
2763 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
| 2700 | Returned value: |
2764 | Returned value: |
| 2701 | * eax = 0 - successfully; differently error code of a file system |
2765 | * eax = 0 - success; otherwise file system error code |
| 2702 | * depending on subfunction the value and in other registers can come back |
2766 | * some subfunctions return value in other registers too |
| 2703 | Common format of information structure: |
2767 | General format of the information structure: |
| 2704 | * +0: dword: number subfunction |
2768 | * +0: dword: subfunction number |
| 2705 | * +4: dword: number of block |
2769 | * +4: dword: number of block |
| 2706 | * +8: dword: size |
2770 | * +8: dword: size |
| 2707 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: pointer on data |
2771 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: pointer to data |
| 2708 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on memory for system operation |
2772 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to a memory for system operations |
| 2709 | (4096 bytes) |
2773 | (4096 bytes) |
| 2710 | * +20 = +0x14: n db: ASCIIZ-string with a filename |
2774 | * +20 = +0x14: n db: ASCIIZ-string with the file name |
| 2711 | Specifications - in documentation on appropriate subfunction. |
2775 | Specifications - in documentation on the appropriate subfunction. |
| 2712 | Filename is insensitive to the register of latin characters, |
2776 | Filename is case-insensitive for latin letters, russian letters |
| 2713 | russian characters should be capital. |
2777 | must be capital. |
| 2714 | Format of a filename: |
2778 | Format of filename: |
| 2715 | /base/number/dir1/dir2/.../dirn/file, |
2779 | /base/number/dir1/dir2/.../dirn/file, |
| 2716 | where /base/number identifies the device, on which the file is searched: |
2780 | where /base/number identifies device, on which file is located: |
| 2717 | one of |
2781 | one of |
| 2718 | * /RD/1 = /RAMDISK/1 for access to ramdisk |
2782 | * /RD/1 = /RAMDISK/1 to access ramdisk |
| 2719 | * /FD/1 = /FLOPPYDISK/1 for access to first floppy - drive, |
2783 | * /FD/1 = /FLOPPYDISK/1 to access first floppy drive, |
| 2720 | /FD/2 = /FLOPPYDISK/2 for second floppy - drive |
2784 | /FD/2 = /FLOPPYDISK/2 to access second one |
| 2721 | * /HD/x = /HARDDISK/x - out-of-date variant of access to the hard disk |
2785 | * /HD/x = /HARDDISK/x - obsolete variant of access to hard disk |
| 2722 | (in this case base is defined subfunction 7 functions 21), |
2786 | (in this case base is defined by subfunction 7 of function 21), |
| 2723 | x - number of partition (beginning from 1) |
2787 | x - partition number (beginning from 1) |
| 2724 | * /HD0/x, /HD1/x, /HD2/x, /HD3/x for access accordingly |
2788 | * /HD0/x, /HD1/x, /HD2/x, /HD3/x to access accordingly to devices |
| 2725 | to devices IDE0 (Primary Master), IDE1 (Primary Slave), |
2789 | IDE0 (Primary Master), IDE1 (Primary Slave), |
| 2726 | IDE2 (Secondary Master), IDE3 (Secondary Slave); |
2790 | IDE2 (Secondary Master), IDE3 (Secondary Slave); |
| 2727 | x - number of partition on selected hard disk, varies from 1 up to 255 |
2791 | x - partition number on the selected hard drive, varies from 1 |
| 2728 | (on each of hard disks the indexing starts with 1) |
2792 | to 255 (on each hard drive the indexing starts from 1) |
| 2729 | Remarks: |
2793 | Remarks: |
| 2730 | * In first two cases usage FIRST instead of 1, SECOND instead of 2 is |
2794 | * In the first two cases it is also possible to use FIRST |
| - | 2795 | instead of 1, SECOND instead of 2, but it is not recommended |
|
| 2731 | admitted, but to use this possibility it is not recommended for |
2796 | for convenience of transition to the future extensions. |
| 2732 | convenience of transition on the future extensions. |
2797 | * Limitation n<=39 is imposed. |
| 2733 | * Imposed limitation n<=39. |
2798 | * Names of folders and file dir1,...,dirn,file must have the |
| 2734 | * Names of folders and file dir1..., dirn, file should be in the format 8.3: |
2799 | format 8.3: name no more than 8 characters, dot, extension no |
| 2735 | a name no more than 8 characters, point, extension no more than 3 |
2800 | more than 3 characters. Trailing spaces are ignored, no other |
| 2736 | characters. The tail blanks are ignored. Other blanks be does not owe. |
2801 | spaces is allowed. If name occupies equally 8 characters, |
| 2737 | If the name occupies equally 8 characters, the point can be omitted |
2802 | dot may be omitted (though it is not recommended to use this |
| 2738 | (though to use it it is not recommended for convenience of transition |
2803 | feature for convenience of transition to the future extensions). |
| 2739 | on the future extensions). |
2804 | * This function does not support folders on ramdisk. |
| 2740 | Examples: |
2805 | Examples: |
| 2741 | * '/RAMDISK/FIRST/KERNEL.ASM',0 |
2806 | * '/RAMDISK/FIRST/KERNEL.ASM',0 |
| 2742 | '/rd/1/kernel.asm',0 |
2807 | '/rd/1/kernel.asm',0 |
| 2743 | * '/HD0/1/kernel.asm',0 |
2808 | * '/HD0/1/kernel.asm',0 |
| 2744 | * '/hd0/1/menuet/pics/tanzania.bmp',0 |
2809 | * '/hd0/1/menuet/pics/tanzania.bmp',0 |
| 2745 | Accessible subfunction: |
- | |
| 2746 | * subfunction 0 - reading of a file/folder |
- | |
| 2747 | * subfunction 1 - overwriting of the file |
- | |
| 2748 | * subfunction 2 - deleting of a file/folder |
2810 | Existing subfunctions: |
| 2749 | * subfunction 3 - writing data in the existing file |
- | |
| Line 2750... | Line 2811... | ||
| 2750 | * subfunction 4 - creation of a folder |
2811 | * subfunction 0 - read file/folder |
| 2751 | * subfunction 5 - renaming/moving of a file/folder |
2812 | * subfunction 1 - rewrite file |
| 2752 | * subfunction 8 - LBA-reading from the device |
2813 | * subfunction 2 - delete file/folder |
| 2753 | * subfunction 12 - definition of a file size |
2814 | * subfunction 3 - write to existing file |
| 2754 | * subfunction 13 - definition of attributes of a file/folder |
2815 | * subfunction 4 - make folder |
| 2755 | * subfunction 14 - definition of date/time of a file/folder |
2816 | * subfunction 5 - rename/move file/folder |
| 2756 | * subfunction 15 - obtaining of the information about a file system |
2817 | * subfunction 8 - LBA-read from device |
| 2757 | * subfunction 16 - start of the application |
2818 | * subfunction 15 - get file system information |
| 2758 | 2819 | * subfunction 16 - start application |
|
| 2759 | 2820 | ||
| 2760 | ====================================================================== |
2821 | ====================================================================== |
| 2761 | ======= Function 58, subfunction 0 - reading of a file/folder. ======= |
2822 | =========== Function 58, subfunction 0 - read file/folder. =========== |
| 2762 | ====================================================================== |
2823 | ====================================================================== |
| 2763 | Parameters: |
2824 | Parameters: |
| 2764 | * eax = 58 |
2825 | * eax = 58 |
| 2765 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
2826 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
| 2766 | Format of information structure: |
2827 | Format of the information structure: |
| 2767 | * +0: dword: 0 = number subfunction |
2828 | * +0: dword: 0 = subfunction number |
| 2768 | * +4: dword: number of block for reading (beginning from 0) |
- | |
| 2769 | * +8: dword: éuantity blocks for reading |
2829 | * +4: dword: first block to read (beginning from 0) |
| 2770 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: pointer on the buffer, where the data will be written |
2830 | * +8: dword: amount of blocks to read |
| 2771 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on the buffer for system operation |
2831 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: pointer to buffer for data |
| 2772 | (4096 bytes) |
2832 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer for system operations |
| - | 2833 | (4096 bytes) |
|
| 2773 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of the file, the rules of creation of names |
2834 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are |
| 2774 | are indicated in the common description |
2835 | given in the general description |
| 2775 | Returned value: |
2836 | Returned value: |
| 2776 | * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system |
2837 | * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code |
| 2777 | * ebx = file size (in bytes) or |
2838 | * ebx = file size (in bytes) or -1=0xffffffff, if file was not found |
| 2778 | -1=0xffffffff, if the file is not retrieved |
2839 | Remarks: |
| - | 2840 | * Block size is 512 bytes. |
|
| 2779 | Remarks: |
2841 | * This function is obsolete, for reading files use subfunction 0 |
| 2780 | * Size of block - 512 bytes. |
2842 | of function 70, for reading folders - subfunction 1 of |
| 2781 | * This function is obsolete, for reading files use subfunction 0 |
2843 | function 70. |
| 2782 | functions 70, for reading folders - subfunction of 1 function 70. |
2844 | * Function can read contents of a folder. Only FAT file system is |
| 2783 | * Function allows to read contents of a folder. From file systems is |
2845 | supported. The format of FAT-folder is described |
| 2784 | supported only FAT. The format of a FAT-folder is described in any |
2846 | in any FAT documentation. |
| 2785 | documentation on FAT. |
2847 | * Size of a folder is determined by size of FAT clusters chain. |
| 2786 | * Size of a folder is defined on a size of a chain of clusters in FAT. |
2848 | * If file was ended before last requested block was read, |
| 2787 | * If the file was terminated earlier, than last requested block was read, |
2849 | the function will read as many as it can, and after that return |
| - | 2850 | eax=6 (EOF). |
|
| 2788 | the function will read, how many can, then will return eax=6 (EOF). |
2851 | * Function can read root folders /rd/1,/fd/x,/hd[n]/x, but |
| 2789 | * Function allows to read root folders /rd/1, /fd/x, /hd [n] /x, but |
2852 | in the first two cases the current implementation does not follow |
| 2790 | in first two cases the current implementation does not follow the |
2853 | to the declared rules: |
| - | 2854 | for /rd/1: |
|
| 2791 | installed rules: |
2855 | * if one want to read 0 blocks, function considers, |
| 2792 | for /rd/1: |
2856 | that he requested 1; |
| 2793 | * if 0 blocks for reading are indicated, it is considered, |
2857 | * if one requests more than 14 blocks or starting block is |
| 2794 | that is requested 1; |
2858 | not less than 14, function returns eax=5 (not found) è ebx=-1; |
| 2795 | * if is requested more than 14 blocks or the initial block is not |
2859 | * size of ramdisk root folder is 14 blocks, |
| 2796 | less 14, comes back eax=5 (not found) and ebx =-1; |
2860 | 0x1C00=7168 áàéò; but function returns ebx=0 |
| 2797 | * size of the root ramdisk = 14 blocks, 0x1C00=7168 bytes; but comes |
2861 | (except of the case of previous item); |
| 2798 | back ebx=0 (except for a case of the previous item); |
2862 | * strangely enough, it is possible to read 14th block (which |
| 2799 | * strangely enough, it is possible to read 14 block (there, generally |
2863 | generally contains a garbage - I remind, the indexing begins |
| 2800 | speaking, garbage - I remind, the score carries on with 0); |
2864 | from 0); |
| 2801 | * if one block with number, not smaller 14 was requested even, |
2865 | * if some block with the number not less than 14 was requested, |
| 2802 | comes back eax=6 (EOF); differently eax=0. |
2866 | function returns eax=6(EOF); otherwise eax=0. |
| 2803 | for /fd/x: |
2867 | For /fd/x: |
| 2804 | * if the initial block is not less 14, comes back eax=5 (not found) |
2868 | * if the start block is not less than 14, function returns |
| 2805 | and ebx=0; |
2869 | eax=5 (not found) and ebx=0; |
| - | 2870 | * note that format of FAT12 allows floppies with the root size |
|
| 2806 | * by the way speaking, the format FAT12 admits diskettes with a size |
2871 | more or less than 14 blocks; |
| Line 2807... | Line 2872... | ||
| 2807 | of the root less or more than 14 blocks; |
2872 | * check for length is not performed; |
| 2808 | * checks of length is not done; |
2873 | * if data was successful read, function returns |
| 2809 | * if it was possible to read given with a diskette, comes back eax=0, |
2874 | eax=0,ebx=0; otherwise eax=10 (access denied), ebx=-1. |
| 2810 | ebx=0; otherwise eax=10 (access denied), ebx =-1. |
2875 | * The function handles reading of special folders /,/rd,/fd,/hd[n]; |
| 2811 | * Function handles reading special folders /, /rd, /fd, /hd [n]; but the |
2876 | but the result does not correspond to expected (on operations with |
| 2812 | result does not correspond expected (on operation with usual |
2877 | normal files/folders), does not follow the declared rules, |
| 2813 | files/folders), does not follow the installed rules, can vary in the |
2878 | may be changed in future versions of the kernel and consequently |
| 2814 | following versions of a kernel and consequently is not described. |
2879 | is not described. To obtain the information about the equipment |
| 2815 | For obtaining the information about the equipment use subfunction 11 |
2880 | use subfunction 11 of function 18 or |
| 2816 | functions 18 or read appropriate folders subfunction of 1 function 70. |
2881 | read corresponding folder with subfunction 1 of function 70. |
| 2817 | 2882 | ||
| 2818 | ====================================================================== |
2883 | ====================================================================== |
| 2819 | ======== Function 58, subfunction 1 - overwriting of the file. ======= |
2884 | ============= Function 58, subfunction 1 - rewrite file. ============= |
| 2820 | ====================================================================== |
2885 | ====================================================================== |
| 2821 | If the file does not exist, it creates. |
2886 | If the file does not exist, it is created. |
| 2822 | If the file exists, it is rewritten. |
2887 | If the file exists, it is rewritten. |
| 2823 | Parameters: |
2888 | Parameters: |
| 2824 | * eax = 58 - number of the function |
2889 | * eax = 58 - function number |
| 2825 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
2890 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
| 2826 | Format of information structure: |
2891 | Format of the information structure: |
| 2827 | * +0: dword: 1 = number subfunction |
2892 | * +0: dword: 1 = subfunction number |
| 2828 | * +4: dword: ignored (install in 0) |
2893 | * +4: dword: ignored (set to 0) |
| Line 2829... | Line 2894... | ||
| 2829 | * +8: dword: number bytes for writing |
2894 | * +8: dword: number of bytes to write |
| 2830 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: pointer on data for çàïèñè |
2895 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: pointer to data to write |
| 2831 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on buffer for system operation |
2896 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer for system operations |
| 2832 | (4096 bytes) |
2897 | (4096 bytes) |
| 2833 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of creation of names |
2898 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are |
| 2834 | are indicated in the common description |
2899 | given in the general description |
| 2835 | Returned value: |
2900 | Returned value: |
| 2836 | * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system |
2901 | * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code |
| 2837 | * ebx fail |
2902 | * ebx destroyed |
| 2838 | Remarks: |
2903 | Remarks: |
| 2839 | * This function is obsolete, use subfunction 2 functions 70. |
2904 | * This function is obsolete, use subfunction 2 of function 70. |
| 2840 | 2905 | ||
| 2841 | ====================================================================== |
2906 | ====================================================================== |
| 2842 | ====== Function 58, subfunction 2 - deleting of a file/folder. ======= |
2907 | ========== Function 58, subfunction 2 - delete file/folder. ========== |
| 2843 | ====================================================================== |
2908 | ====================================================================== |
| 2844 | Parameters: |
2909 | Parameters: |
| 2845 | * eax = 58 - number of the function |
2910 | * eax = 58 - function number |
| 2846 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
2911 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
| 2847 | Format of information structure: |
2912 | Format of the information structure: |
| 2848 | * +0: dword: 2 = number subfunction |
2913 | * +0: dword: 2 = subfunction number |
| 2849 | * +4: dword: ignored |
2914 | * +4: dword: ignored |
| 2850 | * +8: dword: ignored |
2915 | * +8: dword: ignored |
| 2851 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: ignored |
2916 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: ignored |
| Line 2852... | Line 2917... | ||
| 2852 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on buffer for system operation |
2917 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer for system operations |
| 2853 | (4096 bytes) |
2918 | (4096 bytes) |
| 2854 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of creation of names |
2919 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are |
| 2855 | are indicated in the common description |
2920 | given in the general description |
| 2856 | Returned value: |
2921 | Returned value: |
| 2857 | * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system |
2922 | * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code |
| 2858 | * ebx fail |
2923 | * ebx destroyed |
| 2859 | Remarks: |
2924 | Remarks: |
| 2860 | * By operation with a diskette it is not necessary to delete a nonblank |
2925 | * By operations with a floppy one should not delete not empty |
| 2861 | folder. The code of operation with the hard disk nonblank folders |
2926 | folder. The code working with hard disk deletes not empty folders |
| 2862 | deletes correctly (i.e. recursively with all files and nested folders). |
2927 | correctly (i.e. recursively with all files and nested folders). |
| 2863 | Ramdisk of folders does not support. |
2928 | Function 58 does not support folders on ramdisk. |
| 2864 | 2929 | ||
| 2865 | ====================================================================== |
2930 | ====================================================================== |
| 2866 | === Function 58, subfunction 3 - writing data in the existing file === |
2931 | ==== Function 58, subfunction 3 - write data to the existing file. === |
| 2867 | ====================================================================== |
2932 | ====================================================================== |
| 2868 | Parameters: |
2933 | Parameters: |
| 2869 | * eax = 58 - number of the function |
2934 | * eax = 58 - function number |
| 2870 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
2935 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
| 2871 | Format of information structure: |
2936 | Format of the information structure: |
| 2872 | * +0: dword: 3 = number subfunction |
2937 | * +0: dword: 3 = subfunction number |
| 2873 | * +4: dword: initial position in the file; -1 = to add in the end |
2938 | * +4: dword: starting position in the file; -1 = append to the end |
| 2874 | * +8: dword: number bytes for writing |
2939 | * +8: dword: number of bytes to write |
| 2875 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: pointer on data for writing |
2940 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: pointer to data to write |
| 2876 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on buffer for system operation |
2941 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer for system operations |
| - | 2942 | (4096 bytes) |
|
| 2877 | (4096 bytes) |
2943 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are |
| 2878 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of creation of names |
2944 | given in the general description |
| 2879 | are indicated in the common description |
2945 | Returned value: |
| 2880 | Returned value: |
2946 | * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code |
| 2881 | * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system |
2947 | * ebx destroyed |
| 2882 | * ebx fail |
2948 | Remarks: |
| 2883 | Remarks: |
2949 | * Ramdisk and floppies do not support this function, it is only |
| 2884 | * Ramdisk and the diskettes do not support this function, |
2950 | for hard disks. |
| 2885 | it only for hard disks. |
2951 | * File must already exist (otherwise function returns 5, not found). |
| 2886 | * File should already exist (differently comes back 5, not found). |
2952 | To create files use subfunction 1. |
| 2887 | For creation of files use subfunction 1. |
2953 | * If the starting position is greater than file size, the function |
| 2888 | * If the initial position is more than a file size, comes back eax=6 (EOF). |
2954 | returns eax=6(EOF). If the end position is greater than file size, |
| 2889 | If the finite position is more than a file size, the file extends. |
2955 | file is extended. |
| 2890 | * Code of processing of data writing for the hard disk interpretes zero |
2956 | * The code of write processing for hard disk interpretes zero |
| 2891 | value of a field +8 as the instruction of a truncation of the file |
2957 | value of the field +8 as the instruction to truncate the file to |
| 2892 | up to a size indicated in a field +4. However code of processing of |
2958 | the size, given in the field +4. However the code of processing |
| 2893 | 58-th function locks this possibility for the applications, at once |
2959 | 58th function blocks this possibility for applications by |
| 2894 | returning handle (with eax=0) in case of a zero size. |
2960 | immediate return (with eax=0) in the case of zero size. |
| 2895 | 2961 | ||
| 2896 | ====================================================================== |
2962 | ====================================================================== |
| 2897 | ======== Function 58, subfunction 4 - creation of a folder. ========== |
2963 | ============== Function 58, subfunction 4 - make folder. ============= |
| 2898 | ====================================================================== |
2964 | ====================================================================== |
| 2899 | Parameters: |
2965 | Parameters: |
| 2900 | * eax = 58 - number of the function |
2966 | * eax = 58 - function number |
| 2901 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
2967 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
| 2902 | Format of information structure: |
2968 | Format of the information structure: |
| 2903 | * +0: dword: 4 = number subfunction |
2969 | * +0: dword: 4 = subfunction number |
| Line 2904... | Line 2970... | ||
| 2904 | * +4: dword: ignored |
2970 | * +4: dword: ignored |
| 2905 | * +8: dword: ignored |
2971 | * +8: dword: ignored |
| 2906 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: ignored |
2972 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: ignored |
| 2907 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on buffer for system operation |
2973 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer for system operations |
| 2908 | (4096 bytes) |
2974 | (4096 bytes) |
| 2909 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of creation of names |
2975 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are |
| 2910 | are indicated in the common description |
2976 | given in the general description |
| 2911 | Returned value: |
2977 | Returned value: |
| 2912 | * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system |
2978 | * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code |
| 2913 | * ebx fail |
2979 | * ebx destroyed |
| 2914 | Remarks: |
2980 | Remarks: |
| 2915 | * Ramdisk and the diskettes do not support this function, |
2981 | * Ramdisk and floppies do not support this function, it is only |
| 2916 | it only for hard disks. |
2982 | for hard disks. |
| 2917 | 2983 | ||
| 2918 | ====================================================================== |
2984 | ====================================================================== |
| 2919 | === Function 58, subfunction 5 - renaming/moving of a file/folder. === |
2985 | ======== Function 58, subfunction 5 - rename/move file/folder. ======= |
| 2920 | ====================================================================== |
2986 | ====================================================================== |
| 2921 | Parameters: |
2987 | Parameters: |
| 2922 | * eax = 58 - number of the function |
2988 | * eax = 58 - function number |
| 2923 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
2989 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
| 2924 | Format of information structure: |
2990 | Format of the information structure: |
| 2925 | * +0: dword: 5 = number subfunction |
2991 | * +0: dword: 5 = subfunction number |
| 2926 | * +4: dword: ignored |
2992 | * +4: dword: ignored |
| 2927 | * +8: dword: ignored |
2993 | * +8: dword: ignored |
| 2928 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: ignored |
2994 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: ignored |
| 2929 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on buffer for system operation |
2995 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer for system operations |
| 2930 | (4096 bytes) |
2996 | (4096 bytes) |
| 2931 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of creation of names |
2997 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are |
| 2932 | are indicated in the common description |
2998 | given in the general description |
| 2933 | * +20+n: (at once after a completing null character) new ASCIIZ-name, |
2999 | * +20+n: (at once after terminating null character) new |
| Line 2934... | Line 3000... | ||
| 2934 | should start with /hd/1, that is interpreted as the hard disk |
3000 | ASCIIZ-name, must start from /hd/1, that is interpreted as |
| 2935 | indicated in the first name |
3001 | the hard disk, indicated in the first name |
| 2936 | (moving from one disk on another is not supported) |
3002 | (moving from one disk to another is not supported) |
| 2937 | Returned value: |
3003 | Returned value: |
| 2938 | * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system |
3004 | * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code |
| 2939 | * ebx fail |
3005 | * ebx destroyed |
| 2940 | Remarks: |
3006 | Remarks: |
| 2941 | * Ramdisk and the diskettes do not support this function, |
3007 | * Ramdisk and floppies do not support this function, it is only |
| 2942 | it only for hard disks. |
3008 | for hard disks. |
| 2943 | * If new ASCIIZ-name strongly incorrect, i.e. does not start with /hd/1, |
3009 | * If the new ASCIIZ-name is strongly incorrect, i.e. does not start |
| 2944 | /hd/first, /harddisk/1, /harddisk/first or after that beginnings there |
3010 | from /hd/1, /hd/first, /harddisk/1, /harddisk/first or after this |
| 2945 | is a blank or character with the code 0, the function returns, strangely |
- | |
| 2946 | enough, error code 4. Is the sole function, which in general returns |
3011 | space or null character follows, function returns, strangely |
| 2947 | this code. |
3012 | enough, error code 4. It is the only function which returns |
| 2948 | 3013 | this code. |
|
| 2949 | ====================================================================== |
3014 | |
| 2950 | ====== Function 58, subfunction 8 - LBA-reading from the device. ===== |
3015 | ====================================================================== |
| 2951 | ====================================================================== |
3016 | ========= Function 58, subfunction 8 - LBA-read from device. ========= |
| 2952 | Parameters: |
3017 | ====================================================================== |
| 2953 | * eax = 58 - number of the function |
3018 | Parameters: |
| 2954 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
3019 | * eax = 58 - function number |
| 2955 | Format of information structure: |
3020 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
| 2956 | * +0: dword: 8 = number subfunction |
3021 | Format of the information structure: |
| 2957 | * +4: dword: number of the block for reading (beginning from 0) |
- | |
| 2958 | * +8: dword: ignored (install in 1) |
3022 | * +0: dword: 8 = subfunction number |
| 2959 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: pointer on buffer, where data will be written |
3023 | * +4: dword: number of block to read (beginning from 0) |
| 2960 | (512 bytes) |
3024 | * +8: dword: ignored (set to 1) |
| 2961 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on buffer for system operation |
3025 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: pointer to buffer for data (512 bytes) |
| 2962 | (4096 bytes) |
3026 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer for system operations |
| 2963 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of the device: is not sensitive to the register, |
3027 | (4096 bytes) |
| 2964 | one of /rd/1 = /RamDisk/1, /hd/n = /HardDisk/n, |
3028 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of device: case-insensitive, one of |
| 2965 | 1<=n<=4 - number of device: 1=IDE0, ..., 4=IDE3. |
3029 | /rd/1 = /RamDisk/1, /hd/n = /HardDisk/n, |
| 2966 | Instead of digits is admitted, though usage 'first', 'second', 'third', |
3030 | 1<=n<=4 - number of device: 1=IDE0, ..., 4=IDE3. |
| 2967 | 'fourth' is not recommended for convenience of transition on the future |
3031 | Instead of digits it is allowed, though not recommended for |
| 2968 | extensions. |
3032 | convenience of transition to future extensions, to use |
| 2969 | Returned value: |
3033 | 'first','second','third','fourth'. |
| 2970 | * if device name /hd/xxx is indicated, where xxx is not in list above: |
3034 | Returned value: |
| 2971 | * eax = ebx = 1 |
3035 | * for device name /hd/xxx, where xxx is not in the list above: |
| 2972 | * if the incorrect device name is indicated |
3036 | * eax = ebx = 1 |
| 2973 | (except for the previous case): |
3037 | * for invalid device name (except for the previous case): |
| 2974 | * eax = 5 |
3038 | * eax = 5 |
| 2975 | * ebx does not vary |
3039 | * ebx does not change |
| 2976 | * if the LBA-access is prohibited subfunction 11 functions 21: |
3040 | * if LBA-access is disabled by subfunction 11 of function 21: |
| 2977 | * eax = 2 |
3041 | * eax = 2 |
| 2978 | * ebx fail |
3042 | * ebx destroyed |
| 2979 | * for ramdisk attempt of reading of the block outside ramdisk |
3043 | * for ramdisk: attempt to read block outside ramdisk |
| 2980 | (18*2*80 blocks) results to |
3044 | (18*2*80 blocks) results in |
| 2981 | * eax = 3 |
3045 | * eax = 3 |
| - | 3046 | * ebx = 0 |
|
| 2982 | * ebx = 0 |
3047 | * for successful read: |
| 2983 | * at successful reading: |
3048 | * eax = ebx = 0 |
| 2984 | * eax = ebx = 0 |
3049 | Remarks: |
| 2985 | Remarks: |
3050 | * Block size is 512 bytes; function reads one block. |
| 2986 | * Size of the block - 512 bytes; one block is read. |
3051 | * Do not depend on returned value, it can be changed |
| 2987 | * It is not necessary to rely on returned value, it can vary in |
3052 | in future versions. |
| 2988 | the following versions. |
3053 | * Function requires that LBA-access to devices is enabled by |
| 2989 | * It is required, that the LBA-access to devices subfunction 11 functions 21 |
3054 | subfunction 11 of function 21. To check this one can use |
| 2990 | should be allowed. Find out it it is possible by call |
3055 | subfunction 11 of function 26. |
| 2991 | subfunction 11 functions 26. |
3056 | * LBA-read of floppy is not supported. |
| 2992 | * LBA-reading of a diskette is not supported. |
3057 | * Function reads data on physical hard drive; if for any reason |
| 2993 | * Function reads out the data of the physical hard disk; if for any reasons |
3058 | data of the concrete partition are required, application must |
| 2994 | the data of the concrete unit are necessary, will come to define initial |
3059 | define starting sector of this partition (either directly |
| 2995 | sector of this unit (or directly through MBR, or from the extended |
3060 | through MBR, or from the full structure returned by |
| 2996 | structure returned same subfunction 11 functions 18). |
3061 | ïîäôóíêöèåé 11 ôóíêöèè 18). |
| 2997 | * Function the error code of the hard disk does not check, so search of |
3062 | * Function does not check error code of hard disk, so request of |
| 2998 | nonexistent sector all the same something will read (more probably |
3063 | nonexisting sector reads something (most probably it will be |
| 2999 | everything, zero, but it is defined by the device) and it will be |
3064 | zeroes, but this is defined by device) and this is considered |
| 3000 | considered as success (eax=0). |
3065 | as success (eax=0). |
| 3001 | 3066 | ||
| 3002 | ============================================================================= |
3067 | ====================================================================== |
| 3003 | = Function 58, subfunction 15 - obtaining of information about a file system. |
3068 | ==== Function 58, subfunction 15 - get information on file system. === |
| 3004 | ============================================================================= |
3069 | ====================================================================== |
| 3005 | Parameters: |
3070 | Parameters: |
| 3006 | * eax = 58 - number of the function |
3071 | * eax = 58 - function number |
| 3007 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
3072 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
| 3008 | Format of information structure: |
3073 | Format of the information structure: |
| 3009 | * +0: dword: 15 = number of the function |
3074 | * +0: dword: 15 = subfunction number |
| 3010 | * +4: dword: ignored |
3075 | * +4: dword: ignored |
| 3011 | * +8: dword: ignored |
3076 | * +8: dword: ignored |
| 3012 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: ignored |
3077 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: ignored |
| 3013 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: ignored |
3078 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: ignored |
| 3014 | * +20 = +0x14: (second character is checked only, at once after /) |
3079 | * +20 = +0x14: (only second character is checked) |
| 3015 | /rd=/RAMDISK or /hd=/HARDDISK |
3080 | /rd=/RAMDISK or /hd=/HARDDISK |
| 3016 | Returned value: |
3081 | Returned value: |
| 3017 | * If second character does not belong to set {'r','R','h','H'}: |
3082 | * if the second character does not belong to set {'r','R','h','H'}: |
| 3018 | * eax = 3 |
3083 | * eax = 3 |
| 3019 | * ebx = ecx = dword [fileinfo] = 0 |
3084 | * ebx = ecx = dword [fileinfo] = 0 |
| 3020 | * for ramdisk: |
3085 | * for ramdisk: |
| 3021 | * eax = 0 (success) |
3086 | * eax = 0 (success) |
| 3022 | * ebx = total number of clusters = 2847 |
3087 | * ebx = total number of clusters = 2847 |
| 3023 | * ecx = number of free clusters |
3088 | * ecx = number of free clusters |
| 3024 | * dword [fileinfo] = cluster size = 512 |
3089 | * dword [fileinfo] = cluster size = 512 |
| 3025 | * for the hard disk: base and partition are defined |
3090 | * for hard disk: base and partition are defined by subfunctions |
| 3026 | subfunctions 7 and 8 functions 21: |
3091 | 7 and 8 of function 21: |
| - | 3092 | * eax = 0 (success) |
|
| 3027 | * eax = 0 (success) |
3093 | * ebx = total number of clusters |
| 3028 | * ebx = total number of clusters |
3094 | * ecx = number of free clusters |
| 3029 | * ecx = number of free clusters |
3095 | * dword [fileinfo] = cluster size (in bytes) |
| 3030 | * dword [fileinfo] = cluster size (in bytes) |
3096 | Remarks: |
| 3031 | Remarks: |
3097 | * Be not surprised to strange layout of 4th returned parameter |
| 3032 | * Be not surprised to strange layout of 4-th returned parameter - when this |
3098 | - when this code was writing, at system calls application got |
| 3033 | code was written, at system calls to the application the registers eax, |
3099 | only registers eax,ebx,ecx (from pushad-structure transmitted |
| 3034 | ebx, ecx (from pushad-structure transmitted as argument to the system |
3100 | as argument to the system function). Now it is corrected, so, |
| 3035 | function) came back only. Now it is corrected, so, probably, it is |
3101 | probably, it is meaningful to return cluster size in edx, while |
| 3036 | meaningful to return a cluster size in edx, while this function have |
3102 | this function is not used yet. |
| 3037 | not begun to use |
3103 | * There exists also subfunction 11 of function 18, |
| 3038 | * Generally still exists subfunction 11 functions 18, returning the |
3104 | which returns information on file system. From the full table |
| 3039 | information on a file system. Under the extended table of a disk |
3105 | of disk subsystem it is possible to deduce cluster size (there |
| 3040 | subsystem it is possible to define a cluster size (there it is stored |
3106 | it is stored in sectors) and total number of clusters |
| 3041 | in sectors) and total number of clusters for hard disks. |
3107 | for hard disks. |
| 3042 | 3108 | ||
| 3043 | ====================================================================== |
3109 | ====================================================================== |
| 3044 | ======== Function 58, subfunction 16 - start of application. ========= |
3110 | ========== Function 58, subfunction 16 - start application. ========== |
| 3045 | ====================================================================== |
3111 | ====================================================================== |
| 3046 | Parameters: |
3112 | Parameters: |
| 3047 | * eax = 58 - number of the function |
3113 | * eax = 58 - function number |
| 3048 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
3114 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
| 3049 | Format of information structure: |
3115 | Format of the information structure: |
| 3050 | * +0: dword: 16 = number subfunction |
3116 | * +0: dword: 16 = subfunction number |
| 3051 | * +4: dword: Field of flags: |
3117 | * +4: dword: flags: |
| 3052 | * bit 0: to start the process as debugged |
3118 | * bit 0: start the process as debugged |
| 3053 | * other bits are reserved and should be installed in 0 |
3119 | * other bits are reserved and must be cleared |
| - | 3120 | * +8: dword: 0 or pointer to ASCIIZ-string with parameters |
|
| 3054 | * +8: dword: 0 or pointer on ASCIIZ-string with parameters |
3121 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: ignored |
| 3055 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: ignored |
3122 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer for system operations |
| Line 3056... | Line 3123... | ||
| 3056 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on buffer for system operation |
3123 | (4096 bytes) |
| 3057 | (4096 bytes) |
3124 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are |
| 3058 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of creation of names |
3125 | given in the general description |
| 3059 | are indicated in the common description |
3126 | Returned value: |
| 3060 | Returned value: |
3127 | * eax > 0 - the program is loaded, eax contains PID |
| 3061 | * eax > 0 - program is loaded, eax contains PID |
3128 | * eax < 0 - an error has occured, -eax contains |
| 3062 | * eax < 0 - has taken place error, -eax contains an error code |
3129 | file system error code |
| 3063 | of a file system |
3130 | Remarks: |
| 3064 | Remarks: |
3131 | * This function is obsolete, use subfunction 7 of function 70. |
| 3065 | * This function is obsolete, use subfunction 7 functions 70. |
3132 | * Command line must be terminated by character with code 0 |
| 3066 | * Command line should be ended by the character with the code 0 |
3133 | (ASCIIZ-string); function takes into account either all characters |
| 3067 | (ASCIIZ-strings); it are taken into account or all characters up to |
3134 | up to terminating null inclusively or the first 256 charachters |
| 3068 | completing zero inclusively, or the first 256 characters, that are less. |
3135 | depending on what is less. |
| 3069 | * If the process is started as debugged, it creates in the frozen status; |
3136 | * If the process is started as debugged, it is created in |
| 3070 | for start use subfunction 5 functions 69. |
3137 | the suspended state; to run use subfunction 5 of function 69. |
| 3071 | 3138 | ||
| 3072 | ====================================================================== |
3139 | ====================================================================== |
| 3073 | ======== Function 59 - get information on last system calls. ========= |
3140 | =============== Function 59 - trace last system calls. =============== |
| 3074 | ====================================================================== |
3141 | ====================================================================== |
| 3075 | Get data on all system calls of all processes. |
3142 | Gets data on all system calls of all processes. |
| 3076 | Parameters: |
3143 | Parameters: |
| 3077 | * eax = 59 - number of the function |
3144 | * eax = 59 - function number |
| 3078 | * ebx = 0 - sole subfunction |
3145 | * ebx = 0 - unique subfunction |
| 3079 | * ecx = pointer on buffer |
3146 | * ecx = pointer to the buffer |
| 3080 | * edx = size of buffer |
3147 | * edx = size of the buffer |
| 3081 | Returned value: |
3148 | Returned value: |
| - | 3149 | * eax = total number of system calls made from system boot |
|
| 3082 | * eax = total number of system calls made from moment |
3150 | (modulo 2^32) |
| 3083 | of loading system (modulo 2^32) |
3151 | * ebx = 0 |
| 3084 | * ebx = 0 |
3152 | Format of information on one call: (size = 0x40 = 64 bytes) |
| 3085 | Format of information about one call: (size = 0x40 = 64 bytes) |
3153 | * +0: dword: PID of process/thread |
| 3086 | * +0: dword: PID process/thread |
3154 | * +4: 7*dword: garbage |
| 3087 | * +4: 7*dword: garbage |
3155 | * +32 = +0x20: dword: value of edi at the call |
| 3088 | * +32 = +0x20: dword: value edi by call |
3156 | * +36 = +0x24: dword: esi |
| 3089 | * +36 = +0x24: dword: esi |
3157 | * +40 = +0x28: dword: ebp |
| 3090 | * +40 = +0x28: dword: ebp |
3158 | * +44 = +0x2C: dword: stack pointer of the kernel handler |
| 3091 | * +44 = +0x2C: dword: pointer of stack of kernel handler |
3159 | * +48 = +0x30: dword: ebx |
| 3092 | * +48 = +0x30: dword: ebx |
3160 | * +52 = +0x34: dword: edx |
| 3093 | * +52 = +0x34: dword: edx |
3161 | * +56 = +0x38: dword: ecx |
| 3094 | * +56 = +0x38: dword: ecx |
3162 | * +60 = +0x3C: dword: eax (=number of system function) |
| 3095 | * +60 = +0x3C: dword: eax (=number system function) |
3163 | Remarks: |
| 3096 | Remarks: |
3164 | * The function is used only in the application 'systrace'. |
| 3097 | * Function is used only in the application systrace. It is rather difficult |
3165 | It is rather difficult to imagine a situation, in which |
| 3098 | to present a situation, in which this application or this function are |
3166 | this application or this function are really useful; |
| 3099 | really useful, and all system calls for support of this function are a |
3167 | and all system calls for support of this function are a little |
| 3100 | little decelerated (though and not strongly)... |
3168 | decelerated (though not strongly)... |
| - | 3169 | * So there is a proposition to delete from the kernel |
|
| 3101 | * In this connection there is a sentence support of this function from |
3170 | support of this function, together with application 'systrace'. |
| Line 3102... | Line 3171... | ||
| 3102 | a kernel to remove absolutely, together with the application systrace. |
3171 | * The information on system calls saves in the system |
| 3103 | * Information on system calls is saved in system ring buffer |
3172 | ring buffer with 0x10 entries. |
| 3104 | on 0x10 of inputs. |
3173 | This function simply copies the given size of data |
| 3105 | This function simply copies the indicated size given from the mentioned |
3174 | from this buffer to the given address. |
| 3106 | buffer to the indicated address. |
3175 | * One can determine, which entry in the buffer corresponds to |
| 3107 | * To what from inputs in the buffer corresponds to last call, it is possible |
3176 | last system call, by value of eax, namely, it is the entry |
| Line 3108... | Line 3177... | ||
| 3108 | to define on value eax, namely, |
3177 | (eax and 0xF) (at offset (eax and 0xF)*0x40). |
| 3109 | input (eax and 0xF) (on offset (eax and 0xF) *0x40). |
3178 | * In the current implementation there can be the seldom |
| 3110 | * In current implementation the seldom meeting problems of |
3179 | meeting problems of unsynchronization, when the information |
| 3111 | unsynchronization are possible, when about some calls the |
3180 | on some calls becomes outdated. |
| 3112 | information becomes outdated. |
3181 | * Under the system buffer one page, 4Kb, is allocated. |
| 3113 | * Under the system buffer the page, 4 KB is allocated. |
3182 | Size of an entry = 64 bytes. Why only 16 entries are used, |
| 3114 | Size of an input = 64 bytes. |
3183 | is not clearly. |
| 3115 | Why 16 inputs - not clearly are used only. |
3184 | * The value of esp at the moment of system call cannot |
| 3116 | * Value esp at moment of system call by this function cannot be found out. |
3185 | be determined by this function. |
| 3117 | * Checks of a correctness edx in current implementation is not done. |
3186 | * The current implementation does not check edx for correctness. |
| 3118 | 3187 | ||
| 3119 | ====================================================================== |
3188 | ====================================================================== |
| 3120 | =========== Function 60 - Inter Process Communication (IPC). ========== |
3189 | ========== Function 60 - Inter Process Communication (IPC). ========== |
| 3121 | ====================================================================== |
- | |
| 3122 | IPC is applied to sendings the messages from one process / thread to another. |
3190 | ====================================================================== |
| 3123 | Thus it is necessary previously to agree how to interpreted |
3191 | IPC is used for message dispatching from one process/thread to |
| 3124 | the concrete message. |
3192 | another. Previously it is necessary to agree how to interpret |
| 3125 | 3193 | the concrete message. |
|
| 3126 | -------- Subfunction 1 - install area for obtaining IPC --------- |
3194 | |
| 3127 | Is called by the process - receiver. |
3195 | ----------- Subfunction 1 - set the area for IPC receiving ----------- |
| 3128 | Parameters: |
3196 | Is called by process-receiver. |
| 3129 | * eax = 60 - number of the function |
3197 | Parameters: |
| Line 3130... | Line 3198... | ||
| 3130 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
3198 | * eax = 60 - function number |
| 3131 | * ecx = pointer on buffer |
3199 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
| 3132 | * edx = size of buffer |
3200 | * ecx = pointer to the buffer |
| 3133 | Returned value: |
3201 | * edx = size of the buffer |
| 3134 | * eax = 0 - always successfully |
3202 | Returned value: |
| 3135 | Ôîðìàò IPC-áóôåðà: |
3203 | * eax = 0 - always success |
| 3136 | * +0: dword: if here not 0, the buffer is considered disabled; lock/unblock |
3204 | Format of IPC-buffer: |
| 3137 | the buffer, when you with it actively work also to you it is necessary, |
3205 | * +0: dword: if nonzero, buffer is considered locked; |
| 3138 | that the data of the buffer from the outside varied |
3206 | lock/unlock the buffer, when you work with it and need that |
| 3139 | (the new messages) not acted |
3207 | buffer data are not changed from outside (no new messages) |
| 3140 | * +4: dword: occupied place in the buffer (in bytes) |
3208 | * +4: dword: occupied place in the buffer (in bytes) |
| 3141 | * +8: first message |
3209 | * +8: first message |
| 3142 | * +8+n: second message |
3210 | * +8+n: second message |
| 3143 | * ... |
3211 | * ... |
| 3144 | Format of message: |
3212 | Format of a message: |
| 3145 | * +0: dword: PID of process / thread which has transmitted the message |
3213 | * +0: dword: PID of sender |
| 3146 | * +4: dword: length of the message (not including this header) |
3214 | * +4: dword: message length (not including this header) |
| 3147 | * +8: n*byte: data messages |
3215 | * +8: n*byte: message data |
| 3148 | 3216 | ||
| Line 3149... | Line 3217... | ||
| 3149 | --------------- Subfunction 2 - transmit message IPC. ---------------- |
3217 | ------------------ Subfunction 2 - send IPC message ------------------ |
| 3150 | Is called by the process - initiator. |
3218 | Is called by process-sender. |
| 3151 | Parameters: |
3219 | Parameters: |
| 3152 | * eax = 60 - number of the function |
3220 | * eax = 60 - function number |
| 3153 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
3221 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
| 3154 | * ecx = PID of receiver |
3222 | * ecx = PID of receiver |
| 3155 | * edx = pointer on message data |
3223 | * edx = pointer to the message data |
| 3156 | * esi = length of message (in bytes) |
3224 | * esi = message length (in bytes) |
| 3157 | Returned value: |
3225 | Returned value: |
| - | 3226 | * eax = 0 - success |
|
| 3158 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
3227 | * eax = 1 - the receiver has not defined buffer for IPC messages |
| 3159 | * eax = 1 - receiver has not defined buffer for IPC-messages |
3228 | (can be, still have no time, |
| 3160 | (can be, was not in time yet, and there can be, it not that thread, |
3229 | and can be, this is not right process) |
| 3161 | which is necessary) |
3230 | * eax = 2 - the receiver has blocked IPC-buffer; try to wait a bit |
| 3162 | * eax = 2 - receiver has blocked the IPC-buffer; try slightly to wait |
3231 | * eax = 3 - overflow of IPC-buffer of the receiver |
| 3163 | * eax = 3 - overflow of IPC-buffer of receiver |
3232 | * eax = 4 - process/thread with such PID does not exist |
| 3164 | * eax = 4 - process/thread with such PID does not exist |
3233 | Remarks: |
| 3165 | Remarks: |
3234 | * Immediately after writing of IPC-message to the buffer the system |
| 3166 | * System at once after writing the IPC-message in the buffer dispatches |
3235 | sends to the receiver the event with code 7 (see event codes). |
| 3167 | to stream - receiver event with the code 7 (see codes of events). |
3236 | |
| 3168 | 3237 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 3169 | ====================================================================== |
3238 | ==== Function 61 - get parameters for the direct graphics access. ==== |
| 3170 | ==== Function 61 - get parameters for direct access to a graphics. === |
3239 | ====================================================================== |
| 3171 | ====================================================================== |
3240 | The data of the graphics screen (the memory area which displays |
| 3172 | Data of graphics screen are accessible to program (area of memory, which purely |
3241 | screen contents) are accessible to a program directly, without |
| - | 3242 | any system calls, through the selector gs: |
|
| 3173 | also displays contents of screen) directly without calls of system functions |
3243 | mov eax, [gs:0] |
| 3174 | through the selector gs: |
3244 | places in eax the first dword of the buffer, which contains |
| 3175 | mov eax, [gs:0] |
3245 | information on color of the left upper point (and, possibly, colors |
| 3176 | will place in eax first dword of buffer containing information on colour |
3246 | of several following). |
| 3177 | of left upper point (and, probably, colour of several following). |
3247 | mov [gs:0], eax |
| 3178 | mov [gs:0], eax |
3248 | by work in VESA modes with LFB sets color of the left upper point |
| 3179 | by operation in modes VESA c LFB will install colour of left upper point |
3249 | (and, possibly, colors of several following). |
| 3180 | (and, probably, colour of several following). |
- | |
| Line 3181... | Line 3250... | ||
| 3181 | Interpretations given of the graphics screen need knowledge of some parameters, |
3250 | To interpret the data of graphics screen program needs to know |
| 3182 | which come back by this function. |
3251 | some parameters, returning by this function. |
| 3183 | Remarks: |
3252 | Remarks: |
| 3184 | * Parameters of a graphics very seldom vary at system operation, namely, |
3253 | * Graphics parameters changes very seldom at work, |
| 3185 | only in cases, when the user works with the program VRR. |
3254 | namely, only in cases, when user works with the application VRR. |
| 3186 | * At change of videomode the system redraw all windows |
3255 | * At videomode change the system redraws all windows (event |
| 3187 | (event with the code 1) and redraw a background (event 5). |
3256 | with code 1) and redraws the background (event 5). |
| 3188 | Same events occur and in other cases, which meet much more often, |
3257 | Same events occur in other cases too, which meet much more often, |
| 3189 | than change of videomode. |
3258 | than videomode change. |
| Line 3190... | Line 3259... | ||
| 3190 | * By operation in videomodes with LFB the selector gs specifies on purely |
3259 | * By operation in videomodes with LFB the selector gs points to |
| 3191 | LFB, so reading / writing on gs result directly in change of contents of |
3260 | LFB itself, so reading/writing on gs result directly in |
| 3192 | the screen. By operation in videomodes without LFB gs specifies some area |
3261 | change of screen contents. By operation in videomodes without |
| 3193 | of the given kernel, and all functions of output on the screen honesty |
3262 | LFB gs points to some data area in the kernel, and all functions |
| 3194 | fulfil double operation on writing directly on the screen and on |
3263 | of screen output fulfil honesty double operation on writing |
| 3195 | writing in this buffer. In result at reading contents of this buffer the |
3264 | directly to the screen and writing to this buffer. In result |
| Line 3196... | Line 3265... | ||
| 3196 | results correspond to contents of the screen (with, generally speaking, |
3265 | at reading contents of this buffer the results correspond to |
| 3197 | large colour permission), and writing ignored. |
3266 | screen contents (with, generally speaking, large color |
| 3198 | Exception is the mode 320*200, for which in main loop system thread the |
3267 | resolution), and writing is ignored. |
| 3199 | upgrade of the screen is fulfilled according to movements |
3268 | One exception is the mode 320*200, for which main loop of the |
| 3200 | of a mouse pointer. |
3269 | system thread updates the screen according to mouse movements. |
| 3201 | 3270 | ||
| 3202 | ------------------------- Screen resolution -------------------------- |
3271 | ------------------------- Screen resolution -------------------------- |
| Line 3203... | Line 3272... | ||
| 3203 | Parameters: |
3272 | Parameters: |
| 3204 | * eax = 61 - number of the function |
3273 | * eax = 61 - function number |
| 3205 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
3274 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
| 3206 | Returned value: |
3275 | Returned value: |
| 3207 | * eax = [permission on axis x] *65536 + [permission on axis y] |
3276 | * eax = [resolution on x axis]*65536 + [resolution on y axis] |
| 3208 | Remarks: |
3277 | Remarks: |
| 3209 | * It is possible to use the function 14 that it returns sizes on 1 less. |
3278 | * One can use function 14 paying attention that |
| 3210 | It completely equivalent way. |
3279 | it returns sizes on 1 pixel less. It is fully equivalent way. |
| 3211 | 3280 | ||
| 3212 | ------------------------ Number bits on pixel ------------------------ |
3281 | ---------------------- Number of bits per pixel ---------------------- |
| 3213 | Parameters: |
3282 | Parameters: |
| 3214 | * eax = 61 - number of the function |
3283 | * eax = 61 - function number |
| 3215 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
3284 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
| 3216 | Returned value: |
3285 | Returned value: |
| Line 3217... | Line 3286... | ||
| 3217 | * eax = number bits on pixel (24 or 32) |
3286 | * eax = number of bits per pixel (24 or 32) |
| 3218 | 3287 | ||
| 3219 | ------------------------ Number bytes on string ------------------------ |
3288 | -------------------- Number of bytes per scanline -------------------- |
| 3220 | Parameters: |
3289 | Parameters: |
| 3221 | * eax = 61 - number of the function |
3290 | * eax = 61 - function number |
| 3222 | * ebx = 3 - number subfunction |
3291 | * ebx = 3 - subfunction number |
| 3223 | Returned value: |
3292 | Returned value: |
| 3224 | * eax = number bytes, which is occupied by one string of the scanning |
3293 | * eax = number of bytes occupied by one scanline |
| 3225 | (horizontal line on the screen) |
3294 | (horizontal line on the screen) |
| 3226 | 3295 | ||
| 3227 | ====================================================================== |
3296 | ====================================================================== |
| 3228 | ==== Function 62, subfunction 0 - get version of PCI-interface. ===== |
3297 | ===== Function 62, subfunction 0 - get version of PCI-interface. ===== |
| 3229 | ====================================================================== |
3298 | ====================================================================== |
| Line 3230... | Line 3299... | ||
| 3230 | Parameters: |
3299 | Parameters: |
| 3231 | * eax = 62 - number of the function |
3300 | * eax = 62 - function number |
| 3232 | * bl = 0 - number subfunction |
3301 | * bl = 0 - subfunction number |
| 3233 | Returned value: |
3302 | Returned value: |
| 3234 | * eax = -1 - access to PCI is prohibited; differently |
3303 | * eax = -1 - PCI access is disabled; otherwise |
| 3235 | * ah.al = version of PCI-interface (ah=version, al=subversion) |
3304 | * ah.al = version of PCI-interface (ah=version, al=subversion) |
| 3236 | * high word eax contains a zero |
3305 | * high word of eax is zeroed |
| 3237 | Remarks: |
3306 | Remarks: |
| 3238 | * Low level access to PCI for applications subfunction 12 |
3307 | * Previously low-level access to PCI for applications must be |
| 3239 | functions 21 previously should be allowed. |
3308 | enabled by subfunction 12 of function 21. |
| 3240 | * If PCI BIOS is not supported, the value ax is not defined. |
3309 | * If PCI BIOS is not supported, the value of ax is undefined. |
| 3241 | 3310 | ||
| 3242 | ====================================================================== |
3311 | ====================================================================== |
| 3243 | ==== Function 62, subfunction 1 - get number of last PCI-bus. === |
3312 | ==== Function 62, subfunction 1 - get number of the last PCI-bus. ==== |
| - | 3313 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 3244 | ====================================================================== |
3314 | Parameters: |
| 3245 | Parameters: |
3315 | * eax = 62 - function number |
| Line 3246... | Line 3316... | ||
| 3246 | * eax = 62 - number of the function |
3316 | * bl = 1 - subfunction number |
| 3247 | * bl = 1 - number subfunction |
3317 | Returned value: |
| 3248 | Returned value: |
3318 | * eax = -1 - access to PCI is disabled; otherwise |
| 3249 | * eax = -1 - access to PCI is prohibited; differently |
3319 | * al = number of the last PCI-bus; other bytes of eax are destroyed |
| 3250 | * al = number of last PCI-bus; the stayed bits eax fail |
3320 | Remarks: |
| 3251 | Remarks: |
3321 | * Previously low-level access to PCI for applications must be |
| 3252 | * Low level access to PCI for applications subfunction 12 |
3322 | enabled by subfunction 12 of function 21. |
| 3253 | functions 21 previously should be allowed. |
3323 | * If PCI BIOS is not supported, the value of ax is undefined. |
| 3254 | * If PCI BIOS is not supported, the value al is not defined. |
3324 | |
| 3255 | 3325 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 3256 | ====================================================================== |
3326 | ===================== Function 62, subfunction 2 ===================== |
| 3257 | ====================== Function 62, subfunction 2 ==================== |
3327 | ===== Get mechanism of addressing to the PCI configuration space. ==== |
| 3258 | =========== Get mechanism of call to configuration space PCI. ======== |
3328 | ====================================================================== |
| 3259 | ====================================================================== |
3329 | Parameters: |
| 3260 | Parameters: |
3330 | * eax = 62 - function number |
| 3261 | * eax = 62 - number of the function |
3331 | * bl = 2 - subfunction number |
| 3262 | * bl = 2 - number subfunction |
3332 | Returned value: |
| 3263 | Returned value: |
3333 | * eax = -1 - access to PCI is disabled; otherwise |
| 3264 | * eax = -1 - access to PCI is prohibited; differently |
3334 | * al = mechanism (1 or 2); other bytes of eax are destroyed |
| 3265 | * al = mechanism (1 or 2); the other bits eax fail |
3335 | Remarks: |
| 3266 | Remarks: |
3336 | * Previously low-level access to PCI for applications must be |
| 3267 | * Low level access to PCI for applications subfunction 12 |
3337 | enabled by subfunction 12 of function 21. |
| 3268 | functions 21 previously should be allowed. |
3338 | * Addressing mechanism is selected depending on |
| 3269 | * Mechanism of call is selected according to characteristics of equipment. |
- | |
| 3270 | * Subfunctions of reading and writing automatically work with |
3339 | equipment characteristics. |
| 3271 | selected mechanism. |
3340 | * Subfunctions of read and write work automatically |
| - | 3341 | with the selected mechanism. |
|
| 3272 | 3342 | ||
| 3273 | ====================================================================== |
3343 | ====================================================================== |
| 3274 | ========= Function 62, subfunction 4,5,6 - read PCI-register. ======== |
3344 | ======== Function 62, subfunctions 4,5,6 - read PCI-register. ======== |
| - | 3345 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 3275 | ====================================================================== |
3346 | Parameters: |
| Line 3276... | Line 3347... | ||
| 3276 | Parameters: |
3347 | * eax = 62 - function number |
| 3277 | * eax = 62 - number of the function |
3348 | * bl = 4 - read byte |
| 3278 | * bl = 4 - read bytes |
3349 | * bl = 5 - read word |
| 3279 | * bl = 5 - read a word |
3350 | * bl = 6 - read dword |
| 3280 | * bl = 6 - tread a double word |
3351 | * bh = number of PCI-bus |
| 3281 | * bh = number of PCI-bus |
3352 | * ch = dddddfff, where ddddd = number of the device on the bus, |
| 3282 | * ch = dddddfff, where ddddd = number of device on bus, |
3353 | fff = function number of device |
| 3283 | fff = number of function of device |
3354 | * cl = number of register (must be even for bl=5, |
| 3284 | * cl = number of the register (should be even for bl=5, |
3355 | divisible by 4 for bl=6) |
| 3285 | be divided on 4 for bl=6) |
3356 | Returned value: |
| 3286 | Returned value: |
3357 | * eax = -1 - error (access to PCI is disabled or parameters |
| 3287 | * eax = -1 - error (prohibited access to PCI |
3358 | are not supported); otherwise |
| 3288 | or unsupported parameters); differently |
3359 | * al/ax/eax (depending on requested size) contains the data; |
| 3289 | * al/ax/eax (depending on the requested size) contains the data; |
3360 | the other part of register eax is destroyed |
| - | 3361 | Remarks: |
|
| 3290 | the rest of the register eax fail |
3362 | * Previously low-level access to PCI for applications must be |
| 3291 | Remarks: |
3363 | enabled by subfunction 12 of function 21. |
| - | 3364 | * Access mechanism 2 supports only 16 devices on a bus and ignores |
|
| 3292 | * Low level access to PCI for applications subfunction 12 |
3365 | function number. To get access mechanism use subfunction 2. |
| 3293 | functions 21 previously should be allowed. |
3366 | * Some registers are standard and exist for all devices, some are |
| 3294 | * Access mechanism 2 supports only 16 devices on the bus and ignores number |
3367 | defined by the concrete device. The list of registers of the |
| 3295 | of the function. To receive an access mechanism it is possible by call |
3368 | first type can be found e.g. in famous |
| 3296 | subfunction 2. |
3369 | Interrupt List by Ralf Brown |
| 3297 | * Some registers are standard and exist for all devices, some are defined |
3370 | (http://www.pobox.com/~ralf/files.html, |
| 3298 | by the concrete device. The list first enters, for example, in known |
- | |
| 3299 | Interrupt List by Ralf Brown |
3371 | ftp://ftp.cs.cmu.edu/afs/cs/user/ralf/pub/); |
| 3300 | (http://www.pobox.com/~ralf/files.html, |
3372 | registers of the second type must be listed |
| - | 3373 | in the device documentation. |
|
| 3301 | ftp://ftp.cs.cmu.edu/afs/cs/user/ralf/pub/); |
3374 | |
| 3302 | list second should be indicated in documentation on the device. |
3375 | ====================================================================== |
| 3303 | 3376 | ====== Function 62, subfunctions 8,9,10 - write to PCI-register. ===== |
|
| 3304 | ====================================================================== |
3377 | ====================================================================== |
| 3305 | ====== Function 62, subfunction 8,9,10 - write in PCI-register. ====== |
3378 | Parameters: |
| 3306 | ====================================================================== |
3379 | * eax = 62 - function number |
| 3307 | Parameters: |
3380 | * bl = 8 - write byte |
| 3308 | * eax = 62 - number of the function |
3381 | * bl = 9 - write word |
| 3309 | * bl = 8 - write bytes |
3382 | * bl = 10 - write dword |
| 3310 | * bl = 9 - write a word |
3383 | * bh = number of PCI-bus |
| 3311 | * bl = 10 - write a double word |
3384 | * ch = dddddfff, where ddddd = number of the device on the bus, |
| 3312 | * bh = number of PCI-bus |
3385 | fff = function number of device |
| 3313 | * ch = dddddfff, where ddddd = number of the device on bus, |
3386 | * cl = number of register (must be even for bl=9, |
| 3314 | fff = number of function of device |
3387 | divisible by 4 for bl=10) |
| 3315 | * cl = number of register (should be even for bl=9, |
3388 | * dl/dx/edx (depending on requested size) contatins |
| 3316 | be divided on 4 for bl=10) |
3389 | the data to write |
| 3317 | * dl/dx/edx (depending on requested size) contains given for writing |
3390 | Returned value: |
| 3318 | Returned value: |
3391 | * eax = -1 - error (access to PCI is disabled or parameters |
| 3319 | * eax = -1 - error (prohibited access to PCI or unsupported parameters) |
3392 | are not supported) |
| 3320 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
3393 | * eax = 0 - success |
| 3321 | Remarks: |
3394 | Remarks: |
| 3322 | * Low level access to PCI for applications subfunction 12 |
3395 | * Previously low-level access to PCI for applications must be |
| 3323 | functions 21 previously should be allowed. |
3396 | enabled by subfunction 12 of function 21. |
| 3324 | * Access mechanism 2 supports only 16 devices on the bus and ignores number |
- | |
| Line 3325... | Line 3397... | ||
| 3325 | of the function. To receive an access mechanism it is possible by call |
3397 | * Access mechanism 2 supports only 16 devices on a bus and ignores |
| 3326 | subfunction 2. |
3398 | function number. To get access mechanism use subfunction 2. |
| 3327 | * Some registers are standard and exist for all devices, some are defined |
3399 | * Some registers are standard and exist for all devices, some are |
| 3328 | by the concrete device. The list first enters, for example, in known |
3400 | defined by the concrete device. The list of registers of the |
| 3329 | Interrupt List by Ralf Brown; |
3401 | first type can be found e.g. in famous Interrupt List by |
| 3330 | list second should be indicated in documentation on the device. |
3402 | Ralf Brown; registers of the second type must be listed |
| 3331 | 3403 | in the device documentation. |
|
| 3332 | ====================================================================== |
3404 | |
| 3333 | ============== Function 63 - work with debugging board. ============== |
3405 | ====================================================================== |
| 3334 | ====================================================================== |
3406 | ============== Function 63 - work with the debug board. ============== |
| 3335 | Debugging board represents the system buffer (on 512 bytes), in which any |
- | |
| 3336 | program can write (generally speaking, arbitrary) data and from which other |
3407 | ====================================================================== |
| 3337 | program can these data read. |
3408 | The debug board is the global system buffer (with the size |
| 3338 | There is an agreement, according to which written given - text strings |
3409 | 512 bytes), to which any program can write (generally speaking, |
| 3339 | interpreted as of the debug message on a course of execution of the program. |
3410 | arbitrary) data and from which other program can read these data. |
| Line 3340... | Line 3411... | ||
| 3340 | The kernel in the defined situations also writes to board of debugging of the |
3411 | By the agreement written data are text strings interpreted as |
| 3341 | item of information about execution of some functions; under the agreement of |
3412 | debug messages on a course of program execution. The kernel in |
| 3342 | the message of a kernel start with the prefix " K: ". |
3413 | some situations also writes to the debug board information on |
| 3343 | For review of board of debugging the application board is created which reads |
3414 | execution of some functions; by the agreement kernel messages |
| 3344 | out the data from the buffer and displays them in the window. board understands |
3415 | begins from the prefix "K : ". |
| 3345 | a sequence of codes 13,10 as transition on new string |
3416 | For view of the debug board the application 'board' was created, |
| 3346 | Character with the zero code at the end of string is not mandatory, |
3417 | which reads data from the buffer and displays them in its window. |
| 3347 | but also does not prevent. |
3418 | 'board' interpretes the sequence of codes 13,10 as newline. |
| Line 3348... | Line 3419... | ||
| 3348 | As has appeared of the debugger necessity of board of debugging a little has |
3419 | A character with null code in an end of line is not necessary, |
| 3349 | decreased, as the debugger allows completely to inspect a course of execution |
3420 | but also does not prevent. |
| 3350 | of the program, and for this purpose it is not required of any efforts on the |
3421 | Because debugger has been written, the value of the debug board |
| 3351 | part of the program. Nevertheless in many cases the board of debugging |
3422 | has decreased, as debugger allows to inspect completely a course of |
| 3352 | continues to remain useful. |
3423 | program execution without any efforts from the direction of program |
| 3353 | 3424 | itself. Nevertheless in some cases the debug board is still useful. |
|
| 3354 | ---------------------------- Writing of byte ---------------------------- |
3425 | |
| 3355 | Parameters: |
3426 | ----------------------------- Write byte ----------------------------- |
| 3356 | * eax = 63 - number of the function |
3427 | Parameters: |
| 3357 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
3428 | * eax = 63 - function number |
| 3358 | * cl = bytes of data |
3429 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
| 3359 | Returned value: |
3430 | * cl = data byte |
| 3360 | * function does not return value |
3431 | Returned value: |
| Line 3361... | Line 3432... | ||
| 3361 | Remarks: |
3432 | * function does not return value |
| 3362 | * Byte is written in buffer. Length of buffer - 512 bytes. |
3433 | Remarks: |
| 3363 | At overflow of the buffer all obtained data are lost also filling |
3434 | * Byte is written to the buffer. Buffer size is 512 bytes. |
| 3364 | starts again with zero. |
3435 | At buffer overflow all obtained data are lost. |
| 3365 | * For output to board of debugging of more complex objects (strings, numbers) |
3436 | * For output to the debug board of more complicated objects |
| Line 3366... | Line 3437... | ||
| 3366 | this function called in cycle suffices. It is possible to not write |
3437 | (strings, numbers) it is enough to call this function in cycle. |
| 3367 | manually appropriate code, and to take advantage of the file debug.inc, |
3438 | It is possible not to write the appropriate code manually and use |
| 3368 | included in the distribution kit. |
3439 | file 'debug.inc', which is included into the distributive. |
| 3369 | 3440 | ||
| 3370 | ---------------------------- Reading of byte ---------------------------- |
3441 | ----------------------------- Read byte ------------------------------ |
| 3371 | Takes away bytes from the buffer. |
3442 | Takes away byte from the buffer. |
| 3372 | Parameters: |
3443 | Parameters: |
| 3373 | * eax = 63 - number of the function |
3444 | * eax = 63 - function number |
| 3374 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
3445 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
| Line 3375... | Line 3446... | ||
| 3375 | Returned value: |
3446 | Returned value: |
| 3376 | * eax = ebx = 0 - buffer is empty |
3447 | * eax = ebx = 0 - the buffer is empty |
| 3377 | * eax = bytes, ebx = 1 - bytes successfully is read |
3448 | * eax = byte, ebx = 1 - byte was successfully read |
| 3378 | 3449 | ||
| 3379 | ====================================================================== |
3450 | ====================================================================== |
| 3380 | ========== Function 64 - reallocate memory of application. ========== |
3451 | ============== Function 64 - resize application memory. ============== |
| Line 3381... | Line 3452... | ||
| 3381 | ====================================================================== |
3452 | ====================================================================== |
| 3382 | Parameters: |
3453 | Parameters: |
| 3383 | * eax = 64 - number of the function |
3454 | * eax = 64 - function number |
| 3384 | * ebx = 1 - sole subfunction |
3455 | * ebx = 1 - unique subfunction |
| 3385 | * ecx = new size of memory |
3456 | * ecx = new memory size |
| 3386 | Returned value: |
3457 | Returned value: |
| 3387 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
3458 | * eax = 0 - success |
| 3388 | * eax = 1 - not enough of memory |
3459 | * eax = 1 - not enough memory |
| 3389 | Remarks: |
3460 | Remarks: |
| 3390 | * At present this function is a sole resource for dynamic |
3461 | * At the moment this function is a sole resource for dynamic |
| 3391 | allocation/free of memory for application. |
3462 | allocation/free of application memory. |
| 3392 | 3463 | ||
| 3393 | ====================================================================== |
3464 | ====================================================================== |
| 3394 | ================= Function 66 - work with keyboard. ================= |
3465 | ================== Function 66 - work with keyboard. ================= |
| 3395 | ====================================================================== |
3466 | ====================================================================== |
| 3396 | Mode of input influences results of reading of keys by function 2. |
3467 | The input mode influences results of reading keys by function 2. |
| 3397 | At program loading for it ASCII-mode of input is installed. |
3468 | When a program loads, ASCII input mode is set for it. |
| 3398 | 3469 | ||
| - | 3470 | -------------- Subfunction 1 - set keyboard input mode. -------------- |
|
| 3399 | -------- Subfunction 1 - install a keyboard mode. --------- |
3471 | Parameters: |
| 3400 | Parameters: |
3472 | * eax = 66 - function number |
| 3401 | * eax = 66 - number of the function |
3473 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
| 3402 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
3474 | * ecx = mode: |
| 3403 | * ecx = mode: |
3475 | * 0 = normal (ASCII-characters) |
| 3404 | * 0 = normal (ASCII-characters) |
3476 | * 1 = scancodes |
| 3405 | * 1 = scancodes |
3477 | Returned value: |
| 3406 | Returned value: |
3478 | * function does not return value |
| 3407 | * function does not return value |
3479 | |
| 3408 | 3480 | -------------- Subfunction 2 - get keyboard input mode. -------------- |
|
| 3409 | --------- Subfunction 2 - get a keyboard mode. ---------- |
3481 | Parameters: |
| 3410 | Parameters: |
3482 | * eax = 66 - function number |
| 3411 | * eax = 66 - number of the function |
3483 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
| 3412 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
3484 | Returned value: |
| 3413 | Returned value: |
3485 | * eax = current mode |
| 3414 | * eax = current mode |
3486 | |
| 3415 | 3487 | ------------ Subfunction 3 - get status of control keys. ------------- |
|
| 3416 | ------- Subfunction 3 - get a status of direction keys. -------- |
3488 | Parameters: |
| 3417 | Parameters: |
3489 | * eax = 66 - function number |
| 3418 | * eax = 66 - number of the function |
3490 | * ebx = 3 - subfunction number |
| 3419 | * ebx = 3 - number subfunction |
3491 | Returned value: |
| 3420 | Returned value: |
3492 | * eax = bit mask: |
| 3421 | * eax = bit mask: |
3493 | * bit 0 (mask 1): left Shift is pressed |
| 3422 | * Bit 0 (mask 1): left Shift is pressed |
3494 | * bit 1 (mask 2): right Shift is pressed |
| 3423 | * Bit 1 (mask 2): right Shift is pressed |
3495 | * bit 2 (mask 4): left Ctrl is pressed |
| 3424 | * Bit 2 (mask 4): left Ctrl is pressed |
3496 | * bit 3 (mask 8): right Ctrl is pressed |
| 3425 | * Bit 3 (mask 8): right Ctrl is pressed |
3497 | * bit 4 (mask 0x10): left Alt is pressed |
| - | 3498 | * bit 5 (mask 0x20): right Alt is pressed |
|
| 3426 | * Bit 4 (mask 0x10): left Alt is pressed |
3499 | * bit 6 (mask 0x40): CapsLock is on |
| 3427 | * Bit 5 (mask 0x20): right Alt is pressed |
3500 | * bit 7 (mask 0x80): NumLock is on |
| 3428 | * Bit 6 (mask 0x40): CapsLock is included |
3501 | * bit 8 (mask 0x100): ScrollLock is on |
| 3429 | * Bit 7 (mask 0x80): NumLock is included |
3502 | * other bits are cleared |
| 3430 | * Bit 8 (mask 0x100): ScrollLock is included |
3503 | |
| 3431 | * The other bits are reset |
3504 | -------------- Subfunction 4 - set system-wide hotkey. --------------- |
| 3432 | 3505 | When hotkey is pressed, the system notifies only those applications, |
|
| 3433 | ----- Subfunction 4 - install common system "hotkey". ----- |
3506 | which have installed it; the active application (which receives |
| 3434 | Applications which have installed it are informed only on pressing "hotkey"; |
3507 | all normal input) does not receive such keys. |
| 3435 | the active application (to which acts all normal input) such keys does not get. |
3508 | The notification consists in sending event with the code 2. |
| 3436 | Notice consists in sending event with the code 2. |
3509 | Reading hotkey is the same as reading normal key - by function 2. |
| - | 3510 | Parameters: |
|
| 3437 | To read "hotkey" it is possible the same as also usual, - function 2. |
3511 | * eax = 66 - function number |
| 3438 | Parameters: |
3512 | * ebx = 4 - subfunction number |
| - | 3513 | * cl determines key scancode; |
|
| Line 3439... | Line 3514... | ||
| 3439 | * eax = 66 - number of the function |
3514 | use cl=0 to give combinations such as Ctrl+Shift |
| 3440 | * ebx = 4 - number subfunction |
3515 | * edx = 0xXYZ determines possible states of control keys: |
| 3441 | * cl sets scancode of the key; |
3516 | * Z (low 4 bits) determines state of LShift and RShift: |
| 3442 | ãse cl=0 for definition of combinations of a type Ctrl+Shift |
3517 | * 0 = no key must be pressed; |
| 3443 | * edx = 0xXYZ ûets possible statuses of direction keys: |
3518 | * 1 = exactly one key must be pressed; |
| 3444 | * Z (low 4 bits) are set by a status of keys LShift and RShift: |
3519 | * 2 = both keys must be pressed; |
| 3445 | * 0 = any of keys should not be pressed; |
3520 | * 3 = must be pressed LShift, but not RShift; |
| 3446 | * 1 = only one of keys is should be pressed; |
3521 | * 4 = must be pressed RShift, but not LShift |
| 3447 | * 2 = both keys should be pressed; |
3522 | * Y - similar for LCtrl and RCtrl; |
| 3448 | * 3 = should be pressed LShift, but not RShift; |
3523 | * X - similar for LAlt and RAlt |
| 3449 | * 4 = should be pressed RShift, but not LShift |
3524 | Returned value: |
| 3450 | * Y - is similar for LCtrl and RCtrl; |
3525 | * eax=0 - success |
| 3451 | * X - is similar for LAlt and RAlt |
3526 | * eax=1 - too mant hotkeys (maximum 256 are allowed) |
| 3452 | Returned value: |
3527 | Remarks: |
| 3453 | * eax=0 - successfully |
3528 | * Hotkey can work either at pressing or at release. Release |
| 3454 | * eax=1 - too much "hotkey" is admitted (maximal 256) |
3529 | scancode of a key is more on 128 than pressing scancode |
| 3455 | Remarks: |
3530 | (i.e. high bit is set). |
| 3456 | * Hotkey can work either at pressing, or at release. Scancode of release |
3531 | * Several applications can set the same combination; |
| 3457 | of the key on 128 it is more, than scancode of pressing |
3532 | all such applications will be informed on pressing |
| 3458 | (i.e. high bit is installed). |
3533 | such combination. |
| 3459 | * Some applications can install the same combination; all such applications |
3534 | |
| 3460 | will be informed on pressing such combination. |
3535 | -------------- Subfunction 5 - delete installed hotkey. -------------- |
| 3461 | 3536 | Parameters: |
|
| Line 3462... | Line 3537... | ||
| 3462 | ------ Subfunction 5 - delete installed "hotkey". ------- |
3537 | * eax = 66 - function number |
| 3463 | Parameters: |
3538 | * ebx = 5 - subfunction number |
| 3464 | * eax = 66 - number of the function |
3539 | * cl = scancode of key and edx = 0xXYZ the same as in subfunction 4 |
| 3465 | * ebx = 5 - number subfunction |
3540 | Returned value: |
| 3466 | * cl = scancode of key and edx = 0xXYZ same, as well as in subfunction 4 |
3541 | * eax = 0 - success |
| 3467 | Returned value: |
3542 | * eax = 1 - there is no such hotkey |
| 3468 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
3543 | Remarks: |
| 3469 | * eax = 1 - there is no such hotkey |
3544 | * When a process/thread terminates, all hotkey installed by it are |
| 3470 | Remarks: |
3545 | deleted. |
| Line 3471... | Line 3546... | ||
| 3471 | * At completion of process / thread all hotkey, installed by it are deleted. |
3546 | * The call to this subfunction does not affect other applications. |
| 3472 | * Function call does not influence other applications. If other application |
3547 | If other application has defined the same combination, it will |
| 3473 | has defined same combination, it will receive still notices. |
- | |
| 3474 | 3548 | still receive notices. |
|
| 3475 | ====================================================================== |
3549 | |
| 3476 | ============ Function 67 - change location/sizes of window. =========== |
3550 | ====================================================================== |
| 3477 | ====================================================================== |
3551 | ========= Function 67 - change position/sizes of the window. ========= |
| 3478 | Parameters: |
3552 | ====================================================================== |
| 3479 | * eax = 67 - number of the function |
- | |
| 3480 | * ebx = new x-coordinate of the window |
3553 | Parameters: |
| 3481 | * ecx = new y-coordinate of the window |
3554 | * eax = 67 - function number |
| 3482 | * edx = new x-size of the window |
3555 | * ebx = new x-coordinate of the window |
| 3483 | * esi = new y-size of the window |
3556 | * ecx = new y-coordinate of the window |
| 3484 | Returned value: |
3557 | * edx = new x-size of the window |
| Line 3485... | Line 3558... | ||
| 3485 | * function does not return value |
3558 | * esi = new y-size of the window |
| 3486 | Remarks: |
3559 | Returned value: |
| 3487 | * Value -1 for the parameter means "to not change"; for example, for moving |
3560 | * function does not return value |
| 3488 | the window without resizing it is possible to specify edx=esi =-1. |
3561 | Remarks: |
| 3489 | * Previously window should be defined by the function 0. |
3562 | * The value -1 for a parameter means "do not change"; e.g. to move |
| 3490 | It sets initial coordinates and sizes of the window. |
3563 | the window without resizing it is possible to specify edx=esi=-1. |
| 3491 | * Sizes of the window are understood in sense of the function 0, |
3564 | * Previously the window must be defined by function 0. |
| 3492 | i.e. on one pixel it is less, than real sizes. |
3565 | It sets initial coordinates and sizes of the window. |
| 3493 | * Function call for the maximized windows is simple ignored. |
3566 | * Sizes of the window are understood in sense of function 0, |
| 3494 | * For windows of appropriate styles a location and/or the sizes can be |
3567 | that is one pixel less than real sizes. |
| 3495 | changed by the user; current a location and the sizes can be obtained |
3568 | * The function call for maximized windows is simply ignored. |
| 3496 | by function call 9. |
3569 | * For windows of appropriate styles position and/or sizes can be |
| 3497 | * Function dispatches to window event redraw (with the code 1). |
3570 | changed by user; current position and sizes can be obtained by |
| 3498 | 3571 | call to function 9. |
|
| 3499 | ====================================================================== |
3572 | * The function sends to the window redraw event (with the code 1). |
| 3500 | == Function 68, subfunction 0 - get the counter of task switchings. == |
3573 | |
| 3501 | ====================================================================== |
3574 | ====================================================================== |
| 3502 | Parameters: |
3575 | ====== Function 68, subfunction 0 - get the task switch counter. ===== |
| 3503 | * eax = 68 - number of the function |
3576 | ====================================================================== |
| 3504 | * ebx = 0 - number subfunction |
3577 | Parameters: |
| 3505 | Returned value: |
3578 | * eax = 68 - function number |
| Line 3506... | Line 3579... | ||
| 3506 | * eax = number of task switchings from the moment of loading the system |
3579 | * ebx = 0 - subfunction number |
| 3507 | (modulo 2^32) |
3580 | Returned value: |
| 3508 | 3581 | * eax = number of task switches from the system booting |
|
| 3509 | ====================================================================== |
3582 | (modulo 2^32) |
| 3510 | ====================== Function 68, subfunction 1 ==================== |
3583 | |
| 3511 | =========== To switch to the following thread of execution. ========== |
3584 | ====================================================================== |
| - | 3585 | ======= Function 68, subfunction 1 - switch to the next thread. ====== |
|
| 3512 | ====================================================================== |
3586 | ====================================================================== |
| 3513 | Function completes a current time slice allocated to stream, |
3587 | The function completes the current time slice allocated to the |
| 3514 | and switches to the following.(What thread what process will be by the |
3588 | thread and switches to the next. (Which thread in which process |
| 3515 | following, to predict it is impossible). |
3589 | will be next, is unpredictable). Later, when execution queue |
| 3516 | Later, when up to current thread queue will reach, |
3590 | will reach the current thread, execution will be continued. |
| 3517 | the execution will be restored. |
3591 | Parameters: |
| 3518 | Parameters: |
3592 | * eax = 68 - function number |
| 3519 | * eax = 68 - number of the function |
3593 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
| 3520 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
3594 | Returned value: |
| 3521 | Returned value: |
3595 | * function does not return value |
| 3522 | * function does not return value |
3596 | |
| - | 3597 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 3523 | 3598 | ============= Function 68, subfunction 2 - cache + rdpmc. ============ |
|
| 3524 | ====================================================================== |
3599 | ====================================================================== |
| 3525 | ============ Function 68, subfunction 2 - cache + rdpmc. ============= |
3600 | Parameters: |
| - | 3601 | * eax = 68 - function number |
|
| 3526 | ====================================================================== |
3602 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
| 3527 | Parameters: |
3603 | * ecx = required action: |
| 3528 | * eax = 68 - number of the function |
3604 | * ecx = 0 - enable instruction 'rdpmc' |
| 3529 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
3605 | (ReaD Performance-Monitoring Counters) for applications |
| 3530 | * ecx = required operation: |
3606 | * ecx = 1 - find out whether cache is disabled/enabled |
| 3531 | * ecx = 0 - to permit execution of the instruction rdpmc |
3607 | * ecx = 2 - enable cache |
| 3532 | (ReaD Performance-Monitoring Counters) |
3608 | * ecx = 3 - disable cache |
| - | 3609 | Returned value: |
|
| 3533 | * ecx = 1 - find out, enabled/disabled cache |
3610 | * for ecx=0: |
| 3534 | * ecx = 2 - enabled cache |
3611 | * eax = the value of cr4 |
| 3535 | * ecx = 3 - disabled cache |
3612 | * for ecx=1: |
| 3536 | Returned value: |
3613 | * eax = (cr0 and 0x60000000): |
| 3537 | * for ecx=0: |
3614 | * eax = 0 - cache is on |
| 3538 | * eax = value cr4 |
3615 | * eax <> 0 - cache is off |
| 3539 | * for ecx=1: |
3616 | * for ecx=2 and ecx=3: |
| 3540 | * eax = (cr0 and 0x60000000): |
3617 | * function does not return value |
| 3541 | * eax = 0 - cache enabled |
3618 | |
| 3542 | * eax <> 0 - cache disabled |
3619 | ====================================================================== |
| 3543 | * for ecx=2 and ecx=3: |
3620 | =========== Function 68, subfunction 3 - read MSR-register. ========== |
| 3544 | * function does not return value |
3621 | ====================================================================== |
| - | 3622 | MSR = Model Specific Register; the complete list of MSR-registers |
|
| 3545 | 3623 | of a processor is included to the documentation on it (for example, |
|
| 3546 | ====================================================================== |
3624 | IA-32 Intel Architecture Software Developer's Manual, |
| 3547 | =========== Function 68, subfunction 3 - read MSR-register. ========== |
3625 | Volume 3, Appendix B); each processor family has its own subset |
| - | 3626 | of the MSR-registers. |
|
| Line 3548... | Line 3627... | ||
| 3548 | ====================================================================== |
3627 | Parameters: |
| 3549 | MSR = Model Specific Register; the complete list of the MSR-registers of the |
3628 | * eax = 68 - function number |
| 3550 | processor contains in documentation on the processor (for example, IA-32 Intel |
3629 | * ebx = 3 - subfunction number |
| 3551 | Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); each set of |
3630 | * ecx is ignored |
| 3552 | processors has the subset of the MSR-registers. |
3631 | * edx = MSR address |
| 3553 | Parameters: |
3632 | Returned value: |
| 3554 | * eax = 68 - number of the function |
3633 | * ebx:eax = high:low dword of the result |
| 3555 | * ebx = 3 - number subfunction |
3634 | Remarks: |
| 3556 | * ecx ignored |
3635 | * If ecx contains nonexistent or not implemented for this processor |
| 3557 | * edx = address MSR |
3636 | MSR, processor will generate an exception in the kernel, which |
| 3558 | Returned value: |
3637 | will kill the thread. |
| 3559 | * ebx:eax = high:low dword of result |
3638 | * Previously it is necessary to check, whether MSRs are supported |
| 3560 | Remarks: |
3639 | as a whole, with the instruction 'cpuid'. Otherwise processor |
| 3561 | * Instruction in ecx nonexistent or non-realized for of the given processor |
3640 | will generate other exception in the kernel, which will anyway |
| 3562 | MSR will entail exception in a kernel, which will kill thread. |
3641 | kill the thread. |
| 3563 | * Previously it is necessary to define, whether are supported MSR as a whole, |
3642 | |
| 3564 | command cpuid. Differently there will be already other exception in a |
3643 | ====================================================================== |
| - | 3644 | ========= Function 68, subfunction 4 - write to MSR-register. ======== |
|
| 3565 | kernel, which all the same will kill thread. |
3645 | ====================================================================== |
| Line 3566... | Line 3646... | ||
| 3566 | 3646 | MSR = Model Specific Register; the complete list of MSR-registers |
|
| 3567 | ====================================================================== |
3647 | of a processor is included to the documentation on it (for example, |
| 3568 | ========= Function 68, subfunction 4 - çàïèñàòü â MSR-ðåãèñòð. ========= |
3648 | IA-32 Intel Architecture Software Developer's Manual, |
| 3569 | ====================================================================== |
3649 | Volume 3, Appendix B); each processor family has its own subset |
| 3570 | MSR = Model Specific Register; the complete list of the MSR-registers of the |
3650 | of the MSR-registers. |
| 3571 | processor contains in documentation on the processor (for example, IA-32 Intel |
3651 | Parameters: |
| 3572 | Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); each set of |
3652 | * eax = 68 - function number |
| 3573 | processors has the subset of the MSR-registers. |
3653 | * ebx = 4 - subfunction number |
| 3574 | Parameters: |
3654 | * ecx is ignored |
| 3575 | * eax = 68 - number of the function |
3655 | * edx = MSR address |
| 3576 | * ebx = 4 - number subfunction |
3656 | * esi:edi = high:low dword |
| 3577 | * ecx ignored |
3657 | Returned value: |
| 3578 | * edx = address MSR |
3658 | * ebx:eax = copy of esi:edi |
| 3579 | * esi:edi = high:low dword of result |
3659 | Çàìå÷àíèÿ: |
| 3580 | Returned value: |
3660 | * If ecx contains nonexistent or not implemented for this processor |
| Line 3581... | Line 3661... | ||
| 3581 | * ebx:eax = copy esi:edi |
3661 | MSR, processor will generate an exception in the kernel, which |
| 3582 | Remarks: |
3662 | will kill the thread. |
| 3583 | * Instruction in ecx nonexistent or non-realized for of the given processor |
3663 | * Previously it is necessary to check, whether MSRs are supported |
| 3584 | MSR will entail exception in a kernel, which will kill thread. |
3664 | as a whole, with the instruction 'cpuid'. Otherwise processor |
| 3585 | * Previously it is necessary to define, whether are supported MSR as a whole, |
3665 | will generate other exception in the kernel, which will anyway |
| 3586 | command cpuid. Differently there will be already other exception in a |
3666 | kill the thread. |
| 3587 | kernel, which all the same will kill thread. |
3667 | |
| 3588 | 3668 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 3589 | ====================================================================== |
3669 | ======= Function 68, subfunction 5 - allocate physical memory. ======= |
| 3590 | ======= Function 68, subfunction 5 - allocate physical memory. ======= |
3670 | ====================================================================== |
| 3591 | ====================================================================== |
3671 | Parameters: |
| 3592 | Parameters: |
3672 | * eax = 68 - function number |
| 3593 | * eax = 68 - number of the function |
3673 | * ebx = 5 - subfunction number |
| 3594 | * ebx = 5 - number subfunction |
3674 | * ecx = size (in bytes) |
| 3595 | * ecx = size (in bytes) |
3675 | Returned value: |
| 3596 | Returned value: |
3676 | * eax = physical address of allocated memory |
| 3597 | * eax = physical address of allocated memory |
3677 | Remarks: |
| 3598 | Remarks: |
3678 | * Normal applications must not use this function, it is intended |
| 3599 | * Usual applications should not use this function, it is intended for of a |
3679 | for the case, when for some device it is required to place |
| Line 3600... | Line 3680... | ||
| 3600 | case, when by operation with any device it is required to place the data |
3680 | data to the known physical address. (In effect, this function |
| 3601 | to the known physical address. (In effect, this function was developed for |
3681 | was developed for AC97WAV.) |
| 3602 | AC97WAV.) |
3682 | * The number of blocks of physical memory is limited (by constant |
| 3603 | * Number of blocks of the actual storage is limited (constant 24, and this |
3683 | 24, and this constant includes some blocks for kernel). |
| 3604 | constant includes and some memories for of needs of a kernel). |
3684 | * To free a memory allocated by such way use |
| 3605 | * Free allocated memory it is possible subfunction 6, in copying data |
3685 | subfunction 6, to copy data there and back |
| 3606 | there/back are engaged subfunction 7 and 8. |
3686 | use subfunctions 7 and 8. |
| 3607 | 3687 | ||
| 3608 | ====================================================================== |
3688 | ====================================================================== |
| 3609 | ========= Function 68, subfunction 6 - free physical memory. ========= |
3689 | ========= Function 68, subfunction 6 - free physical memory. ========= |
| 3610 | ====================================================================== |
3690 | ====================================================================== |
| 3611 | Parameters: |
3691 | Parameters: |
| 3612 | * eax = 68 - number of the function |
3692 | * eax = 68 - function number |
| 3613 | * ebx = 6 - number subfunction |
3693 | * ebx = 6 - subfunction number |
| 3614 | * ecx = physical address of memory |
3694 | * ecx = physical address of memory |
| 3615 | Returned value: |
3695 | Returned value: |
| 3616 | * function does not return value |
3696 | * function does not return value |
| 3617 | Remarks: |
3697 | Remarks: |
| 3618 | * Usual applications should not use this function, it is intended for of a |
3698 | * Normal applications must not use this function, it is intended |
| Line 3619... | Line 3699... | ||
| 3619 | case, when by operation with any device it is required to place the data |
3699 | for the case, when for some device it is required to place |
| 3620 | to the known physical address. (In effect, this function was developed for |
3700 | data to the known physical address. (In effect, this function |
| 3621 | AC97WAV.) |
3701 | was developed for AC97WAV.) |
| 3622 | * Memory should be earlier allocated subfunction 5. |
3702 | * The memory must be previously allocated by subfunction 5. |
| 3623 | 3703 | ||
| - | 3704 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 3624 | ====================================================================== |
3705 | ===== Function 68, subfunction 7 - write data to physical memory. ==== |
| - | 3706 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 3625 | ==== Function 68, subfunction 7 - write data in physical memory. ===== |
3707 | Parameters: |
| 3626 | ====================================================================== |
3708 | * eax = 68 - function number |
| 3627 | Parameters: |
3709 | * ebx = 7 - subfunction number |
| 3628 | * eax = 68 - number of the function |
3710 | * ecx = physical address |
| 3629 | * ebx = 7 - number subfunction |
3711 | * edx = pointer to the data (in the application) |
| 3630 | * ecx = physical address |
3712 | * esi = size of the data (in bytes) |
| 3631 | * edx = pointer on data (in application) |
3713 | Returned value: |
| 3632 | * esi = data size (in bytes) |
3714 | * function does not return value |
| 3633 | Returned value: |
3715 | Remarks: |
| 3634 | * function does not return value |
3716 | * Normal applications must not use this function, it is intended |
| 3635 | Remarks: |
3717 | for the case, when for some device it is required to place |
| 3636 | * Usual applications should not use this function, it is intended for of a |
3718 | data to the known physical address. (In effect, this function |
| 3637 | case, when by operation with any device it is required to place the data |
3719 | was developed for AC97WAV.) |
| 3638 | to the known physical address. (In effect, this function was developed for |
3720 | * The range of physical addresses should lie inside of previously |
| 3639 | AC97WAV.) |
3721 | allocated by subfunction 5 block of physical memory. |
| 3640 | * Range of physical addresses should lay inside allocated subfunction 5 |
3722 | * There is no check for correctness. |
| 3641 | blocks of physical memory. |
3723 | |
| 3642 | * Checks of a correctness is not made. |
3724 | ====================================================================== |
| 3643 | 3725 | ==== Function 68, subfunction 8 - read data from physical memory. ==== |
|
| 3644 | ====================================================================== |
3726 | ====================================================================== |
| 3645 | ==== Function 68, subfunction 8 - read data from physical memory. ==== |
3727 | Parameters: |
| 3646 | ====================================================================== |
3728 | * eax = 68 - function number |
| 3647 | Parameters: |
3729 | * ebx = 8 - subfunction number |
| Line 3648... | Line 3730... | ||
| 3648 | * eax = 68 - number of the function |
3730 | * ecx = physical address |
| 3649 | * ebx = 8 - number subfunction |
3731 | * edx = pointer to buffer for data (in application) |
| 3650 | * ecx = physical address |
3732 | * esi = size of data (in bytes) |
| 3651 | * edx = pointer on buffer for data (in application) |
3733 | Returned value: |
| 3652 | * esi = data size (in bytes) |
3734 | * function does not return value |
| 3653 | Returned value: |
3735 | Remarks: |
| 3654 | * function does not return value |
3736 | * Normal applications must not use this function, it is intended |
| 3655 | Remarks: |
3737 | for the case, when for some device it is required to place |
| 3656 | * Usual applications should not use this function, it is intended for of a |
3738 | data to the known physical address. (In effect, this function |
| 3657 | case, when by operation with any device it is required to place the data |
3739 | was developed for AC97WAV.) |
| 3658 | to the known physical address. (In effect, this function was developed for |
3740 | * The range of physical addresses should lie inside of previously |
| 3659 | AC97WAV.) |
3741 | allocated by subfunction 5 block of physical memory. |
| 3660 | * Range of physical addresses should lay inside allocated subfunction 5 |
3742 | * There is no check for correctness. |
| 3661 | blocks of physical memory. |
3743 | |
| Line 3662... | Line 3744... | ||
| 3662 | * Checks of a correctness is not made. |
3744 | ====================================================================== |
| 3663 | - | ||
| 3664 | ====================================================================== |
3745 | ====================== Fucntion 69 - debugging. ====================== |
| 3665 | ====================== Function 69 - debugging. ====================== |
3746 | ====================================================================== |
| 3666 | ====================================================================== |
3747 | A process can load other process as debugged by set of corresponding |
| 3667 | Process can load other process as debugged by installation of appropriate bit |
3748 | bit by call to subfunction 16 of function 58 |
| 3668 | by call subfunction 16 functions 58. Process can have only one debugger; |
3749 | or subfunction 7 of function 70. |
| 3669 | one process can debug some processes. System notifies the debugger on events |
3750 | A process can have only one debugger; one process can debug some |
| 3670 | occurring to the debugged process. Messages are written in the buffer defined |
3751 | others. The system notifies debugger on events occuring with |
| 3671 | subfunction 0. |
3752 | debugged process. Messages are written to the buffer defined by |
| 3672 | Ôîðìàò ñîîáùåíèÿ: |
3753 | subfunction 0. |
| 3673 | +0: dword: the code of the message |
3754 | Format of a message: |
| 3674 | +4: dword: PID of the debugged process |
3755 | * +0: dword: message code |
| 3675 | +8: there can be additional data defined by the code of the message |
3756 | * +4: dword: PID of debugged process |
| 3676 | Codes of messages: |
3757 | * +8: there can be additional data depending on message code |
| 3677 | * 1 = exception |
3758 | Message codes: |
| 3678 | * in addition transfers dword-number of exception |
3759 | * 1 = exception |
| 3679 | * process is paused |
3760 | * in addition dword-number of the exception is given |
| 3680 | * 2 = process was completed |
3761 | * process is suspended |
| 3681 | * comes at any completion: both through the system function -1, |
3762 | * 2 = process has terminated |
| 3682 | and at "murder" by any other process (including debugger) |
3763 | * comes at any termination: both through the system function -1, |
| 3683 | * 3 = debug exception int 1 = #DB |
3764 | and at "murder" by any other process (including debugger itself) |
| 3684 | * in addition transfers a dword-image of the register DR6: |
3765 | * 3 = debug exception int 1 = #DB |
| Line 3685... | Line 3766... | ||
| 3685 | * Bits 0-3: the condition of appropriate breakpoint |
3766 | * in addition dword-image of the register DR6 is given: |
| 3686 | (installed subfunction 9) is fulfilled |
3767 | * bits 0-3: condition of the corresponding breakpoint (set by |
| 3687 | * Bit 14: the exception has taken place because of the mode of step |
3768 | subfunction 9) is satisfied |
| 3688 | tracing (the flag TF is installed) |
3769 | * áèò 14: exception has occured because of the trace mode |
| 3689 | * process is paused |
3770 | (flag TF is set TF) |
| 3690 | At completion of the debugger all debugged processes are killed. |
3771 | * process is suspended |
| 3691 | If the debugger it does not want, it should previously be disabled |
3772 | When debugger terminates, all debugged processes are killed. |
| 3692 | subfunction 3. |
3773 | If debugger does not want this, it must previously detach by |
| 3693 | 3774 | subfunction 3. |
|
| - | 3775 | ||
| 3694 | All subfunction are applicable only to the processes/threads started from |
3776 | All subfunctions are applicable only to processes/threads started |
| 3695 | current function 58 with a installed debugging flag. |
3777 | from the current by function 58 or 70 with set debugging flag. |
| 3696 | Debugging of multithread programs is not supported yet. |
3778 | Debugging of multithreaded programs is not supported yet. |
| 3697 | Full list subfunctions: |
3779 | The full list of subfunctions: |
| 3698 | * subfunction 0 - define area given for of debug messages |
3780 | * subfunction 0 - define data area for debug messages |
| 3699 | * subfunction 1 - get a status of the registers debugged thread |
3781 | * subfunction 1 - get contents of registers of debugged thread |
| 3700 | * subfunction 2 - install a status of the registers debugged thread |
3782 | * subfunction 2 - set contents of registers of debugged thread |
| 3701 | * subfunction 3 - disabled from the debugged process |
3783 | * subfunction 3 - detach from debugged process |
| Line 3751... | Line 3833... | ||
| 3751 | * +24 = +0x18: dword: esp |
3833 | * +24 = +0x18: dword: esp |
| 3752 | * +28 = +0x1C: dword: ebp |
3834 | * +28 = +0x1C: dword: ebp |
| 3753 | * +32 = +0x20: dword: esi |
3835 | * +32 = +0x20: dword: esi |
| 3754 | * +36 = +0x24: dword: edi |
3836 | * +36 = +0x24: dword: edi |
| 3755 | Remarks: |
3837 | Remarks: |
| 3756 | * If thread fulfils the code of a ring-0, the status of the registers |
3838 | * If the thread executes code of ring-0, the function returns |
| 3757 | of a ring-3 comes back. |
3839 | contents of registers of ring-3. |
| 3758 | * Process should be loaded for of debugging (as is indicated in |
3840 | * Process must be loaded for debugging (as is shown in |
| 3759 | the common description). |
3841 | general description). |
| Line 3760... | Line 3842... | ||
| 3760 | 3842 | ||
| 3761 | ====================================================================== |
3843 | ====================================================================== |
| 3762 | ====================== Function 69, subfunction 2 ====================== |
3844 | ===================== Function 69, subfunction 2 ===================== |
| 3763 | ======== Install a status of the registers debugged thread. ======== |
3845 | ============ Set contents of registers of debugged thread. =========== |
| 3764 | ====================================================================== |
3846 | ====================================================================== |
| 3765 | Parameters: |
3847 | Parameters: |
| 3766 | * eax = 69 - number of the function |
3848 | * eax = 69 - function number |
| 3767 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
3849 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
| 3768 | * ecx = thread identifier |
3850 | * ecx = thread identifier |
| 3769 | * edx = length of structure of a context, should be 0x28=40 bytes |
3851 | * edx = size of context structure, must be 0x28=40 bytes |
| 3770 | Returned value: |
3852 | Returned value: |
| 3771 | * function does not return value |
3853 | * function does not return value |
| - | 3854 | Format of context structure is shown in the description of |
|
| 3772 | Format of structure of a context is indicated in the description subfunction 1. |
3855 | subfunction 1. |
| 3773 | Remarks: |
3856 | Remarks: |
| 3774 | * If thread fulfils the code of a 0-ring, the status of the registers |
3857 | * If the thread executes code of ring-0, the function returns |
| 3775 | of a 3-ring is installed. |
3858 | contents of registers of ring-3. |
| 3776 | * Process should be loaded for of debugging (as is indicated in |
3859 | * Process must be loaded for debugging (as is shown in |
| Line 3777... | Line 3860... | ||
| 3777 | the common description). |
3860 | general description). |
| 3778 | 3861 | ||
| 3779 | ====================================================================== |
3862 | ====================================================================== |
| 3780 | == Function 69, subfunction 3 - disabled from the debugged process. == |
3863 | ===== Function 69, subfunction 3 - detach from debugged process. ===== |
| 3781 | ====================================================================== |
3864 | ====================================================================== |
| 3782 | Parameters: |
3865 | Parameters: |
| 3783 | * eax = 69 - number of the function |
3866 | * eax = 69 - function number |
| 3784 | * ebx = 3 - number subfunction |
3867 | * ebx = 3 - subfunction number |
| 3785 | * ecx = identifier |
3868 | * ecx = identifier |
| 3786 | Returned value: |
3869 | Returned value: |
| 3787 | * function does not return value |
3870 | * function does not return value |
| Line 3788... | Line 3871... | ||
| 3788 | Remarks: |
3871 | Remarks: |
| 3789 | * If the process was paused, it restores execution. |
3872 | * If the process was suspended, it resumes execution. |
| 3790 | 3873 | ||
| 3791 | ====================================================================== |
3874 | ====================================================================== |
| 3792 | ======== Function 69, subfunction 4 - paused debugged thread. ======== |
3875 | ======== Function 69, subfunction 4 - suspend debugged thread. ======= |
| 3793 | ====================================================================== |
3876 | ====================================================================== |
| 3794 | Parameters: |
3877 | Parameters: |
| 3795 | * eax = 69 - number ïðîöåññà |
3878 | * eax = 69 - function number |
| 3796 | * ebx = 4 - number subfunction |
3879 | * ebx = 4 - subfunction number |
| 3797 | * ecx = identifier |
3880 | * ecx = thread identifier |
| 3798 | Returned value: |
3881 | Returned value: |
| 3799 | * function does not return value |
3882 | * function does not return value |
| Line 3800... | Line 3883... | ||
| 3800 | Remarks: |
3883 | Remarks: |
| 3801 | * Process should be loaded for of debugging (as is indicated in |
- | |
| 3802 | the common description). |
3884 | * Process must be loaded for debugging (as is shown in |
| 3803 | 3885 | general description). |
|
| 3804 | ====================================================================== |
3886 | |
| 3805 | ====================== Function 69, subfunction 5 ==================== |
3887 | ====================================================================== |
| 3806 | ================ Restored execution debugged thread. ================= |
3888 | ======== Function 69, subfunction 5 - resume debugged thread. ======== |
| 3807 | ====================================================================== |
3889 | ====================================================================== |
| 3808 | Parameters: |
3890 | Parameters: |
| 3809 | * eax = 69 - number of the function |
3891 | * eax = 69 - function number |
| 3810 | * ebx = 5 - number subfunction |
3892 | * ebx = 5 - subfunction number |
| 3811 | * ecx = identifier |
3893 | * ecx = thread identifier |
| 3812 | Returned value: |
3894 | Returned value: |
| Line 3813... | Line 3895... | ||
| 3813 | * function does not return value |
3895 | * function does not return value |
| 3814 | Remarks: |
- | |
| 3815 | * Process should be loaded for of debugging (as is indicated in |
3896 | Remarks: |
| 3816 | the common description). |
3897 | * Process must be loaded for debugging (as is shown in |
| 3817 | 3898 | general description). |
|
| 3818 | ====================================================================== |
3899 | |
| 3819 | ====================== Function 69, subfunction 6 ==================== |
3900 | ====================================================================== |
| 3820 | ============= Read from memory of the debugged process. ============== |
3901 | = Fucntion 69, subfunction 6 - read from memory of debugged process. = |
| 3821 | ====================================================================== |
3902 | ====================================================================== |
| 3822 | Parameters: |
3903 | Parameters: |
| 3823 | * eax = 69 - number of the function |
3904 | * eax = 69 - function number |
| 3824 | * ebx = 6 - number subfunction |
3905 | * ebx = 6 - subfunction number |
| 3825 | * ecx = identifier |
3906 | * ecx = identifier |
| 3826 | * edx = how many bytes to read |
3907 | * edx = number of bytes to read |
| 3827 | * esi = memory address of the debugged process |
3908 | * esi = address in the memory of debugged process |
| 3828 | * edi = pointer on buffer for data |
3909 | * edi = pointer to buffer for data |
| 3829 | Returned value: |
3910 | Returned value: |
| 3830 | * eax = -1 error (incorrect PID or buffer) |
3911 | * eax = -1 at an error (invalid PID or buffer) |
| Line 3831... | Line 3912... | ||
| 3831 | * differently eax = the number read bytes |
3912 | * otherwise eax = number of read bytes (possibly, 0, |
| 3832 | (is possible, 0, if in esi the too large value) |
3913 | if esi is too large) |
| 3833 | Remarks: |
3914 | Remarks: |
| 3834 | * Process should be loaded for of debugging (as is indicated in |
3915 | * Process must be loaded for debugging (as is shown in |
| 3835 | the common description). |
3916 | general description). |
| 3836 | 3917 | ||
| 3837 | ====================================================================== |
3918 | ====================================================================== |
| 3838 | Function 69, subfunction 7 - write in memory of the debugged process. |
3919 | == Function 69, subfunction 7 - write to memory of debugged process. = |
| 3839 | ====================================================================== |
3920 | ====================================================================== |
| 3840 | Parameters: |
3921 | Parameters: |
| 3841 | * eax = 69 - number of the function |
3922 | * eax = 69 - function number |
| 3842 | * ebx = 7 - number subfunction |
3923 | * ebx = 7 - subfunction number |
| 3843 | * ecx = identifier |
3924 | * ecx = identifier |
| 3844 | * edx = how many bytes to write |
3925 | * edx = number of bytes to write |
| 3845 | * esi = memory address of the debugged process |
3926 | * esi = address of memory in debugged process |
| 3846 | * edi = pointer on data |
3927 | * edi = pointer to data |
| 3847 | Returned value: |
3928 | Returned value: |
| Line 3848... | Line 3929... | ||
| 3848 | * eax = -1 error (incorrect PID or buffer) |
3929 | * eax = -1 at an error (invalid PID or buffer) |
| 3849 | * differently eax = the number written bytes |
3930 | * otherwise eax = number of written bytes (possibly, 0, |
| 3850 | (is possible, 0, if in esi the too large value) |
3931 | if esi is too large) |
| 3851 | Remarks: |
3932 | Remarks: |
| 3852 | * Process should be loaded for of debugging (as is indicated in |
3933 | * Process must be loaded for debugging (as is shown in |
| 3853 | the common description). |
3934 | general description). |
| 3854 | 3935 | ||
| 3855 | ====================================================================== |
3936 | ====================================================================== |
| 3856 | ======= Function 69, subfunction 8 - complete debugged thread. ======= |
3937 | ======= Function 69, subfunction 8 - terminate debugged thread. ====== |
| 3857 | ====================================================================== |
3938 | ====================================================================== |
| 3858 | Parameters: |
3939 | Parameters: |
| 3859 | * eax = 69 - number of the function |
3940 | * eax = 69 - function number |
| 3860 | * ebx = 8 - number subfunction |
3941 | * ebx = 8 - subfunction number |
| 3861 | * ecx = identifier |
3942 | * ecx = identifier |
| 3862 | Returned value: |
3943 | Returned value: |
| Line 3863... | Line 3944... | ||
| 3863 | * function does not return value |
3944 | * function does not return value |
| 3864 | Remarks: |
3945 | Remarks: |
| 3865 | * Process should be loaded for of debugging (as is indicated in |
- | |
| 3866 | the common description). |
3946 | * Process must be loaded for debugging (as is shown in |
| 3867 | * Function is similar subfunction 2 functions 18 with two differences: |
3947 | general description). |
| 3868 | the execution of the first remark is required and is accepted PID, |
3948 | * The function is similar to subfunction 2 of function 18 |
| 3869 | instead of number of the slot. |
3949 | with two differences: it requires first remark and |
| 3870 | 3950 | accepts PID rather than slot number. |
|
| 3871 | ====================================================================== |
3951 | |
| 3872 | ====================== Function 69, subfunction 9 ==================== |
3952 | ====================================================================== |
| 3873 | =============== Place/remove the hardware point break. =============== |
3953 | ===== Function 69, subfunction 9 - set/clear hardware breakpoint. ==== |
| 3874 | ====================================================================== |
3954 | ====================================================================== |
| 3875 | Parameters: |
3955 | Parameters: |
| 3876 | * eax = 69 - number of the function |
3956 | * eax = 69 - function number |
| 3877 | * ebx = 9 - number subfunction |
3957 | * ebx = 9 - subfunction number |
| 3878 | * ecx = thread identifier |
3958 | * ecx = thread identifier |
| 3879 | * dl = index of breakpoint, from 0 up to 3 inclusively |
3959 | * dl = index of breakpoint, from 0 to 3 inclusively |
| 3880 | * dh = flags: |
3960 | * dh = flags: |
| 3881 | * if high bit is reset - install breakpoint: |
3961 | * if high bit is cleared - set breakpoint: |
| 3882 | * bits 0-1 - condition: |
3962 | * bits 0-1 - condition: |
| 3883 | * 00 = breakpoint on execution |
3963 | * 00 = breakpoint on execution |
| 3884 | * 01 = breakpoint on writing |
3964 | * 01 = breakpoint on read |
| 3885 | * 11 = breakpoint on reading/writing |
3965 | * 11 = breakpoint on read/write |
| 3886 | * bits 2-3 - length; for breakpoints on fulfilment should be 00, |
3966 | * bits 2-3 - length; for breakpoints on exception it must be |
| 3887 | otherwise one of |
3967 | 00, otherwise one of |
| 3888 | * 00 = bytes |
3968 | * 00 = byte |
| 3889 | * 01 = word |
3969 | * 01 = word |
| 3890 | * 11 = double word |
3970 | * 11 = dword |
| 3891 | * esi = address of breakpoint; should be aligned according to length |
3971 | * esi = breakpoint address; must be aligned according to |
| 3892 | (i.e. should be even for of breakpoints on a word, is multiple 4 for |
3972 | the length (i.e. must be even for word breakpoints, |
| 3893 | of a double word) |
3973 | divisible by 4 for dword) |
| 3894 | * if high bit is installed - reset breakpoint |
3974 | * if high bit is set - clear breakpoint |
| 3895 | Returned value: |
3975 | Returned value: |
| 3896 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
3976 | * eax = 0 - success |
| 3897 | * eax = 1 - error in the input data |
3977 | * eax = 1 - error in the input data |
| 3898 | * eax = 2 - (reserved, never comes back in current realization) |
3978 | * eax = 2 - (reserved, is never returned in the current |
| 3899 | with this index global breakpoint already is installed |
3979 | implementation) a global breakpoint with that index is already set |
| 3900 | Remarks: |
3980 | Remarks: |
| 3901 | * Process should be loaded for of debugging (as is indicated in |
3981 | * Process must be loaded for debugging (as is shown in |
| 3902 | the common description). |
3982 | general description). |
| 3903 | * Hardware breakpoints are realized through the DRx-register of the |
3983 | * Hardware breakpoints are implemented through DRx-registers of |
| Line 3904... | Line 3984... | ||
| 3904 | processor, from here all limitations. |
3984 | the processor, all limitations results from this. |
| 3905 | * Function can reinstall the breakpoint, earlier installed to it |
3985 | * The function can reinstall the breakpoint, previously set |
| 3906 | (in any way not informing about it). |
3986 | by it (and it does not inform on this). |
| 3907 | Carry on the list of the installed breakpoints in the debugger. |
3987 | Carry on the list of set breakpoints in the debugger. |
| 3908 | * Operation of breakpoint consists in generation of debug exception #DB, |
3988 | * Breakpoints generate debug exception #DB, on which the system |
| 3909 | which the system informs to the debugger. |
3989 | notifies debugger. |
| 3910 | * Breakpoint on writing and reading/writing works after execution of |
3990 | * Breakpoints on write and read/write act after |
| 3911 | the instruction, which has called it. |
3991 | execution of the caused it instruction. |
| 3912 | 3992 | ||
| 3913 | ====================================================================== |
3993 | ====================================================================== |
| 3914 | == Function 70 - work with a file system with support of long names. = |
3994 | ==== Function 70 - work with file system with long names support. ==== |
| 3915 | ====================================================================== |
3995 | ====================================================================== |
| 3916 | Parameters: |
3996 | Parameters: |
| 3917 | * eax = 70 |
3997 | * eax = 70 |
| 3918 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
3998 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
| 3919 | Returned value: |
3999 | Returned value: |
| 3920 | * eax = 0 - successfully; differently error code of a file system |
4000 | * eax = 0 - success; otherwise file system error code |
| 3921 | * depending on subfunction the value and in other registers can come back |
4001 | * some subfunctions return value in other registers too |
| 3922 | Common format of information structure: |
4002 | General format of the information structure: |
| 3923 | * +0: dword: number subfunction |
4003 | * +0: dword: subfunction number |
| 3924 | * +4: dword: offset in the file |
4004 | * +4: dword: file offset |
| 3925 | * +8: dword: high dword of offset (should be 0) or field of flags |
4005 | * +8: dword: high dword of offset (must be 0) or flags field |
| - | 4006 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: size |
|
| 3926 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: size |
4007 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to data |
| 3927 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on data |
4008 | * +20 = +0x14: n db: ASCIIZ-string with the filename |
| 3928 | * +20 = +0x14: n db: ASCIIZ-string with a filename |
4009 | or |
| 3929 | or |
4010 | * +20 = +0x14: db 0 |
| 3930 | * +20 = +0x14: db 0 |
4011 | * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer to ASCIIZ-string with the filename |
| 3931 | * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer on ASCIIZ-string with a filename |
4012 | Specifications - in documentation on the appropriate subfunction. |
| 3932 | Specifications - in documentation on appropriate subfunction. |
4013 | Filename is case-insensitive. Russian letters must be written in |
| 3933 | Filename is insensitive to the register of characters. Russian characters should be written in the coding cp866 (DOS). |
4014 | the encoding cp866 (DOS). |
| 3934 | Ôîðìàò èìåíè ôàéëà: |
4015 | Format of filename: |
| 3935 | /base/number/dir1/dir2/.../dirn/file, |
4016 | /base/number/dir1/dir2/.../dirn/file, |
| 3936 | where /base/number Identifies the device, on which the file is searched: |
4017 | where /base/number identifies device, on which file is located: |
| 3937 | one of |
4018 | one of |
| 3938 | * /RD/1 = /RAMDISK/1 for access to ramdisk |
4019 | * /RD/1 = /RAMDISK/1 to access ramdisk |
| 3939 | * /FD/1 = /FLOPPYDISK/1 for access to the first floppy-drive, |
4020 | * /FD/1 = /FLOPPYDISK/1 to access first floppy drive, |
| 3940 | /FD/2 = /FLOPPYDISK/2 for access to the second floppy-drive |
4021 | /FD/2 = /FLOPPYDISK/2 to access second one |
| 3941 | * /HD0/x, /HD1/x, /HD2/x, /HD3/x for access accordingly |
4022 | * /HD0/x, /HD1/x, /HD2/x, /HD3/x to access accordingly to devices |
| 3942 | to hard disks on IDE0 (Primary Master), IDE1 (Primary Slave), |
4023 | IDE0 (Primary Master), IDE1 (Primary Slave), |
| 3943 | IDE2 (Secondary Master), IDE3 (Secondary Slave); |
4024 | IDE2 (Secondary Master), IDE3 (Secondary Slave); |
| 3944 | x - number of partition on selected hard disk, varies from 1 up to 255 |
4025 | x - partition number on the selected hard drive, varies from 1 |
| 3945 | (on each of hard disks partitions starts with 1) |
4026 | to 255 (on each hard drive the indexing starts from 1) |
| 3946 | * /CD0/1, /CD1/1, /CD2/1, /CD3/1 for access accordingly |
4027 | * /CD0/1, /CD1/1, /CD2/1, /CD3/1 to access accordingly to |
| 3947 | to CD on IDE0 (Primary Master), IDE1 (Primary Slave), |
4028 | CD on IDE0 (Primary Master), IDE1 (Primary Slave), |
| 3948 | IDE2 (Secondary Master), IDE3 (Secondary Slace) |
4029 | IDE2 (Secondary Master), IDE3 (Secondary Slave) |
| 3949 | Examples: |
4030 | Examples: |
| 3950 | * '/rd/1/kernel.asm',0 |
4031 | * '/rd/1/kernel.asm',0 |
| 3951 | * '/HD0/1/kernel.asm',0 |
4032 | * '/HD0/1/kernel.asm',0 |
| - | 4033 | * '/hd0/2/menuet/pics/tanzania.bmp',0 |
|
| - | 4034 | * '/hd0/1/Program files/NameOfProgram/SomeFile.SomeExtension',0 |
|
| - | 4035 | Available subfunctions: |
|
| - | 4036 | * subfunction 0 - read file |
|
| - | 4037 | * subfunction 1 - read folder |
|
| - | 4038 | * subfunction 2 - create/rewrite file |
|
| - | 4039 | * subfunction 5 - get attributes of file/folder |
|
| - | 4040 | * subfunction 6 - set attributes of file/folder |
|
| - | 4041 | * subfunction 7 - start application |
|
| - | 4042 | For CD-drives due to hardware limitations only subfunctions |
|
| - | 4043 | 0,1,5 and 7 are available, other subfunctions return error |
|
| - | 4044 | with code 2. |
|
| - | 4045 | ||
| - | 4046 | ====================================================================== |
|
| - | 4047 | === Function 70, subfunction 0 - read file with long names support. == |
|
| - | 4048 | ====================================================================== |
|
| - | 4049 | Parameters: |
|
| - | 4050 | * eax = 70 - function number |
|
| - | 4051 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
|
| - | 4052 | Format of the information structure: |
|
| - | 4053 | * +0: dword: 0 = subfunction number |
|
| - | 4054 | * +4: dword: file offset (in bytes) |
|
| - | 4055 | * +8: dword: 0 (reserved for high dword of offset) |
|
| - | 4056 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: number of bytes to read |
|
| - | 4057 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer for data |
|
| - | 4058 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are |
|
| - | 4059 | given in the general description |
|
| - | 4060 | or |
|
| - | 4061 | * +20 = +0x14: db 0 |
|
| - | 4062 | * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer to ASCIIZ-string with file name |
|
| Line 3952... | Line 4063... | ||
| 3952 | * '/hd0/2/menuet/pics/tanzania.bmp',0 |
4063 | Returned value: |
| 3953 | * '/hd0/1/Program files/NameOfProgram/SomeFile.SomeExtension',0 |
4064 | * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code |
| 3954 | Accessible subfunctions: |
4065 | * ebx = number of read bytes or -1=0xffffffff if file was not found |
| 3955 | * subfunction 0 - read file |
4066 | Remarks: |
| 3956 | * subfunction 1 - read folder |
4067 | * If file was ended before last requested block was read, |
| 3957 | * subfunction 2 - create/rewrite file |
- | |
| 3958 | * subfunction 5 - get file/directory attributes structure |
- | |
| 3959 | * subfunction 6 - set file/directory attributes structure |
- | |
| 3960 | * subfunction 7 - start application |
- | |
| 3961 | - | ||
| 3962 | ====================================================================== |
- | |
| 3963 | = Function 70, subfunction 0 - read file with support of long names. = |
- | |
| 3964 | ====================================================================== |
- | |
| 3965 | Parameters: |
- | |
| 3966 | * eax = 70 - number of the function |
- | |
| 3967 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
- | |
| 3968 | Format of information structure: |
- | |
| 3969 | * +0: dword: 0 = number subfunction |
- | |
| 3970 | * +4: dword: position in the file (in bytes) |
- | |
| 3971 | * +8: dword: 0 (reserved for high dword of a position) |
- | |
| 3972 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: how many bytes to read |
- | |
| 3973 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on buffer, where the data will be written |
- | |
| 3974 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of the file, the rules of creation of names |
- | |
| 3975 | are indicated in the common description |
- | |
| 3976 | or |
- | |
| 3977 | * +20 = +0x14: db 0 |
- | |
| 3978 | * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer on ASCIIZ-string with a filename |
- | |
| 3979 | Returned value: |
- | |
| 3980 | * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system |
- | |
| 3981 | * ebx = number read bytes or |
- | |
| 3982 | -1=0xffffffff, if the file is not retrieved |
- | |
| 3983 | Remarks: |
- | |
| 3984 | * If the file was terminated earlier, than last requested block was read, |
4068 | the function will read as many as it can, and after that return |
| 3985 | the function will read, how many can, then will return eax=6 (EOF). |
4069 | eax=6 (EOF). |
| 3986 | * Function does not allow to read folders |
4070 | * The function does not allow to read folder (returns eax=10, |
| 3987 | (will return eax=10, access denied). |
4071 | access denied). |
| 3988 | 4072 | ||
| 3989 | ======================================================================== |
4073 | ====================================================================== |
| 3990 | = Function 70, subfunction 1 - read folder with support of long names. = |
4074 | == Function 70, subfunction 1 - read folder with long names support. = |
| 3991 | ======================================================================== |
4075 | ====================================================================== |
| 3992 | Parameters: |
4076 | Parameters: |
| 3993 | * eax = 70 - number of the function |
4077 | * eax = 70 - function number |
| 3994 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
4078 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
| 3995 | Format of information structure: |
4079 | Format of the information structure: |
| 3996 | * +0: dword: 1 = number subfunction |
4080 | * +0: dword: 1 = subfunction number |
| 3997 | * +4: dword: index of the initial block (beginning from 0) |
4081 | * +4: dword: index of starting block (beginning from 0) |
| 3998 | * +8: dword: field of flags: |
4082 | * +8: dword: flags field: |
| 3999 | * bit 0 (mask 1): in what format to return names, |
4083 | * bit 0 (mask 1): in what format to return names, |
| 4000 | 0=ANSI, 1=UNICODE |
4084 | 0=ANSI, 1=UNICODE |
| 4001 | * Other bits are reserved and should be installed in 0 |
4085 | * other bits are reserved and must be set to 0 for the future |
| 4002 | for of the future compatibility |
4086 | compatibility |
| 4003 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: how many blocks to read |
4087 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: number of blocks to read |
| 4004 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on buffer, where the data will be written, |
- | |
| 4005 | size of buffer should be not less than 32 + [+12] *560 bytes |
4088 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer for data, buffer size |
| 4006 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of the file, the rules of creation of names |
4089 | must be not less than 32 + [+12]*560 bytes |
| 4007 | are indicated in the common description |
4090 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of folder, the rules of names forming are |
| 4008 | or |
4091 | given in the general description |
| 4009 | * +20 = +0x14: db 0 |
4092 | or |
| 4010 | * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer on ASCIIZ-string with a filename |
4093 | * +20 = +0x14: db 0 |
| 4011 | Returned value: |
4094 | * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer to ASCIIZ-string with file name |
| 4012 | * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system |
4095 | Returned value: |
| 4013 | * ebx = number of files, the information about which was written |
4096 | * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code |
| 4014 | in the buffer, |
4097 | * ebx = number of files, information on which was written to |
| 4015 | or -1=0xffffffff, if the folder is not retrieved |
4098 | the buffer, or -1=0xffffffff, if folder was not found |
| 4016 | Structure of the buffer: |
4099 | Structure of the buffer: |
| 4017 | * +0: 32*byte: header |
4100 | * +0: 32*byte: header |
| 4018 | * +32 = +0x20: n1*byte: block with information on file 1 |
4101 | * +32 = +0x20: n1*byte: block with information on file 1 |
| 4019 | * +32+n1: n2*byte: block with information on file 2 2 |
4102 | * +32+n1: n2*byte: block with information on file 2 |
| 4020 | * ... |
4103 | * ... |
| 4021 | Structure of header: |
4104 | Structure of header: |
| 4022 | * +0: dword: version of structure (current version = 1) |
4105 | * +0: dword: version of structure (current is 1) |
| 4023 | * +4: dword: amount of the placed blocks; it is no more, |
4106 | * +4: dword: number of placed blocks; is not greater than requested |
| 4024 | than +12 information structures are requested in a field; |
4107 | in the field +12 of information structure; can be less, if |
| - | 4108 | there are no more files in folder (the same as in ebx) |
|
| 4025 | can be less, if in a folder the files (same, as in ebx) were terminated |
4109 | * +8: dword: total number of files in folder |
| 4026 | * +8: dword: total number of files in a folder |
4110 | * +12 = +0xC: 20*byte: reserved (zeroed) |
| 4027 | * +12 = +0xC: 20*byte: reserved (zero) |
4111 | Structure of block of data for folder entry (BDFE): |
| 4028 | Structure of data block of input of directory (DBID): |
4112 | * +0: dword: attributes of file: |
| 4029 | * +0: dword: file attributes: |
4113 | * bit 0 (mask 1): file is read-only |
| - | 4114 | * bit 1 (mask 2): file is hidden |
|
| 4030 | * áèò 0 (ìàñêà 1): file only for reading |
4115 | * bit 2 (mask 4): file is system |
| 4031 | * áèò 1 (ìàñêà 2): file is hidden |
4116 | * bit 3 (mask 8): this is not a file but volume label |
| 4032 | * áèò 2 (ìàñêà 4): file is system |
4117 | (for one partition meets no more than once and |
| 4033 | * áèò 3 (ìàñêà 8): it not file, it is volume label |
4118 | only in root folder) |
| 4034 | (on given partition meets no more once and only in a root folder) |
4119 | * bit 4 (mask 0x10): this is a folder |
| 4035 | * áèò 4 (ìàñêà 0x10): It is a folder |
4120 | * bit 5 (mask 0x20): file was not archived - many archivation |
| 4036 | * áèò 5 (ìàñêà 0x20): file was not archived - many programs of archiving |
4121 | programs have an option to archive only files with this bit set, |
| 4037 | have an option, on which the files with installed this bit are archived |
4122 | and after archiving this bit is cleared - it can be useful |
| 4038 | only, then this bit is dumped(reset) is it can be useful for of automatic |
4123 | for automatically creating of backup-archives as at writing |
| 4039 | creation of backup-archives, for at recording bit is usually installed |
4124 | this bit is usually set |
| 4040 | * +4: byte: type of data of a name: |
4125 | * +4: byte: type of name data: |
| 4041 | (coincides with bit 0 flags of information structure) |
4126 | (coincides with bit 0 of flags in the information structure) |
| 4042 | * 0 = ASCII = 1- byte performance of each character |
4127 | * 0 = ASCII = 1-byte representation of each character |
| 4043 | * 1 = UNICODE = 2-byte performance of each character |
4128 | * 1 = UNICODE = 2-byte representation of each character |
| 4044 | * +5: 3*byte: reserved (zero) |
4129 | * +5: 3*byte: reserved (zero) |
| 4045 | * +8: 4*byte: time of creation of file |
4130 | * +8: 4*byte: time of file creation |
| 4046 | * +12 = +0xC: 4*byte: date of creation of file |
4131 | * +12 = +0xC: 4*byte: date of file creation |
| 4047 | * +16 = +0x10: 4*byte: time of last access (reading or writing) |
4132 | * +16 = +0x10: 4*byte: time of last access (read or write) |
| 4048 | * +20 = +0x14: 4*byte: date of last access |
4133 | * +20 = +0x14: 4*byte: date of last access |
| 4049 | * +24 = +0x18: 4*byte: time of a last modification |
4134 | * +24 = +0x18: 4*byte: time of last modification |
| 4050 | * +28 = +0x1C: 4*byte: date of a last modification |
4135 | * +28 = +0x1C: 4*byte: date of last modification |
| 4051 | * +32 = +0x20: qword: file size in bytes (up to 16777216 Tbytes) |
4136 | * +32 = +0x20: qword: file size in bytes (up to 16777216 Tb) |
| 4052 | * +40 = +0x28: name |
4137 | * +40 = +0x28: name |
| 4053 | * for of the format ASCII: maximum length of a name 263 characters |
4138 | * for ASCII format: maximum length is 263 characters |
| 4054 | (263 bytes), bytes after a name matters 0 |
4139 | (263 bytes), byte after the name has value 0 |
| 4055 | * for of the format UNICODE: maximum length of a name 259 characters |
4140 | * äëÿ ôîðìàòà UNICODE: maximum length is 259 characters |
| 4056 | (518 bytes), two bytes after a name matter 0 |
4141 | (518 bytes), 2 bytes after the name have value 0 |
| 4057 | Format of time: |
4142 | Time format: |
| 4058 | * +0: byte: seconds |
4143 | * +0: byte: seconds |
| 4059 | * +1: byte: minutes |
4144 | * +1: byte: minutes |
| 4060 | * +2: byte: hours |
4145 | * +2: byte: hours |
| 4061 | * +3: byte: reserved (0) |
4146 | * +3: byte: reserved (0) |
| 4062 | * For example, 23.59.59 is written as (in hex) 3B 3B 17 00 |
4147 | * for example, 23.59.59 is written as (in hex) 3B 3B 17 00 |
| 4063 | Format of date: |
4148 | Date format: |
| 4064 | * +0: byte: day |
4149 | * +0: byte: day |
| 4065 | * +1: byte: month |
4150 | * +1: byte: month |
| 4066 | * +2: word: year |
4151 | * +2: word: year |
| 4067 | * For example, 25.11.1979 is written as (in hex) 19 0B BB 07 |
4152 | * for example, 25.11.1979 is written as (in hex) 19 0B BB 07 |
| 4068 | Remarks: |
4153 | Remarks: |
| 4069 | * If in DBID there is a name in ASCII, length makes 304 bytes, |
4154 | * If BDFE contains ASCII name, the length of BDFE is 304 bytes, |
| 4070 | if in UNICODE - 560 bytes. Value of length aligned on whole |
4155 | if UNICODE name - 560 bytes. Value of length is aligned |
| 4071 | multiple 16 bytes (for of acceleration of processing in cache-memory CPU). |
4156 | on 16-byte bound (to accelerate processing in CPU cache). |
| 4072 | * First character after a name zero (ASCIIZ-string). |
4157 | * First character after a name is zero (ASCIIZ-string). The further |
| 4073 | The further data contain garbage. |
4158 | data contain garbage. |
| 4074 | * If the files in a folder were terminated earlier, than the requested |
4159 | * If files in folder were ended before requested number was read, |
| 4075 | amount was read, the function will read, how many can, |
4160 | the function will read as many as it can, and after that return |
| 4076 | then will return eax=6 (EOF). |
4161 | eax=6 (EOF). |
| 4077 | * Any folder on the disk, except for root, contains two special |
4162 | * Any folder on the disk, except for root, contains two special |
| 4078 | inputs(entrances) "." And "..", identifying accordingly folder |
4163 | entries "." and "..", identifying accordingly the folder itself |
| 4079 | and parent folder. |
4164 | and the parent folder. |
| 4080 | * Function allows also to read virtual folders "/", "/rd", "/fd", |
4165 | * The function allows also to read virtual folders "/", "/rd", |
| 4081 | "/hd [n] ", thus the attributes subfolders rely equal 0x10, and the times |
4166 | "/fd", "/hd[n]", thus attributes of subfolders are set to 0x10, |
| 4082 | and dates are unset. An alternate way of obtaining of the information |
4167 | and times and dates are zeroed. An alternative way to get the |
| 4083 | about the equipment - subfunction 11 functions 18 |
4168 | equipment information - subfunction 11 of function 18. |
| 4084 | 4169 | ||
| 4085 | ====================================================================== |
4170 | ====================================================================== |
| 4086 | ====================== Function 70, subfunction 2 ==================== |
4171 | ===================== Function 70, subfunction 2 ===================== |
| 4087 | ========== Create/rewrite file with support of long names. =========== |
4172 | ============ Create/rewrite file with long names support. ============ |
| 4088 | ====================================================================== |
4173 | ====================================================================== |
| 4089 | Parameters: |
4174 | Parameters: |
| 4090 | * eax = 70 - number of the function |
4175 | * eax = 70 - function number |
| 4091 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
4176 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
| 4092 | Format of information structure: |
4177 | Format of the information structure: |
| 4093 | * +0: dword: 2 = number subfunction |
4178 | * +0: dword: 2 = subfunction number |
| 4094 | * +4: dword: 0 (reserved) |
4179 | * +4: dword: 0 (reserved) |
| 4095 | * +8: dword: 0 (reserved) |
4180 | * +8: dword: 0 (reserved) |
| 4096 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: how many bytes to write |
4181 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: number of bytes to read |
| 4097 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on data |
4182 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to data |
| 4098 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of the file, the rules of creation of names |
4183 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are |
| 4099 | are indicated in the common description |
4184 | given in the general description |
| 4100 | or |
4185 | or |
| - | 4186 | * +20 = +0x14: db 0 |
|
| Line 4101... | Line 4187... | ||
| 4101 | * +20 = +0x14: db 0 |
4187 | * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer to ASCIIZ-string with file name |
| 4102 | * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer on ASCIIZ-string with a filename |
4188 | Returned value: |
| 4103 | Returned value: |
4189 | * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code |
| 4104 | * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system |
4190 | * ebx = number of written bytes (possibly 0) |
| 4105 | * ebx = number written bytes (is possible, 0) |
4191 | Remarks: |
| 4106 | Remarks: |
4192 | * If a file with given name did not exist, it is created; |
| 4107 | * If the file with such name did not exist, it creates; if existed, |
4193 | if it existed, it is rewritten. |
| 4108 | is rewritten. |
4194 | * If there is not enough free space on disk, the function will |
| 4109 | * If it is not enough of free space on of the disk, the function will write, |
4195 | write as many as can and then return error code 8. |
| 4110 | how many can, then will return an error code 8. |
4196 | * The function is not supported for CD (returns error code 2). |
| 4111 | 4197 | ||
| 4112 | ====================================================================== |
4198 | ====================================================================== |
| 4113 | = Function 70, subfunction 5 - get file/directory attributes structure. |
4199 | ==== Function 70, subfunction 5 - get information on file/folder. ==== |
| 4114 | ====================================================================== |
4200 | ====================================================================== |
| 4115 | Parameters: |
4201 | Parameters: |
| 4116 | * eax = 70 - number of the function |
4202 | * eax = 70 - function number |
| 4117 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
4203 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
| 4118 | Format of information structure: |
4204 | Format of the information structure: |
| 4119 | * +0: dword: 5 = number subfunction |
4205 | * +0: dword: 5 = subfunction number |
| 4120 | * +4: dword: 0 (reserved) |
4206 | * +4: dword: 0 (reserved) |
| 4121 | * +8: dword: 0 (reserved) |
4207 | * +8: dword: 0 (reserved) |
| 4122 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: 0 (reserved) |
4208 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: 0 (reserved) |
| - | 4209 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer for data (40 bytes) |
|
| 4123 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on buffer, where data will be written (40 bytes) |
4210 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are |
| 4124 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of the file, the rules of creation of names |
4211 | given in the general description |
| 4125 | are indicated in the common description |
4212 | or |
| 4126 | or |
4213 | * +20 = +0x14: db 0 |
| Line 4127... | Line 4214... | ||
| 4127 | * +20 = +0x14: db 0 |
4214 | * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer to ASCIIZ-string with file name |
| 4128 | * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer on ASCIIZ-string with a filename |
4215 | Returned value: |
| 4129 | Returned value: |
4216 | * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code |
| 4130 | * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system |
4217 | * ebx destroyed |
| 4131 | * ebx fail |
4218 | Information on file is returned in the BDFE format (block of data |
| 4132 | Information on the file comes back in the format DBID |
4219 | for folder entry), explained in the description of |
| 4133 | (data block of input of directory), indicated in the description subfunction 1, |
4220 | subfunction 1, but without filename |
| 4134 | but without a filename (only first 40 = 0x28 bytes). |
4221 | (i.e. only first 40 = 0x28 bytes). |
| 4135 | Remarks: |
4222 | Remarks: |
| 4136 | * Function does not support virtual folders such as /, /rd |
4223 | * The function does not support virtual folders such as /, /rd and |
| 4137 | and root folders such as /rd/1. |
4224 | root folders like /rd/1. |
| 4138 | 4225 | ||
| 4139 | ====================================================================== |
4226 | ====================================================================== |
| 4140 | = Function 70, subfunction 6 - set file/directory attributes structure. |
4227 | ===== Function 70, subfunction 6 - set attributes of file/folder. ==== |
| 4141 | ====================================================================== |
4228 | ====================================================================== |
| 4142 | Parameters: |
4229 | Parameters: |
| 4143 | * eax = 70 - number of the function |
4230 | * eax = 70 - function number |
| 4144 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
4231 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
| 4145 | Format of information structure: |
4232 | Format of the information structure: |
| 4146 | * +0: dword: 6 = number subfunction |
4233 | * +0: dword: 6 = subfunction number |
| 4147 | * +4: dword: 0 (reserved) |
4234 | * +4: dword: 0 (reserved) |
| 4148 | * +8: dword: 0 (reserved) |
4235 | * +8: dword: 0 (reserved) |
| 4149 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: 0 (reserved) |
4236 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: 0 (reserved) |
| 4150 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on buffer with attributes (32 bytes) |
4237 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer with attributes (32 bytes) |
| 4151 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of the file, the rules of creation of names |
4238 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are |
| 4152 | are indicated in the common description |
4239 | given in the general description |
| 4153 | or |
4240 | or |
| 4154 | * +20 = +0x14: db 0 |
4241 | * +20 = +0x14: db 0 |
| - | 4242 | * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer to ASCIIZ-string with file name |
|
| 4155 | * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer on ASCIIZ-string with a filename |
4243 | Returned value: |
| 4156 | Returned value: |
4244 | * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code |
| 4157 | * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system |
4245 | * ebx destroyed |
| 4158 | * ebx fail |
4246 | File attributes are first 32 bytes in BDFE (block of data |
| 4159 | File attributes - first 32 bytes in DBID (data block of input of directory), |
4247 | for folder entry), explained in the description of subfunction 1 |
| 4160 | which format is indicated in the description subfunction 1 |
4248 | (that is, without name and size of file). Attribute |
| 4161 | (that is without a name and file size). Attribute the file/folder/volume label |
4249 | file/folder/volume label (bits 3,4 in dword +0) is not changed. |
| 4162 | (bits 3,4 in dword +0) does not vary. |
4250 | Byte +4 (name format) is ignored. |
| 4163 | Byte +4 (format of a name) ignored. |
4251 | Remarks: |
| 4164 | Remarks: |
4252 | * The function does not support virtual folders such as /, /rd and |
| 4165 | * Function does not support virtual folders such as /, /rd |
4253 | root folders like /rd/1. |
| 4166 | and root folders such as /rd/1. |
4254 | * The function is not supported for CD (returns error code 2). |
| 4167 | 4255 | ||
| 4168 | ====================================================================== |
4256 | ====================================================================== |
| 4169 | ============ Function 70, subfunction 7 - start application. ============ |
4257 | =========== Function 70, subfunction 7 - start application. ========== |
| 4170 | ====================================================================== |
4258 | ====================================================================== |
| 4171 | Parameters: |
4259 | Parameters: |
| 4172 | * eax = 70 - number of the function |
4260 | * eax = 70 - function number |
| 4173 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
4261 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
| 4174 | Format of information structure: |
4262 | Format of the information structure: |
| 4175 | * +0: dword: 7 = number subfunction |
4263 | * +0: dword: 7 = subfunction number |
| 4176 | * +4: dword: field of flags: |
4264 | * +4: dword: flags field: |
| 4177 | * áèò 0: to start the process as debugged |
4265 | * áèò 0: start process as debugged |
| 4178 | * other bits are reserved and should be installed in 0 |
4266 | * other bits are reserved and must be set to 0 |
| 4179 | * +8: dword: 0 or pointer on ASCIIZ-string with parameters |
4267 | * +8: dword: 0 or pointer to ASCIIZ-string with parameters |
| 4180 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: 0 (reserved) |
4268 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: 0 (reserved) |
| 4181 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: 0 (reserved) |
4269 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: 0 (reserved) |
| 4182 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of the file, the rules of creation of names |
4270 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are |
| 4183 | are indicated in the common description |
4271 | given in the general description |
| - | 4272 | or |
|
| 4184 | or |
4273 | * +20 = +0x14: db 0 |
| 4185 | * +20 = +0x14: db 0 |
4274 | * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer to ASCIIZ-string with file name |
| Line 4186... | Line 4275... | ||
| 4186 | * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer on ASCIIZ-string with a filename |
4275 | Returned value: |
| 4187 | Returned value: |
4276 | * eax > 0 - program is loaded, eax contains PID |
| 4188 | * eax > 0 - program is loaded, eax contains PID |
4277 | * eax < 0 - an error has occured, -eax contains |
| 4189 | * eax < 0 - has taken place error, |
4278 | file system error code |
| 4190 | -eax contains an error code of a file system |
4279 | * ebx destroyed |
| 4191 | * ebx fail |
4280 | Remarks: |
| 4192 | Remarks: |
4281 | * Command line must be terminated by the character with the code 0 |
| 4193 | * Command line should be ended by the character with the code 0 |
4282 | (ASCIIZ-string); function takes into account either all characters |
| 4194 | (ASCIIZ-strings); it are taken into account or all characters up to |
- | |
| 4195 | completing zero inclusively, or the first 256 characters, that are less. |
4283 | up to terminating zero inclusively or first 256 character |
| 4196 | * If the process is started as debugged, it creates in the frozen status; |
4284 | regarding what is less. |
| 4197 | for of start use subfunction 5 functions 69. |
4285 | * If the process is started as debugged, it is created in |
| 4198 | 4286 | the suspended state; to run use subfunction 5 of function 69. |
|
| 4199 | ====================================================================== |
4287 | |
| Line 4200... | Line 4288... | ||
| 4200 | =========== Function 71, subfunction 1 - set window caption ========== |
4288 | ====================================================================== |
| 4201 | ====================================================================== |
4289 | ========== Function 71, subfunction 1 - set window caption. ========== |
| 4202 | Parameters: |
4290 | ====================================================================== |
| 4203 | * eax = 71 - function number |
4291 | Parameters: |
| 4204 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
4292 | * eax = 71 - function number |
| 4205 | * eáx = caption string address |
4293 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
| 4206 | Returned value: |
4294 | * ecx = pointer to caption string |
| 4207 | * eax = 0 - caption changed successfully |
4295 | Returned value: |
| 4208 | * eax = 1 - error occured |
4296 | * function does not return value |
| 4209 | Remarks: |
4297 | Remarks: |
| 4210 | * String should be in ASCIIZ format. Disregarding real string length, |
4298 | * String must be in the ASCIIZ-format. Disregarding real string |
| 4211 | no more than 255 chars will be wrawn. |
4299 | length, no more than 255 characters are drawn. |
| 4212 | * Pass NULL in ecx to remove caption |
4300 | * Pass NULL in ecx to remove caption. |
| 4213 | 4301 | ||
| Line 4214... | Line 4302... | ||
| 4214 | ====================================================================== |
4302 | ====================================================================== |
| 4215 | ========== Function -1 - complete execution of thread/proces ========= |
4303 | =============== Function -1 - terminate thread/process =============== |
| 4216 | ====================================================================== |
4304 | ====================================================================== |
| 4217 | Parameters: |
4305 | Parameters: |
| - | 4306 | * eax = -1 - function number |
|
| 4218 | * eax = -1 - number of the function |
4307 | Returned value: |
| 4219 | Returned value: |
4308 | * function does not return neither value nor control |
| 4220 | * function does not return neither value, nor handle |
4309 | Remarks: |
| 4221 | Remarks: |
4310 | * If the process did not create threads obviously, it has only |
| 4222 | * If the process obviously did not create streams, it has only one thread, |
4311 | one thread, which termination results in process termination. |
| 4223 | which completion results in completion of the process. |
4312 | * If the current thread is last in the process, its termination |
| 4224 | * If current thread - last in process, its completion also results |
4313 | also results in process terminates. |
| 4225 | in completion of the process. |
4314 | * This function terminates the current thread. Other thread can be |
| 4226 | * This function completes current thread. Another thread |
4315 | killed by call to subfunction 2 of function 18. |
| 4227 | is possible kill by call subfunction 2 functions 18. |
4316 | |
| 4228 | 4317 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 4229 | ====================================================================== |
4318 | =========================== List of events =========================== |
| - | 4319 | ====================================================================== |
|
| 4230 | =========================== List of events =========================== |
4320 | Next event can be retrieved by the call of one from functions 10 |
| 4231 | ====================================================================== |
4321 | (to wait for event), 11 (to check without waiting), 23 |
| 4232 | Next event is possible get by call of one from functions 10 (to expect event), |
4322 | (to wait during the given time). |
| 4233 | 11 (to check up without waiting), 23 (to expect during the given time). |
4323 | These functions return only those events, which enter into a mask set |
| 4234 | These functions return only those events, which enter into a mask installed by |
4324 | by function 40. By default it is first three, |
| 4235 | the function 40. By default it is first three, that there is enough for of many |
4325 | there is enough for most applications. |
| 4236 | applications of. |
4326 | Codes of events: |
| 4237 | Codes of events: |
4327 | * 1 = redraw event (is reset by call to function 0) |
| 4238 | * 1 = message about redraw (is reset at function call 0) |
4328 | * 2 = key on keyboard is pressed (acts, only when the window is |
| 4239 | * 2 = key on keyboard is pressed (acts, only when the window is active) |
4329 | active) or hotkey is pressed; is reset, when all keys from |
| 4240 | or "hotkey" is pressed; is reset, when all keys from the buffer are read |
4330 | the buffer are read out by function 2 |
| 4241 | out by the function 2 |
4331 | * 3 = button is pressed, defined earlier by function 8 |
| 4242 | * 3 = button is pressed, defined earlier by function 8(or buttons of closing, |
- | |
| 4243 | created implicitly by function 0 is pressed; the button of minimization is |
4332 | (or close button, created implicitly by function 0; |
| - | 4333 | minimize button is handled by the system and sends no message; |
|
| 4244 | handled by the system and about it of the message does not come; acts, only |
4334 | acts, only when the window is active; |
| 4245 | when the window is active; is reset, when all buttons from the buffer are |
4335 | is reset when all buttons from the buffer |
| 4246 | read out by the function 17) |
4336 | are read out by function 17) |
| 4247 | * 4 = reserved (in current implementation never comes even at unmasking |
4337 | * 4 = reserved (in current implementation never comes even after |
| 4248 | by the function 40) |
4338 | unmasking by function 40) |
| 4249 | * 5 = redraw the background of a desktop (is reset automatically after |
4339 | * 5 = the desktop background is redrawed (is reset automatically |
| 4250 | redraw, so if in time redraw of a background the program does not wait |
4340 | after redraw, so if in redraw time program does not wait and |
| 4251 | and does not check event, this event it will not remark) |
4341 | does not check events, it will not remark this event) |
| 4252 | * 6 = event from the mouse (something happened - pressing a mouse button |
4342 | * 6 = mouse event (something happened - button pressing or moving; |
| 4253 | or moving; is reset at reading) |
4343 | is reset at reading) |
| 4254 | * 7 = there was an event IPC (look the function 60 - Inter Process |
- | |
| 4255 | Communication; is reset at reading) |
4344 | * 7 = IPC event (see function 60 - |
| 4256 | * 8 = there was a network event (is reset at reading; look operation |
4345 | Inter Process Communication; is reset at reading) |
| 4257 | with the network) |
4346 | * 8 = network event (is reset at reading) |
| - | 4347 | * 9 = debug event (is reset at reading; see |
|
| 4258 | * 9 = there was a debug event (is reset at reading; look a debug subsystem) |
4348 | debug subsystem) |
| 4259 | * 16..31 = there was an event with appropriate IRQ |
4349 | * 16..31 = event with appropriate IRQ |
| 4260 | (16=IRQ0, 31=IRQ15) (is reset at reading all data IRQ) |
4350 | (16=IRQ0, 31=IRQ15) (is reset after reading all IRQ data) |
| 4261 | 4351 | ||
| 4262 | ====================================================================== |
4352 | ====================================================================== |
| 4263 | ==================== Error codes of a file system ==================== |
4353 | =================== Error codes of the file system =================== |
| 4264 | ====================================================================== |
4354 | ====================================================================== |
| 4265 | * 0 = successfully |
4355 | * 0 = success |
| 4266 | * 1 = base and/or partition of the hard disk is not defined |
4356 | * 1 = base and/or partition of a hard disk is not defined |
| 4267 | (subfunctions 7, 8 functions 21) |
4357 | (by subfunctions 7, 8 of function 21) |
| 4268 | * 2 = function is not supported for of the given file system |
4358 | * 2 = function is not supported for the given file system |
| 4269 | (comes back in case of attempt of LBA-reading at prohibited LBA) |
4359 | * 3 = unknown file system |
| 4270 | * 3 = Unknown file system |
- | |